YOU create your own reality…

Jane Roberts: Seth Sessions

This collection is mostly garnered from the World Wide Web. Consequently, quote accuracy should be considered suspect.

Be aware that this is intended to be a quote resource ONLY so there are many purposeful omissions, including many comments and notes that a student of the Seth Material might find helpful. For the most accurate citations you should refer to the books themselves.

Table of Contents

The Seth Material

Roberts, Jane. The Seth Material. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1970; New York, New York: Bantam Books, 1981.(paperback edition)

All material in this section has been verified.

Automatic Writing (1963 September 09)

Seth’s first attempt to contact Jane (as Seth verified in the Early
Sessions) came in the form of automatic writing. The notes were quite
contrary to her beliefs at the time. The title that she found herself
writing for the notes was The Physical Universe As Idea Construction.

We are individualized portions of energy, materialized within physical
existence, to learn to form ideas from energy, and make them physical
(this is idea construction). We project ideas into an object, so that
we can deal with it. But the object is the thought, materialized. The
physical representation of idea permits us to learn the difference
between the “I” who thinks and the thought. Idea construction teaches
the “I” what it is, by showing it its own products in a physical manner.
We learn by viewing our own creations, in other words. We learn the
power and effects of ideas by changing them into physical realities; and
we learn responsibility in the use of creative energy…

The entity is the basic self, immortal, nonphysical. It communicates on
an energy level with other entities, and has an almost inexhaustible
supply of energy at its command. The individual is the portion of the
whole self that we express physically…

The eye projects and focuses the inner image (idea) onto the physical
world in the same manner that a motion-picture camera transfers an image
onto a screen. The mouth creates words. The ears create sound. The
difficulty in understanding this principle is due to the fact that we’ve
taken it for granted that the image and sound already exist for the
senses to interpret. Actually the senses are the channels of creation
by which idea is projected into material expression.

The basic idea is that the senses are developed, not to permit awareness
of an already existing material world, but to create it…


The subconscious is the threshhold of idea’s emergence into the
individual conscious mind. It connects the entity and the individual…
The Physical body is the material construction of the entity’s idea of
itself under the properties of matter… Instinct is the minimum ability
for idea construction necessary for physical survival… The present is
the apparent point of any idea’s emergence into physical matter.


Ouija board sessions

Jane and Rob first used a Ouija board to experiment with psychic
phenomena following Jane’s automatic writing episode. The first two
attempts failed, but the third attempt contacted “Frank Withers” (not
the real name), an entity that died in the 1940’s. He insisted that he
knew them both in previous incarnations.


1963 December 08

Things changed in a session on December 08, however, when Seth
introduced himself as “Seth”. (Note that they were a bit unsettled and
was not sure what to ask at some points.)

Rob: Do you have a message for us?

Consciousness is like a flower with many petals.

Rob: What do you think of your various incarnations?

They are what I am, but I will be more. Pun: The whole is the sum of its hearts.

Rob: Is all of this Jane’s subconscious talking?

Subconscious is a corridor. What difference does it make which door you travel through?

Rob: Frank Withers, can we refer back to you on any specific question in the Future?

Yes. I prefer not to be called Frank Withers. That Personality was rather colorless.

Rob: What would you prefer to be call?

To God, all names are his name.

Rob: But we still need some kind of name to use in talking to you.

You may call me whatever you choose. I call myself Seth. It fits the
me of me, the personality more clearly approximating the whole self I
am, or am trying to be. Joseph is your whole self, more or less, the
image of the sum of your various personalities in the past and future.

Rob: Can you tell us more? If you call me Joseph, what do you call Jane?


Rob: Would you clear that up a bit?

What’s to clear?

Rob: Well, it seems like a strange name to us. I don’t think that Jane likes it either.

Strange to the strange.

Rob: Could you tell me why I had all the back trouble earlier this year?

Vertebra 1 didn’t channel vital force through organism. Restrained by
fears pinching nerves. Expansion of spirit allows physical organism to
expand, releases pressures.


later Ouija board sessions

Rob: Why is Jane rather reserved about our contacts with you? I can tell she isn’t too enthusiastic.

She is concerned because she receives my messages before they are spelled out. It would make you cautious, too.

Rob: But why the concern?

It is more unsettling.

Rob: Why?

A board is neutral. Messages in the mind are not.


Ouija board session

Their friend Bill told them about an apparition he had seen a few years earlier. Rob later asked Seth what it was.

A fragment of his own entity, a past personality regaining momentary
independence on visual plane. Sometimes a lapse occurs of this type.

Was the image conscious of Bill’s presence?

In some submerged manner, all fragments of a personality exist within an entity, with their own individual consciousness…

Jane felt compelled to speak Seth’s words at this point.

When Bill saw the image and recognized its presence, the fragment itself
seemed to have a dream. The entity operates its fragments in what you
would call a subconscious manner, that is, without conscious direction.
The entity gives the fragment independent life, then the entity more or
less forgets the fragment. When a momentary lapse of control occurs,
they both come face to face. It’s impossible for the entity to control
fragment personalities as for the conscious mind to control the body’s

Seth, would you verify Jane’s reception of the above message?

Seth responded via Ouija board.

Yes, it should make her feel better.

Then is it possible to walk down the street and meet a fragment of yourself?

Of course. I will try to think of a good analogy to make the point
clearer. Even thoughts, for instance, are fragments, though on a
different plan…

Jane begins spontaneous speech for Seth again&hellip

They have to be translated into physical reality. Fragments of another
sort, called personality fragments, operate independently, though under
the auspice of the entity.

Was Jane’s answer right, Seth?

Seth responded via Ouija board.

Yes, It perks her up not to have to wait around for the board to spell out the answers.

Rob tries the board alone.

What did you think of that, Seth?

Seth responded via Ouija board.

Not very good. Any contacts on your part will probably include internal
visual data. Jane will probably be able to receive me direct. In either
case, contact is not possible at all times. You would find this more
embarrassing than I would.

1963 December 15 [pp.21-23]

back to top


The Early Sessions: Book 1 of the Seth Material

The Early Sessions: Book 1 of the Seth Material. New Awareness Network, 1997. (Sessions 1-42, 1963 Dec 2 – 1964 Apr 8)

Session 006

How many times have the continents on earth risen and fallen?


When will the next period of such activity begin?



Session 009

This is the difference. A personality fragment has all the properties of
its parents inherent, though it may not know how to use them.


Session 009

Neither of you have a need for children in your present personalities.
You are almost finished with incarnations on the earth, so much so that
the physical bodies will return completely and unfragmented upon your
physical death. This is always the case in the final earth life. The
physical property is left behind, no portion of it being carried on that
plane through children.


Session 013

Intellectual truth alone will not make you free, though it is certainly a
necessary preliminary. If this were the case your walls would fall
away, since intellectually you understand their rather dubious nature.
Since feeling is so often the cohesive with which mind builds, it is
feeling itself which must be changed if you would find freedom from your
particular plane of existence at your particular time.


Session 014

Perception of beauty through the senses is the trigger on your plane for subsequent inner perceptions.


Session 016

In fact, the analogy of a plane with an emotional state is much more
valid than the analogy between a plane and a geographical state.
Particularly since emotional states take up no room.


Session 017

Your subconscious is a greater part of you than you know, and the ego is
nothing more than the topmost portion of the subconscious.


When the ego becomes too concerned with daily matters, with worry in
other words, then the works of the tool become clogged. It becomes
ineffective. Dissociation, and I will give you many ways of achieving
it, unclogs the tool and is absolutely necessary.


Session 018

As you have probably supposed by now, there is consciousness in
everything. Visible or invisible to you, each fragment of the universe
has a consciousness of its own.


Session 019

These inner senses, if I may use an analogy again, are like hidden
underground trains that carry important fuel from one country to


And while they create instruments to deal with smaller and smaller
particular particles, they will actually see smaller and smaller
particles, seemingly without end.


The brain deals exclusively with camouflage patterns, transforming
vitality into physical environmental camouflage patterns. The mind deals
with basic principles inherent on all planes. The brain is itself part
of the camouflage pattern, and can be interpreted and probed by physical
instruments. The mind cannot be probed by physical instruments. It
cannot even be found by physical instruments. The mind is the
connective. It is here that the secrets of the universe will be
discovered, and the mind itself is the tool of discovery.


Part of the subconscious for example deals with camouflage, but the
deeper portions are in direct contact with the basic vitality of the


Session 020

This vital data is sent to the mind by the inner senses. Any material
that is important for the body�s contact with outer camouflage patterns
is given to the brain. The subconscious, so-called, is a connective
between mind and brain, between the inner senses and the outer senses.
It is actually partly on your plane and partly on other planes.


Session 023

As a rule each entity is born so that he experiences at least three roles, that of mother, father and child.


The personality when it leaves your plane for good will have developed its potentials as far as it possibly can.


In sleep the conscious becomes actually the subconscious and the subconscious, in the most real manner, becomes conscious.


You form the camouflage world or appearances with the same part of you that breathes.


Time is one of your most obvious camouflages, and the study of time will
lead you in a fairly direct manner from the camouflaged physical self
to the inner self, which you ignore.


Session 024

I have said also that this psychological time operates during sleep and during quiet times of consciousness.


The emotions come closer than anything else to the vividness of inner data.


Session 025

The emotions, while connected to the ego strongly, nevertheless also
belong to what we have been pleased to call the subconscious.


Session 026

The inner senses were always paramount in evolutionary development,
being the impetus behind the physical formations; and themselves,
through the use of mental enzymes, imprinting the data contained in the
mental genes onto the physical camouflage material.


Session 027

They have had six lives apiece, merely because they are particularly stubborn.


Session 028

Individual life, or the life of the present individual, could be legitimately compared to the dream of an entity.


The entity itself does not have to keep constant check on its
personalities, because in each personality there is an inner
self-conscious part that knows its origin.


The subconscious therefore, in this truly ludicrous analogy, would exist
between the two brains, and would enable the creature to operate as a
single unity.


Session 029

Many personalities upon receiving knowledge of their entity prefer to
remain part of it, though they are always independent individualities
within the whole entity, as even the cells of your physical bodies are
part of the whole self. They greet the entity as a son greets his


Session 031

The fact is that your plane originated because enough entities needed
certain types of experience to warrant such a creation, and they set
about forming it through the process of evolution.


The point of course being that once the play begins the actors are so
completely immersed in their roles that they forget that they themselves
wrote the play, constructed the sets, or are even acting.


If you know the situation is imaginary you are not going to bother
trying to solve it… They do not realize that the whole thing is
self-created nor should they in the main, since the urgency to solve
problems would dissolve.


The fact is that realization to some degree can come and often does come
after the play is well under way, and at this point the camouflage
action is so involved that the realization itself appears in the
framework of the camouflage, and is often indistinguishable from it.


Session 032

A personality will not choose unfavorable circumstances of rebirth until
he himself sees that necessary discipline can be achieved in no other
manner. Therefore extremely hot and extremely cold countries go largely


Session 035

The fact is that the whole self is constantly experiencing data from all
of the inner senses. The inner ego is of course aware of this. The
subconscious is sometimes aware of this, and the outer ego is aware of
very little.


Full use of the inner senses is not even for me yet.


Through experience in the various levels of existence the inner ego and
the outer ego come closer and closer together. The subconscious
eventually disappears, as it is no longer needed as a necessary buffer


… the subconscious cushions the outer ego really against the shock of true reality.


But because of your weakness, the various levels of existence merely
prepare you and equip you for the experience of true reality, of which
you have but a glimmering.


Nevertheless my subconscious is not yet dispensed with but is still retained somewhat in the order of your archaic appendix.


Session 036

Free will as I mentioned earlier certainly does operate, but you must
remember that while it does operate, personalities on your plane are
extremely limited as to choice. They can only choose to operate within
their own camouflage pattern framework.


Although someone begins reading this material on page one, for example,
this does not mean that page four hundred does not already exist. Your
outer ego is forced into what could be called successive action, but the
inner ego is not as bound.


Session 037

Any instruments made on your plane are like your outer senses,
constructed to perceive camouflage patterns. The instruments of the
scientists, and the outer senses themselves, are camouflage patterns and
cannot, and never will, dissect themselves.


Experiencing an idea intuitively

When this focus is finished, when the subject tells himself “Now I will
come to, now I have solved the problems that I set out to solve,” then
what happens is the withdrawal of the self from the plane. The
construction vanishes and is heir to the materials which compose the
particular universe.

I will also go into this more deeply. You should be able to see now why a
concept such as I refer to is difficult to achieve on your plane. You
cannot focus upon it thoroughly. When the fourth inner sense is
exercised, and I will outline exercises and all three of you would
certainly benefit by following my suggestions, you will discover what an
idea really is.
You will discover this by experiencing the idea directly, and you can
best achieve some approximation of accomplishment by using psychological
time. Your idea of experiencing a concept is doubtlessly to follow it
through from beginning to end. Sweet tootsies, there is no beginning or
end, and this idea of yours is the result of a complete and utter
concentration upon camouflage time.

Nor does the evolution of either an idea or a species involve time. It
merely involves time in your universe. You insist upon labeling as laws
of absolutes what is actually your distorted and limited vision of
concepts as they seem to appear to you. Using psychological time, sit in
a quiet room; and I hope this is not impossible, when an idea comes to
you, and I presume it will, do not play with it intellectually. You can
dissect it to your heart’s content after the experience.

Reach out to the idea intuitively. Do not be afraid of or reject
unfamiliar bodily sensations. With practice, and to a very limited
degree, you will find that you can become the idea. You will be inside
the idea, looking out, not looking in. This is thought.
If you think you think you are in for a surprise.


Session 040

Expanding Tissue Capsule and Universe.

Your plane is a training place in the use of manipulation of energy.
Your plane seems to deal with cause and effect, but this is in itself a
necessary camouflage. In actuality there is no cause and effect as you
think of it. There is only spontaneity. For a particular interval you
must be taught as if there were cause and effect, so that the result of
spontaneity would not end up as chaos. This statement may seem
contradictory but later you will see that it is not.
Now that we have briefly discussed the meaning of a tissue capsule I
will go into the seventh inner sense a bit more deeply. This sense
allows for an expansion or contraction of the tissue capsule.
Theoretically there is no limit to the contraction or expansion allowed,
but practically there are usually definite limitations.

I am only going to hint of something here. For fun, think of the
expanding tissue capsule in terms of or in connection with, the theory
of your expanding universe. Such contemplation should be excellent
exercise. This is quite evocative, and I hope I can peek in sometime
when you are trying to deal with it.

I will explain it to you, but at a much later date. Also, understand
that what you think of or experience as space travel is another
camouflage. Space travel so-called is an idea that makes sense only on
your plane. I’m saving these little tidbits for you this evening.
Perhaps a rereading of the material on fifth dimension will help you
here, and one of these days we will carry that discussion further. In
actuality, use of the inner senses will get you anywhere you want to go.
The idea of destination in these terms is laughable. Every place is one
place. You do the dividing and the separations.


Session 042

When the ego becomes a mere observer rather than a controller, and
momentarily suspends its rigid judgments, then inner direct experience
is given some freedom and yet the ego is still aware of it. When the ego
is completely or nearly completely subjugated, as in sleep, then there
is direct experience through the inner senses, but no conscious
awareness of it.


back to top


The Early Sessions: Book 2 of the Seth Material

The Early Sessions: Book 2 of the Seth Material. New Awareness Network, 1997. (Sessions 43-85, 1964 Apr 13 – 1964 Sep 7)

Session 044

Death really represents a blind spot in your present ability to perceive
energy transformation, and even value fulfillment… Certainly the birth
of a child is really basically just as incomprehensible, but this
transformation is projected into, rather than out of, your sphere of


The intuitions are able to accept conceptual reality to some degree.
They can feel the content and validity of a concept, where the brain
itself may fall short.


As telepathy operates constantly at a subconscious level, as a basis for
all language and communication, so clairvoyance operates continually so
that the physical organism can prepare itself to face its challenges.


Session 045

Hypnotism will become more and more a tool of scientific investigation.
Telepathy will be proven without a doubt, and utilized, sadly enough in
the beginning, for purposes of war and intrigue. Nevertheless telepathy
will enable your race to make its first contact with alien intelligence.

It will not at first be recognized as such.

There is nothing any more strange in such contact than there is in my contact with you.

But because you are so involved with camouflage apparent reality, contact with such intelligence will be a startling discovery.

The contact made will be from one male to another, although the alien
male, from another camouflage galaxy, will be more involved than you
consider possible.

The actual telepathy contact with this alien intelligence will occur,
your time I believe, not too far distant, perhaps by the year 2001.

However, for reasons that I will not go into, a hitch will develop of
which your scientists will not be aware, at least in your terms.

The intelligence that you contact will no longer inhabit that same universe by the time that the contact is made.

By then you will have discovered that your present theory of the
expanding universe is in error; and this error will, nevertheless,
affect your calculations as to the exact location in your space, of the
intelligence that is contacted.

The contact will be made, I believe, in Australia. Space travel, in
your terms, will develop in a seemingly extravagant and startling
fashion, only to be dumped as such when your scientists discover that
space as you know it is distortion, and that journeying from one
so-called galaxy to another is done by divesting the physical body from


The vehicle of so-called space travel is mental and psychic mobility, in
terms of psychic transformation of energy, enabling spontaneous and
instantaneous mobility through the spacious present. As to the means,
the very simplest and crudest but still to be adopted method will prove
to be hypnotism, simply because at this point your personalities will
not trust their own abilities but must rely upon suggestions from the
outside… Hypnotism will be used scientifically simply as a means of
breaking down the inhibitions of the outer personality. It goes without
saying that such inhibitions are necessary on your plane, and any
experiments that we try will be carried on in a most disciplined


Hypnotism is important merely as a tool to release the conscious personality from camouflage inhibitions.


Hypnotism then is one tool to enable the conscious personality to divest
itself of its concentrated focus upon outer camouflage, and to enable
it to focus instead upon the inner self. The main rule here is merely a
change of focus… Hypnotism is a safer method than drugs, but hypnotism
itself is not necessary if there is an inner willingness to explore the
inner universe. The main barrier is the ego�s fear of being subjugated,
even as it fears subjugation imagined in death. If the ego can be made
to understand that inner awareness, exploration and investigation will
actually enlarge its scope of awareness there will be little difficulty.


Session 047

You must never consider me an infallible source. This material is more
valid than any material possible on your plane, but it is nevertheless
to some degree conditioned by the camouflage attributes of the plane.


The barriers are yours. The barriers are camouflage. It is ridiculous to
develop camouflage vehicles to deal with camouflage space, when all
that is necessary is that you realize that camouflage is camouflage.


Session 048

Psychological time, as I have said often, comes extremely close to the
climate in which I have my existence, and which you exist in, but
unconsciously. Experience with psychological time, and a continuous
familiarity with it, will tell you more than words can about the basic
realities of all existence. Death, at first, feels like psychological

The use of psychological time will make the experience of death much
less frightening. You will already have learned to recognize the
spacious present for what it is, and the conscious ego will not be so
bewildered and confused by the sudden perception that is involved. Just
before the experience of death, timelessness, or the spacious present
begins to be perceived. It is because the ego is tied to its past that
it sees the past seemingly rise up. It has the ability to see what is
coming, so to speak, but while the frightened ego is still in control it
chooses to see only a portion of what is possible, and before the point
of death it usually chooses to hide in the past.


Session 049

Hypnotism, you see, is not a camouflage tool, but a psychological tool
which is therefore uncamouflaged, and relatively undistorted.


The emotions are the outer extensions of the inner senses, and it is
therefore through the intuitions and traveling, the traveling the
pathways of emotion, that you will come in contact with the inner self,
and therefore be able to carry back information in the same manner.


Session 055

Any particular self could theoretically expand his consciousness to contain the universe and everything in it.


Session 057

Telepathy accounts for the usefulness of spoken language. Without telepathy no language would be intelligible.


Session 058

As far as self and not-self are concerned, the unit of self is
organized, as you by the inner ego, which directs the whole energy
field. The outer ego directs the manipulation of this gestalt in the
physical universe. The outer ego is rather more tied to physical
properties, and yet it can directly experience inner reality by a change
of focus through aligning itself with the inner ego, focusing its
energies with the inner rather than the outer senses. This is by far the
most advantageous method of experiencing inner reality, because the
outer ego is therefore consciously aware of what has been going on, and
can use such knowledge in its own sphere.


The outer egos are not gobbled up, so to speak, after a particular
existence, but remain in control of those characteristics and abilities
which they have been so important in forming and training.


…the outer ego, can even continue growth and development after a
particular existence, according to its inherent ability and according to
its ability to communicate with the basic inner self.


Nevertheless, even when an inner self has sent out a new outer ego upon a
new camouflage venture, the previous ego is still afforded an almost
unlimited avenue for development. There are many possibilities for it.
It can choose to remain what it is, one ego. It will then remain in a
somewhat subordinate position to the inner self, but in no more of a
subordinate position than it was earlier. It will therefore return once
more to the same plane with which it was familiar, where it will meet
with new challenges, and develop new abilities that will, however, be of
the same basic nature; that is, if we are speaking of your plane, the
ego would have new experiences, develop new abilities, perhaps solve old
problems, balance out deficiencies, but still be dealing with problems
manipulation and physical construction. Most egos do indeed choose this
course for a while.


Now you will see what I am saying. In various reincarnations upon your
plane, the ego that reincarnates is the same ego. The information of
past lives is retained by that ego�s subconscious, for obvious reasons.


Now if there is good communication between the self, that is the inner
self and the outer ego, then the ego begins to understand what it is,
and also to realize that it has greater capacities than it can realize
by continued reincarnations, upon one plane. If the ego is exceptional
it may take one of two courses. It may choose to return to the same
plane as a great originator, using knowledge that it receives from the
inner self to make lasting and original innovations upon that plane,
according to its interests, abilities and capacity. It will therefore
become a Buddha, a Christ, a Michelangelo, a hero in one field or
another, an ego who changes the physical world completely in untold
manners by the mere fact of its existence. It then does not reincarnate
again upon that plane.


…it voluntarily may give up its ego identification to a large degree for
the purpose of giving its full energies to the store of the inner self.
That is one possibility. It is followed by egos who have actually worn
out not this energy, which is tremendous, but their desires. Other egos
choose instead to become entities of their own, in which case, this
magnificent outer ego becomes in turn an inner ego, which then from its
own unfulfilled desires, abilities and initiatives are formed new outer
egos which once again seek fulfillment.


Session 059

…often physical illness of a serious nature, or habitual bad health, can
often be taken as an indication that the individual involved is in the
maelstrom, the center, of his reincarnational cycle upon your plane.


Session 064

If you could be more aware of the manner in which other species view
physical objects, you would easily see the great difference existing
between various constructions of what you think of as one physical
object. These are completely separate constructions of energy into
matter. You do not� and I repeat: you do not� perceive all constructions
into matter. You only perceive your own physical constructions. Ruburt
intuitively grasped this fact even before our sessions� There are,
obviously, many points to be explained, but there are absolutely no
exceptions to it. Telepathy is one of the main binders in the world of
constructions. The similarities, and there may be an almost endless
number of construction of what you might call one physical object, the
similarities only seem so great because you see so little.


Session 068

Suggestion is no more and no less than an inner willingness and consent
to allow a particular action to occur; and this consent is the trigger
which sets off the subconscious mechanisms that allow you to construct
inner data into physical reality.


Session 069

Ruburt has been trying too hard lately with psychological time, and
trying to make his subconscious function and focus, in the same manner
that his conscious mind does. I would suggest a simple method for a
while, of simply lying down, relaxing, and letting his thoughts stray
where they will. This will allow inner data to come through more easily.


Session 071

A primary construction is a psychic gestalt, formed into matter by a
consciousness of itself. Such a primary construction is an attempt to
create, in the world of matter, a replica of the inner psychic
construction of the whole self.


Secondary physical constructions are those created by a consciousness of
its conception of other consciousnesses, from data received through
telepathy and other means.


In all cases consciousness is first, and it forms its physical
constructions according to its abilities, first of all forming its own
primary construction, and then branching outward, constructing secondary
images of other consciousnesses with whom it comes in contact.


Session 075

Hatred does not exist as a basic psychological structure. It is,
however, the result of psychological manipulation of fear; and fear is
not a basic psychological structure. Survival is a basic psychological
structure. Consciousness survival: construction of this basic
psychological structure of consciousness survival must be interpreted,
or projected or constructed, in terms of physical survival within your
physical field. Inadequate perception, manipulation, or construction in
the psychological structure of consciousness survival leads to the
psychological creation of fear and hatred. The individual then
constructs fear and hatred into physical construction, giving fear and
hatred definite physical form. The error is in the original inability to
perceive the correct inner data, the basic underlying psychological
structure of consciousness survival.


Session 076

Emotions then, in their own realm unperceived by the outer senses, have
their own solidity, shape, and it is from these that your expectations
are formed. The emotions indeed do form the expectations, and it is not
the other way around. As physical objects can be manipulated, so can the
emotions be manipulated, so can they be combined into various shapes
and psychic constructions, A man�s expectations are the result of his
emotional heritage, and his own ability to understand and manipulate
that heritage.


Again, expectations are not only vital in the formation of physical
constructions, but they also determine what inner data of all available,
will be received by the individual; and then the individual interprets
the data in terms of the same expectations. The core of individuality,
then, is the individual�s expectations, for he will truly get what he
wants, individually and collectively. If a man wants to change his fate,
desire is not enough, but expectation is. Desire may grow into
expectation, but alone it is not enough. Expectation is actually the
main trigger that switches inner data into the realm of physical
construction. Without it, no physical construction results.


In your physical field, and this limitation is important, in your
physical field, truths are often caused by, or are the result of,
expectations worked out.


Expectation is the force, then, that triggers psychic realities into physical construction.


Expectations are formed by the emotions then, it is obviously the basic
emotions themselves that must be manipulated, since the expectations are
the frameworks formed by the emotions. This is the starting point.


Emotional power behind your expectations powers your expectations into physical reality.


Session 078

The ego and the outer senses reinforce the belief in a closed system,
and therefore close it. The inner senses, when the physical body is
relaxed, will carry you through the imaginary boundaries, but a
conscious focus upon the boundaries to be passed through will tend to
reinforce them. Concentrate upon the goal rather than the means of
attaining it, and you will attain it.


You may know that intense immersion into any particular activity results
in a momentary loss, or seeming loss, of ego identity, in that the
activity and the personality become one. In such a state the personality
is free from the limitations of a closed system concept. Identity is
not really lost though you may seem to forget yourself, but the props of
identity are lost. It is in this same sort of state that the most
significant and beneficial inner sense experiments take place.


Contemplation of an abstract nature often leads further into valid psychic experience.


Session 081

These simple remarks will themselves be the basis for further rather
involved discussions, as the mechanisms that are set into motion in such
mental or psychic manipulation of matter have never really been
explained. Remember however that such psychic manipulation of matter is
the normal occurrence. It is however usually operating at subconscious
levels, and without either knowledge or intent as far as the conscious
mind is concerned. To be able to bring these natural but subconscious
forces at all under any domination by the conscious mind is a terrific
task. Such domination will never be habitual, but conscious awareness of
subconscious manipulation of matter may become habitual, and may often
of its own accord follow the desires of the conscious mind, if certain
conditions are met. First of all, the conscious desires must be in
league with, and unopposed by, subconscious expectations. Two,
sufficient emotional impetus must be discharged, and this will be on or
from subconscious levels. And three, communication between the conscious
and subconscious, or the inner and so-called outer parts of the whole
self, must be excellent.


Prayer has been extremely successful in enabling individuals to manipulate matter through use of their psychic abilities.


…the God concept represented and still represents a link with the inner self.


Buddhist�s myth comes closest to approximating reality.


Session 082

When man realizes that he himself creates his personal and universal
environment in concrete terms, then he can begin to create a private and
universal environment much superior to the one that is the result of
haphazard and unenlightened constructions.


However faith in an idea is frowned upon in scientific circles, but no
new concept or idea, or discovery, ever came unless there was first
faith that it indeed existed.


Faith and belief in an idea implies some commitment. Commitment is
dependent upon expectation. He who does not have expectations along
certain lines will not commit himself, and will not achieve; in the
particular instance he will not give enough of himself, and he will not
receive, except in proportion to what he gives.


The expectations, and the acts of expectation that will generate the
necessary emotional and psychic energy must come from you, and
wholeheartedly. This will make the difference.


back to top

The Early Sessions: Book 3 of the Seth Material

The Early Sessions: Book 3 of the Seth Material. New Awareness Network, 1998. (Sessions 86-148, 1964 Sep 9 – 1965 Apr 21)

Session 087

The fact that Ruburt experienced in the dream, or following it, no sense
of either fateful predestination or even fear, was a tip-off that the
dream was not clairvoyant in terms of future prediction.


Session 088

Directly beneath personal subconscious you will find upon examination
either through hypnosis or applied association, a layer dealing with the
period before this life, and after the life before this one. Since this
period was to some degree at least free of camouflage, from it
communication can be received dealing with the entity’s knowledge of
itself, and of uncamouflaged reality. From this undifferentiated gap of
experience between camouflage existences, valuable information may be
received dealing with the reality which exists behind, and independent
of, matter. From this focus position communication may be set up between
personality essences no longer in the physical field, and those still
in it, provided that those still in it are able to remove focus from the
ego to this particular level. It is from this focus point then that
communication between what is termed the living and the dead may take


Session 090

He should express himself when he feels a diverse opinion, when he feels
wronged. It is only when aggressions are unexpressed that they are
dangerous, and the repressed rage will hold back the desired psychic


…the intellect knows the ego, and represents a firm and reliable pathway between the inner self and the ego.


Session 092

Energy projected into any kind of construction, psychic or physical,
cannot be recalled, but must follow the laws of the particular form into
which it has been for the moment molded.


Session 093

Every subconscious personality then would see and hear the same dream,
as many persons may watch the same movie; and as each person in a
theater interprets the symbolism of the drama differently, so does each
layer of the subconscious interpret differently the same elements of one
dream. The I who dreams, who is aware of motion, action and
participation in a dream, this I is of course the inner self, focused
momentarily upon the particular subconscious layer at which the dream is


Without dreams the outer camouflage self would lose all touch with inner
realities, or would be in danger of thus denying its own heritage.


Intuition represents the directions of the inner self, breaking through conscious barriers.


Session 094

The intellect, again, was also and is a means by which the inner self
relates itself to the camouflage physical universe which is has itself
constructed. Dreams therefore cannot adequately be understood or probed
into on an intellectual level.


In order to examine the reality of dreams it is necessary to change the
focus of the inner self to those directions in which the inner self
moves, when the ego does not limit its scope to camouflage reality only.


…so that to understand a dream properly we should first discover at
which conscious area it originates. Individuals can be enabled to find
the point of origin for themselves, after an attempt is made to recall
any given dream or dreams… A state of dissociation is necessary, a
letting down of egotistical barriers in order that inner symbolisms can
be appreciated and distinguished. The change of focus alone will aid in
intuitional enlightenment, and association can then rise more easily
through the subconscious areas.


Session 095

There are no ends that must be accomplished by any given personality, no
ends that must be gained by a personality for the entity.


No child, no infant commits suicide. It is impossible. The adult who
commits suicide has still gained experience to some degree within your
plane. This law, the necessity for experience, operates only after
complete materialization and orientation within your plane. A child is
not completely materialized upon your plane, nor is he oriented.


My dear friends. There are no ends that must be accomplished by any
given personality, no ends that must be gained by a personality FOR the

There are only various planes of existence in which energy wishes, or
may wish, to manifest itself. The entity then projects a personality
within that plane of existence, equipping it with whatever camouflage
senses, mechanisms, and protections that are necessary for survival on
that plane.

The personality is on its own, with what you call the power of
self-determination and free will. If you have thoroughly remembered our
material on value fulfillment, you would know that the only detriment to
so-called free will is the built-in necessity for value fulfillment.
The personality, must gain experience, in other words, on a particular
level of existence, on which or within which it operates, AND IT CANNOT
CHOOSE OTHERWISE. It must experience existence on the particular level
on which it has been projected�

No other commands are built-in, no other prohibitions given. But
built-in of course into this necessity for experience, is the compulsion
toward value fulfillment…

If you say that the personality cannot take any choice of which the
entity is not aware, then this is true; but it is also true that the
entity is utterly incapable of CHANGING that choice made by the
personality, even though the entity knows about the choice ahead of
time, so to speak.

With his superior knowledge the entity must leave hands off. His, the
entity’s only hope is to allow the personality complete independence,
for it is the personality who understands more clearly than he the
conditions of the particular plane upon which his existence happens.

There is here no puppet, and there is no hand that moves the strings. If
there were you see, you would indeed have a much more perfect world,
but you would not have that one built-in prerequisite: complete as
possible existence within all facets, and manipulation within all
facets, of a given plane.


Session 099

If our dream interpretations appear complicated, it is because dreams
are complicated, and we are viewing them from the entire group of levels
in which they have meaning. To interpret them upon one level alone
would be indeed simplicity in itself. But such interpretations lack any
full validity, since they lack knowledge of that rich tapestry, the
subconscious folds of which dreams are composed and in which they have
their validity.


…existence within the physical universe involves the most intense self-hypnotic trance…


The focus of energy that organizes the physical body weakens, strays;
the trance state, strongest at what you call early adulthood, begins to
lose its hold even as in childhood it has not yet attained its full


Session 103

At certain stages a state of dissociation is achieved with the
indulgence of alcohol… In any state of dissociation any individual is
more sensitive to inner data.


Session 107

Because of its relative freedom, however, the self, returning from
the dream world, can impart to the individual knowledge of much the
physical self could not ordinarily be aware. Much of this knowledge,
then, resides in the subconscious while the ego goes on its way.


Session 109

We have not said nearly enough about the dream universe, to really
launch a discussion concerning its by-product. Nevertheless I shall tell
you that its by-product is the world of negative matter.


Session 111

The habit, when it becomes vigorous, of trying to view your system from the outside will serve you greatly.


Session 115

Many concepts, huge advancements and practical inventions, simply wait
in abeyance in the world of dreams until some man accepts them as
possibilities within his frame of reality.


…the imagination is waking man�s connection with the universe of dreams.


The type of dream, or the types of dreams experienced by any individual,
is determined by many factors. I am speaking now of the dream
experience as it occurs, and not of the remnant of it that his ego
allows him to consciously recall.


Session 119

The outer ego, being of later development, is jealous of its (inner
directors) position and would have all knowledge at its fingertips. This
is impossible. It cannot stand to have anything hidden, but the very
mechanism of its own behavior is hidden from itself, and it knows only
the feel of its own surfaces.


The subconscious contains a collection of diverse, varied and vital
personalities who represent the losers when the time arrived to send one
of them to the topmost level, or to the surface of the self. The choice
was made and is always made by the inner ego, who does this appointing
according to his knowledge, or its knowledge, of the personalities
qualities. Any of these subconscious personalities could have learned in
some fashion to cope with the outside world as well as the present
dominant ego, but for various reasons of inner development they could
not be so trusted.


These subpersonalities are not unconscious to themselves. They are
conscious of themselves but they are not conscious of themselves in
relation to other selves. They are conscious of needs and drives, and of
their existence… When the outer ego is narrow, and poorly represents
these subdominant personalities then they rise up in arm, and when
conditions are favorable attempt to express themselves through a
momentary weakness on the part of the dominant ego. But without even
doing this they may momentarily take over or express themselves through a
single function, such as speech or motion, while the outer ego is
blissfully unaware.


This outego (outer ego), among its purposes, has the duty of expressing
not only itself but to a lesser extent those various hidden
personalities which compose the subconscious.


Session 121

As you know, at one time it was necessary for the ego to focus
exclusively upon outer data, but the channels never closed between the
inner self and the ego. The ways for communication between the two have
been left open. If they had not been left open, man would have no
knowledge at all, nor any hint, of his basic inner existence.


You can perhaps now see where this so-called astral body has its origin
and purpose. It is actually the intangible but actual framework formed
by inner energy, about whose lines or, actually, reference points, the
physical framework is constructed.


Session 123

Since these are electrical actions, they set up strong electrical fields
of attraction within the personality, easy electric paths.
Uncharacteristic thoughts or emotions must then meet with some


It is, therefore, most advantageous to study those thoughts and emotions which are habitually accepted by any given personality.


Session 125

Now, I would like to make some comments concerning your own experiments…
Some discipline is of course needed. But a sense of spontaneity is most
important, and indeed a momentary lapse of critical attention.


Semidarkness merely aids in dissociation and concentration, and the lessening of camouflage data is helpful.


Notes from Rob Butts: Sunday night while we had company Jane and I got
out the recorder on the spur of the moment; to our surprise we found
that it worked perfectly. In fact, the quality of the tapes we made was
superior to any made before the machine ceased working several months
ago. Recently Jane and I had been talking about putting the recorder in
shape again so we could record some more sessions. The last session we
recorded was the 70th, on July 13, 1964, with John Bradley as a witness.

Now Seth’s comments on the above situation:

The recorder worked because you wanted the recorder to work, and
expected it to work. An excellent demonstration, my friends, on your
parts, not mine.

[1965 January 25, pp.230-231]

Session 126

The particular brain is the physical mechanism that translates the thoughts of the mind.


Personal identity, the basic I, is a product of the subconscious, and as
such it exists as an actuality within the electric field; because of
this it is basically independent of the physical field, held to it
mainly by the ego. The ego directs the identity toward physical
orientation. This is an important point. The ego does not exist within
the electrical field. The ego is a product of the physical field, formed
from physical birth on. The inner identity and individuality, as you
know, has its origins long before this. The inner self adopts an ego in
order to allow manipulation within the physical universe, and yet part
of the ego is composed of portions from the inner self, while the bulk
of the ego is allowed to develop through physical heredity and
environment. The breath of life, so to speak, is breathed into the ego
by the inner self, but from that point on the ego is independent.


This electrical pattern is the personality, with all the experiences of
its earthly time. It then can join or partake of the inner self In other
words, though the ego was adopted originally by the inner self, and was
a product of physical heredity and environment, it does not die; but
its existence is changed from physical reality into electrical reality.
It is still individual. No individuality is lost, but it becomes a part
of the inner self, and its experiences are added to the total experience
of the many personalities that have composed the inner self In the
composition and buildup of the personality, you can easily see that
dreams, thoughts, emotions and psychological experiences are far more
important than any mere physical data. To the personality a joy or a
sorrow is far more actual than a table or a chair.


Session 127

We have spoken of expectations. These, you see, are electrical realities
which may explain their importance; for you not only sometimes predict
so called future events, but you create their actuality within the
electrical field, and therefore insure their existence one way or
another within the physical field.


Session 130

What we are looking for here, and indeed one of the purposes of our
sessions, is efficient use of various portions of the self in the
perceptions of their own realities, and of an overall perception of each
of the various portions of the self by the whole self, which transcends
the others even while it is composed of them. This involves efficient,
complete use of the outer senses in their perception of camouflage
reality, and of joyful, effective behavior and manipulation within that
field of camouflage in which you spend a certain level of your
existence. When you operate within it you should indeed experience it
completed in as many phases as possible, and be it to a much greater
degree than is usually achieved, the conscious mind using itself then in
experience, and thus knowing itself And then the switch to use of the
inner senses. The great contrast then refreshes the whole self. The
inner senses therefore should also be used as fully as the outer sense.
Experience within both realities lets the inner or whole self know more
fully in own potentialities and its own selfness.


Session 131

To move through intensities within the electrical system gives the
result, on the physical field, of moving through physical time. Here is a
clue for so-called astral travel. Again, the inner self has limitless
intensities of pulsation available to it. When the inner self in its
constant motion travels through an impulse range which it has once
experienced, to the ego this will appear as a journey into the past.
When the inner self achieves an impulse or intensity that is new to it,
to the ego it will seem a journey into the future.


Session 132

A complete change from intense focus outward to intense focus inward is
most beneficial, but this does not mean that every few minutes found
available be spent in psychological time experiments.


Session 133

So when I told you to look where there was nothing, then I spoke because
this uncamouflaged experience can be most directly perceived where
nothing is perceived with the outer senses.


All true knowledge is direct experience. It cannot be classified, it
cannot be named, it cannot be set down in black and white. True
knowledge is only experience, direct experience, and a matter of the
inner senses.


Session 134

The validity and strength of emotions cannot be overestimated, for they
represent in only slightly tinged form the uncamouflaged vitality of the
universe as it passes through the inner self. Emotions represent,
therefore, this vitality before it has been constructed into camouflage.
It has been tinged psychologically in its entry through the
subconscious, but that is all. Emotions are the most vital tools with
which you have to work. It is for this reason that you must learn how to
use them.


Session 136

Change alone allows for the possibility of identity within any universe,
for without change there can be no value fulfillment, no experience,
and no identity.


I have told you that emotions also possess an electrical reality.
Thoughts formed and sent out within the impulse range of emotion often
succeed because of the peculiar nature of emotional electrical impulses
themselves. They have a particularly strong electrical mass.


Session 137

He sees or perceives only his own construction. A rereading of sessions
dealing with the nature of matter will help you here. The chair crated
then by any given individual, and perceived by him, is an identity in
that it exists at any given time, without any exact duplication.


Action approximates as nearly as possible that portion of inner vitality
or energy which cannot be completely materialized within any
camouflage, within any plane.


Session 138

When the ego gives up its hold upon what it considers control of action,
then as in dreams almost any action is possible. And when the ego gives
up its claim of space in a dream, all space is available.


Consciousness is not a “thing” in itself, rather, it is a dimension of action made possible by a series of creative dilemmas.

There are three dilemmas which represent the areas of reality within
which the inner vitality of the universe can express and experience

The first dilemma is inner vitality’s desire and impetus to completely
materialize itself, and its inability to do so. This results in action,
which is a part of all structure. Identity may be termed as action which
is conscious of itself.

An identity is also a dimension of existence, action within action, an
unfolding of action upon itself — and through this interweaving of
action with itself, through this re-action, an identity is formed.

Identity and action cannot be separated.

Without identity, action would be meaningless, for there would be
nothing upon which action could act. Action then must, by its very
nature, create identities.

Identity, because of its characteristics, will continually seek
stability, while stability is impossible. Action would seem to destroy
identity, since action must involve change, and any change seems to
threaten identity, however, identities are never constant, for
consciousness without action would cease to be conscious.

Identity must seek stability while action must seek change; yet identity
could not exist without change, for it is the result of action and a
part of it. This is the second dilemma.

Identity is not the same as individual personality. Personality
represents only those aspects of identity which are able to be
actualized within three-dimensional existence.

The ego at any give time in this life is simply the part of the inner
self that surfaces in physical reality; a group of characteristics that
the inner self uses to solve various problems. Even the ego as we think
of it changes constantly.

The ego is a state resulting from the third creative dilemma, which
happens when consciousness of self attempts to separate itself from
action. Since this is obviously impossible, since no consciousness or
identity can exist without action, because they are inseparable, we have
our third dilemma.

A note of further explanation here. The difference between consciousness
of self as a result of our second dilemma, and ego consciousness as a
result of our third dilemma, should be made very clear. Consciousness of
self involves a consciousness of self within, amid, and as a part of
action. Ego consciousness, on the other hand, involves a state in which
consciousness of self attempts to divorce itself from action, an attempt
on the part of consciousness to perceive action as an object. Here we
see that ego consciousness, in this attempt, strives to perceive action
not only as separate, but to perceive it in such a fashion that it
appears to ego that action is not only separate from itself, that is
separate from the ego, but that action is initiated by the ego, and a
result rather than a cause of ego’s own existence.

These three dilemmas represent three areas of reality within which inner
reality, or inner vitality, can experience itself. And here we have
also the reason, or one of the reasons why, inner vitality can never
achieve complete materialization. The very action involved in vitality’s
attempt to materialize itself adds to the inner dimension of inner

Action basically can never complete itself. Inner vitality,
materializing in any form whatsoever, at once multiplies the
possibilities of further materialization. At the same time, because
inner vitality is self-generating, only a minute fraction of inner
vitality is needed to seed a whole universe. Inner vitality attempts
therefore to materialize itself completely, and yet because of its very
nature, with each materialization it increases itself, making the
attempt impossible.

This is the basic dilemma, from which all types of reality spring.

This of course leads us to the necessity for further discussion concerning the nature of inner vitality itself.


Session 139

Action can be experienced directly, however, but only when no effort is
made to tamper with it. It must be plunged into. Once more, action is
not a function of structure. Action is inseparable from structure.
Structure is action.


A note now concerning thought, as it is a form of action with which all
men are familiar. Here you can see that your ego accepts thoughts as a
part of its identity. Thought�s actions are accepted by the ego, yet the
ego seems to stand apart from them; and because of ego�s nature it
fears to plunge into the action of a thought. For it, the ego, has but
recently pried itself from action, and so perceives action now as if
action were a province of the ego, and not the other way around. But
ego�s seeming independence from action is basically meaningless, since
ego is also action, and can never be otherwise. Any such separation of
action from itself only adds to the totality of action, in that it
increases action�s ability to perceive itself from as many viewpoints as
possible. Perspectives represent action�s action upon itself. Any one
dimension must result in another dimension, for the action within any
given dimension can never complete itself, but will continue.


Session 139

…for the line can theoretically be drawn anywhere in the formation of
identities and consciousness. And herein lies your freedom.


The self as you know it is in actuality a self plus an ego.


Part of the self knows, and knows it knows. Part of the self knows, and does not know it knows.


Session 142

…the entity can be partially defined as the sum of all the selves within
a given range of action, the simultaneous totality which on the one
hand then cannot yet exist, since action can never complete itself, yet
representing that impetus forever frustrated on the part of action for
complete materialization.


The ego is in a state of becoming, however. The ego is not what it was
centuries ago, and it will not be the same centuries from now, It, the
ego, will not admit the change, but its refusal to admit change in no
way stops change.


and while the idea of nationalism cannot suddenly be dispensed with, so
also the ego cannot be, and will not be, overthrown overnight; and even
when it is finally left behind, it will still be used as a handy
reference point; and through all this the self will not lose but gain,
for all expansion outward, and expansion inward is a gain, and all
boundaries, whether inward or outward, are hampering and limiting.
Basically, the self is not limited. The self does not need imaginary
fences to protect its privacy, or its safety or its solitude. Only the
ego is afraid of challenge, and therefore speaks of such limiting


Session 143

I am extremely cautious as far as giving warnings, since suggestion
could play a part in bringing about the event which looms, merely as an
unfortunate possibility, but not definitely as an actuality.


Session 146

The ego attempts to stand apart from action, and to stand apart from the
personality, and to mold their personality into a more or less
permanent and stable, dependable portion of the ego itself.


The ego operates as a partitioning agent. It directs and uses the
abilities of the personality for manipulation in the physical universe.


…the personality is a portion of the inner self.


back to top


The Early Sessions: Book 4 of the Seth Material

The Early Sessions: Book 4 of the Seth Material. New Awareness Network, 1998. (Sessions 149-198, 1965 Apr 26 – 1965 Oct 13)

Session 149

A small amount of energy only is focused upon the physical field
during sleep, enough simply to maintain the physical body within its
physical environment.


There is a give and take here, for if you give the dream universe
much of its own continuing energy, much of your own energy is derived
from it.


The ability to retain experience gained within other fields is the trend of further development.


On leaving the dream state, he becomes more and more aware of the
ego, and creates then activities which have meaning to it. In the deep
dream state the inner purposes are more involved.


Action is more spontaneous within the dream universe, more fluid.
The images appear then disappear much more quickly because value
fulfillment is allowed greater reign.


The dream world has a molecular construction, but this construction
takes up no space as you know it. The dream world consists of depths and
dimensions, expansions and contractions that are more clearly related,
perhaps, to ideals that have no need for the particular kind of
structure with which you are familiar.

The intuitions and certain other inner abilities have so much more
freedom here that it is unnecessary for molecules to be used in any
imprisoning form.

Action in the dream world is more fluid.

The images appear and disappear much more quickly because value fulfillment is allowed greater reign.

The slower physical manifestation of growth that occurs within the
physical system involves long-term patterns filled by atoms and
molecules which are, to some extent, then imprisoned within the

In the dream world, the slower physical growth process is replaced
by psychic and mental value fulfillment which does not necessitate any
long-range imprisonment of molecules within a pattern.

This involves a quickening of experience and action that are
relatively unhampered by the sort of time necessities inherent within
the physical universe.

Action is allowed greater freedom.


This is not to say that structure does not exist within the dream world, for structures of a mental and psychic nature do exist.

But structure is not dependent upon matter, and the motion of the
molecules is more spontaneous. An almost unbelievable depth of
experience is possible within what would seem to you a fraction of a

One of the closest glimpses you can get of pure action is action as
it is involved with the dream world and in this mobility as the
personality passes into and out of the dream field.

Within the physical world, you deal with the transformation of
action into physical manipulations — but this involves only a small
portion of the nature of action, and it is my purpose to familiarize you
with action as it exists, more or less, in pure form.

In this way, you will be able to perceive the ways in which it is
translated into other fields of actuality that do not involve matter as
you know it.

Within the reality of the dream world, fulfillment and dependence,
then, are not dependent upon permanence in physical terms. Bursts of
developments are possible that have matured in perspectives that are not
bound up in time.

These developments are the result of actions that occur in many
perspectives at once and not developments that happen as within the
physical system through a seeming series of moments.

Basically, even the physical universe itself is so constructed, but
for all practical purposes, as far as perception and experience is
concerned, time and physical growth apply.

As a result, the ego portion of personality is, to a large extent,
dependent for its maturity and development upon the amount of time that
the physical image has spent within the system.

A certain portion of physical growth, in terms of a series of
moments, is, therefore, necessary for value fulfillment to show itself
within a physical organism.

But in the dream world, ‘growth’ is a matter of value fulfillment
which is achieved through perspectives of action — through traveling
within any given action, and following it and changing with it.


In the dream universe, in all systems of such nature, development is
achieved not by traveling your single line, but by delving into that
point that you call a moment.

Session 151

In relationship to action, and moment points, the ego is indeed that
portion of the self which stands at the apex of the moment point, and is
limited by the moment point. The ego is in this context the portion of
the self which is utterly focused upon, and imprisoned by, the moment


The inner ego is that part of the inner self which is closely allied
with the outer ego, in that it is to some degree a director of function
and activity.


For this, value fulfillment, is the reason behind the existence of all systems, and of all experience within your field.


Session 152

The personal subconscious and the ego are indeed equal partners in the formation of any given present personality.


The pendulum is an excellent manner for reaching the personal layers of the subconscious.


The expression of joy also makes the ego more resilient, less fearful,
less resentful of diverse conditions when they occur. The emotion itself
is an automatic signal that unites the conscious and subconscious is
shared experience.


The desire to set yourself apart from emotion, and coolly appraise it,
is merely an indication of the ego�s characteristic nature. It tries to
separate itself from action, to view it objectively, and to see itself
as something apart from action. Since it is itself action, such an
attempt is basically doomed to failure. Yet the very attempt causes the
formation of the ego.


Session 153

The inner ego is formed about characteristics and abilities that have
been dominant in previous personalities, characteristics which the
entity has developed through its experience in various lives.


The inner ego contains the various purposes toward which the entity, as
seen in its various personalities, has been working to achieve.


The ego, the inner ego, the subconscious, the whole self, and even the entity, these are all states of tension.


It is possible, with some discipline, to become familiar with this state
of tension from which new creation will so quickly arise. Familiarity
with this brief state of tension will allow an individual to use it more
efficiently. He can ride it like the crest of a wave.


Session 155

Within your system colors may be perceived as sound. Their connections with human moods is only too apparent.


Session 156

An action or emotion not accepted by the ego, but nevertheless a part of
it, will always drain energy from the main core of the ego, despite the
ego�s denial, and energy that cannot therefore be used by the ego for
the purposes of its own purposeful action.


…so it is possible for the ego itself to achieve the experience of
freedom from time and space, if it would only allow itself for a short
while to relax the intensity of its objective focus. It could still do
this and retain its own nature, merely by allowing into its awareness
the reality of other actions as a part of its self-image.


Session 157

We have stated that a reality remains as it is, unchanged even though
the perceiver, because of his sense apparatus, may perceive it in a
limited or distorted fashion.


His (an individual�s) perceptions of basic reality in one way does not
change the nature of that reality or of that action, as it exists
independently of his field of reference. However, the very distortions
that occur in his attempt to perceive this reality results in a new


Session 159

A cure of any kind will never depend upon any given treatment. It will
in all cases depend upon the belief on the part of the sufferer that he
can be cured. It will depend upon his desire to be cured. It will depend
upon the strength of the purpose that an illness serves. It will depend
upon, in the last analysis, the individual�s own ability to mobilize
his own energies, for only these will effect a cure.


An illness is a failure to solve a mental or psychological problem in
the correct manner… The energy that would be used to solve the problem
instead is spent maintaining the illness. It is therefore necessary that
an attempt be made as soon as possible to solve the problem, which of
course must first be discovered by the ego, which has avoided it.


Session 160

What you call suggestion is indeed expectation.


Without the ego we do not have what you call negative suggestions, for
when action is left to itself it flows unimpeded, seeking its
fulfillment along its numberless unimpeded ways.


Session 161

For one of the basic reasons for the difficulty lies in the fact that
the ego of the present personality does strongly attempt to stand apart
from action. It attempts to force action, and to fight action which is
does not initiate.


Session 162

Within the physical matter of your chromosomes there are electrically
coded systems. These are not the chromosomes themselves. The chromosomes
are the physical materialization of the inner electrical data.


Session 163

The ego simply cannot judge, as a rule, whether an action is a constructive or an impeding one, for the personality as a whole.


Session 164

…however, the inner self should be allowed to make the judgment
ultimately, as to which suggestions are constructive and which are not.


But because the personality is composed of action, the personality also
contains within it this characteristic of action, in that it accepts all
sensations as expressions of itself, and does not discriminate between


…while pain is unpleasant it is also a method of familiarizing the self against the edges of the quickened consciousness.


…and not having complicated structures to maintain, there is no reason for them (atoms and molecules) to fear destruction.


The personality in actuality is simultaneous action, that is composed of
actions within actions. Portions of it are conscious of its awareness
as a part of action, and portions of it attempt to stand aside from
action. This attempt forms the ego, and is itself action.


Session 165

It is this rejection on the ego�s part that is the basis for so-called
neurosis in many cases. The fault is not that a particular action has
been buried by the subconscious. The fault is that the ego has refused
to accept the action from the subconscious, therefore impeding the
natural flow of energy.


However, it must be understood that from the whole personality�s
viewpoint, a strong ego, that is a dependable one, and one that will
also allow necessary expression, is a necessity. Therefore from the
standpoint of the whole personality, the adoption of a new ego, so to
speak, with a more practical grouping of unifying principles, could be
the best solution of the previous ego, the previously dominant ego, (if
it) had been an incapable one.


The inner ego is another organizing feature of the personality in its dealings with inner environment


Session 170

From a recorded cassette Seth left for Dr. Instream:

If you would read some of our material, it would then become obvious to
you that mental suggestion is indeed the basis upon which ALL reality is

Therefore it is not OVERPLAYING the point to say that ALL psychic
phenomena is caused by suggestion. For my dear, doctor, without
suggestion, without automatic and continuous suggestion, no human being
would breathe one breath.


Session 173

A particularly vivid dream is every bit as real to the inner self as a
vivid psychological experience that occurs within the waking state. It
is important here that we realize that as far as the basic self is
concerned no distinctions are made in this respect. The personality
creates its dreams; the dreams are then experienced. The experience is
indelibly recorded, and then changes the personality, again, in the same
manner that any experience would.


It goes without saying that the dream universe is every bit as real to
the inner self as the physical universe is to the conscious egotistical
self. The physical universe is relatively as unimportant to the inner
self as the dream universe appears to be to the egotistical self.


Where your perceptions fail, boundaries seem to appear.


The dream experience itself, and I cannot stress this too strongly, is
as real as any experience to the basic self. It follows that
instructions may be given to the self, so that various problems can be
solved within the dream situation. The solution may or may not be given
to the consciousness. In many instances this would not be necessary. The
inner ego of which we have spoken is the director of such unifying
activities, and while the inner ego is mainly concerned with inner
reality, it is also aware of physical existence.


The dream personalities are indeed fragments, projections of the self,
all working out various roles, seeking various experiences, searching
for solutions and gratifications.


If the solution is not clear to the ego, this does not mean that the
solution has not been found necessarily. There may even be instances
where it is not only unnecessary but undesirable that the ego be
familiar with such a solution.


Session 174

The intuitions must go hand in hand with the intellect. The intellect is
useful in interpreting your data in terms that the ego can understand.


I would suggest that you tell yourselves that you will henceforth be
able to remember dreams from the deeper levels of your personality, and
you should find that you will be able to do so. You can also tell
yourselves when you wish that you will give special attention to the
nature of time and space, as these appear within your dreams. You will
discover then upon awakening that many perceptions concerning time and
space within the dream state will remain within you.


Session 175

This does not involve however a change of focus in depth. A change to a
different level entirely occurs when the individual switches focus from
physical reality to other realities. In the dream state obviously we
have an example of such change.


Such a change of focus demands a concentration in one area to the exclusion, as a rule, of other areas.


Session 176

Love is always a protection, in a quite literal manner; in a biological and electromagnetic and chemical and psychic manner.


Session 177

…Hypnotism is merely a method that allows you to study the personality
directly. It’s nature becomes known, for the personality, again, is not
an object, nor is it an unchanging *unit*. You have been studying it in
the past in a very superficial manner. It should be remembered however
that hypnotism is also an action, and as such hypnotism will change the
personality to some extent, as all action
changes and affects other actions.

[p. 187]

Therefore the whole self is not only the sum of the personality as you
know it in your time, it is also the sum of what it has been and what it
shall be.


You can indeed suggest to the subconscious that it carry on in such a
manner regardless of your conscious concern. As a result the ego can
apply itself to the job at hand while the subconscious works for you and
your inner purposes. This is very practical, and works without much


You may obviously also direct your subconscious to react only to
constructive suggestions from any source. This is in fact an excellent
habit to cultivate.


Session 178

…in his psychological time experiments he is trying too hard. This leads to a constriction. We want an expansion.


He must remember however in his psychological time experiments that to
focus outward, within and through the universe, is to expand and focus
inward simultaneously. He must seek the expansion before he seeks the
results of effects of the expansion.


It will indeed be beneficial for you both to suggest to your
subconscious that it enable you to develop your psychic abilities, and
then consciously forget the matter.


A study of dream activities will often allow the waking personality to
recognize abilities of which it is not aware, to discover talents that
are not being used.


This is one of the reasons why health suggestions given immediately
before sleep are so effective. Incidentally, they are excellent
practice. Expectation can aid you also.


Session 180

The personality can dwell, and does dwell, in many worlds at once.


Session 183

The moment is remembered because the emotions experienced at the time
almost completely fill the psychic space, forcing all other experiences
out. The stronger the emotion the more vivid the moment becomes, the
more totally it is recalled. And even in future years such past
instances can be experienced as vividly as any present experience. In
other words, to some large extent such a strong emotion unites
experiences and knocks down the artificial barrier of past, present, and


Red is the most present or immediate of colors.


The dream experience however is always free of the realization of
physical time, practically, for you experience dream events directly
from the center of awareness.


The ego is indeed equipped to handle physical reality. Its purpose is
the manipulation of the personality within the physical universe. Its
most effective method of procedure however is to form the problem
concisely, and then feed it to the subconscious before the personality
enters the dreaming state. This requires on the ego�s part an excellent
ability to perceive correctly the elements of the physical situation, to
express it in terms that the subconscious can understand, and to
deliver the message properly. The subconscious will then break the
physical data given to it down into its psychic components, translate it
into symbols; and the inner self, at the request of the subconscious,
will then focus all of the energies at its command to deliver the most
acceptable solution, taking the entire needs of the whole self into


Session 185

It goes without saying that you must bring to all your experiences more
than a mere wish to be different, more than a mere curiosity. In order
for you to operate effectively in any area there must be in your makeup a
strong, positive and definite desire to benefit the race of man.


However there is a large difference between a general state that is free
of disease and a state of exuberant health, in which the inner and
outer selves are perfectly attuned. Such a state is far from impossible,
and we shall see that you achieve it. The rules that I have given you
are an absolute necessity if that state is to be achieved. And it is
only in that state that the inner self can utilize its abilities.


The eating of meat without doubt focuses the physical mechanism closely
to the physical system. There is nothing wrong with this. If you are
trying to develop inner abilities however, and if you wish to allow
yourself a mobility of focus, then moderation in this respect must be


Session 186

The conscious mind, the ego, must be momentarily diverted, so that the intuitive self is allowed freedom.


Session 187

The sleeping personality is as close to the inner self as you will come
in this existence, for here the personality is soon free of the
camouflage concerns with which it must be involved in the waking


It would seem to be that the waking personality could learn much from
his sleeping counterpart, and this is indeed the case. Theoretically
speaking, and in theory only, anything that a personality can do or
achieve in the sleeping state, he can do and achieve in the waking
state. The limitations are those adopted by the ego, in many cases for
good reason.


…suggestions should always be given before sleep, that the subconscious
will maintain the organic integrity of the physical organism. This is
basic. Suggestions should also be given so that a harmonious
relationship be maintained among all levels of the personality
structure. Suggestions given that constructive tendencies are given free
reign. Perhaps more important, suggestions should be given that only
constructive suggestions will be reacted to.


Session 189

There is actually a quite natural and most effective manner of psychic
refreshment, and most particularly when the conscious mind is somewhat
diverted, as by music and so forth.


Session 191

Much training and practice would be necessary before it would be
possible for the personality to be aware of such journeys on a
conscious, egotistical level.


Session 194

The eye movements noted in the beginning of REM sleep are only
indications of dream activity that is closely connected to the physical
layers of the self. These periods mark not the onset of dreams, but the
return of the personality from deeper layers of dream awareness to more
surface areas.


back to top


The Early Sessions: Book 5 of the Seth Material

The Early Sessions: Book 5 of the Seth Material. New Awareness Network, 1999. (Sessions 199-239, 1965 Oct 18 – 1966 Mar 07)

Session 202

…astral projection occurs frequently in the sleeping state. It also
occurs however in the waking state, although the ego is not aware of
such projections as a rule.


The inner ego is then the I of the astral body.


Suggestion can shape dreams, and the dreams themselves then operate as
action. A strong dream can be a more significant psychic action than any
physical experience, and it can change the course of the personality
completely. The inner senses will also react to suggestion. If you
suggest that you become more aware of their activities, then so you


Session 204

Buddhists are perhaps closer, but no religion comes close really… The
man or woman feeling identity with each day that passes comes close.
Sentiment is practical. The idea of birth each day is close. Those who
cry when they hurt a flea come close. Those who appreciate the
consciousness in every rock, tree, bird come close.


For at no time are any events predestined. There should be no such word
in your vocabulary, for with every moment you change, and every
heartbeat is an action, and every action changes every other action.


Session 205

Feel toward us rather than think at us.


Session 206

…using suggestion to awaken you after a dream sequence.


I would suggest however that the first recalled dream for any given
evening be compared with the first recalled dream from other evenings,
that the second recalled dream from any one evening be compared with the
second dream from other evenings, and so forth.


You have many more than five dreams a night, however. I believe Ruburt�s
top number of recalled dreams for one night was thirteen.


Session 208

…while your physical time, or clock time, has no overall basic reality,
and is not a primary reality, that runs through various fields or
systems, it is nevertheless an electromagnetic reality within your own
system, for you have created is on mental terms… if it were a primary
reality, you would not escape from it even in the sleeping state. Those
realities which are primary you can never escape from. This should give
you an idea, for those realities which run through all systems, and
which are primaries, are those which exist for you in all conditions of
consciousness and under any circumstances.


…for the dream experiments that we plan will enable you to accumulate in
time a list of primaries… it will be shortly discovered that the
physical organism does not age in sleep at the same rate at which it
ages in the waking state. Aging, therefore, is not a primary… A
recognition of the differences between primary and secondary conditions
can however allow you to minimize the effects of the secondary
conditions to some considerable degree.


Session 209

The action performed within the dream; the location; the lack of
specific location; the time in which the dream appears to occur; the
apparent movements through time within any given dream; the emotional
content; the surface psychological content; the work done within the
dream; the familiar persons spoken to; the unfamiliar persons spoken to;
the relation of the dream to past events and to events immediately
preceding sleep; the dream events in relation to future events; messages
that are given or sent in sleep.


But when we are finished, and it will not be for a long time, you should
be able to travel from any state of consciousness to another and back
again, safely, with full awareness of your identity.


But the hypnotic state is simply a level of awareness in which the
personality is freewheeling, so to speak, dissociated from physical
reality in its usual terms.


Session 210

Talking represents a primary, the primary of communication. Walking represents a primary, the primary of motion.


Session 211

The present within which you seem to experience the dream is not,
however, the present in physical time, the present in which your body
lies upon the bed… It should be obvious to you also that within your
dreams a spatial location that belongs in present physical time can be
experienced in the past or in the future within the dream framework, and
there is much more here than meets the eye; and you must be careful so
that you catch it. What you do with it will be up to you.


Now there are indeed connections between these two conditions (waking
and sleeping). And there are definite realities that exist in both
states, and these uniting realities will be what you are looking for.


Session 212

…the various levels of the subconscious can be found to fall within definite temperature ranges.


Session 215

Logic builds its monuments step by step, one through before the other in
a series where each thought or deduction is dependent upon the thought
before. The intuitions are of a more spontaneous nature


The ego attempts to break down action into smaller and smaller units.
The intuitions try to perceive action as a whole. The ego breaks down
for purposes of examination, the intuitions construct.


Session 218

I have told you that upon physical death the ego becomes the
subconscious in the next existence, and that its conscious knowing is
retained electromagnetically.


For at some point the separate selves of Dunne�s, with their separate
times, become aware of each other, and merge into the sort of
superconsciousness that we have always called the entity.


There is a merging of selves into what you may call superconsciousness, a
synthesis; and from then on, dear friends, there is a beginning toward
something new.


Session 219

It must be understood however that these other portions of the self are
incapable of the ego�s intense focus within physical reality. Their
focus is elsewhere. However, these selves are not limited as is the ego
to one main field of perception only


The whole self, or the entity of which I speak, is composed of all these selves.


Session 220

If you direct your inner self with confidence to steer you through your
physical existence, it will do so. If you concentrate upon difficulties
you will not allow it to do so.


Session 221

I am sure that by now you are at least to some extent aware of what
would seem to be something quite strange: the emergence of a self that
observes the self of which you have been ordinarily aware; a self with a
slightly different time system, a slightly different viewpoint of
reality, a self with greater control over the physical material that
composes your physical image, a self with some quite effective control
over your personal future.


Session 226

As a rule our self two can indeed view what may happen in self one�s
future. However, our self two views probabilities, and some of these
probabilities will indeed occur to self one. Some will not


An event foreseen through precognition or clairvoyance, a future event,
may or may not actually occur within time as you know it. For you are
seeing into probabilities, and the probable event may or may not occur,
within your time system.


Session 227

As a sideline here, there are some interesting episodes, not at all
understood, when a severe psychological shock, or even a deep sense of
unendurable futility, will cause a short circuit, so to speak, so that
one portion of the self becomes aware, and begins to experience reality
as it exists for another portion of the self. I am thinking here in
particular of some cases of amnesia, where the victim suddenly ends up
in a different town, with a different name, sometimes even with a
different occupation, and with no memory of his past. In some such cases
the individual is experiencing a probable event. But he must experience
it, you see, within his own time system.


Session 228

A physical storm may, as you know, be far more disastrous than an
emotional one. But a physical storm is a collective endeavor, and can be
compared, if it is disastrous, only with disastrous collective
emotional storms such as those that sweep across nations, when all minds
seem seized by irrationality.


The suggestion was given that he have an abundance of energy, and that
he would focus and discipline the energy so that he could use it in his
writing and in his psychic work. The hows and wherefores and the
ultimate product were left to the inner self.


Session 231

Your stereophonic setting can be compared to what we have termed the inner ego.


Now, the time in which the inner ego exists is, as you know, the spacious present.


The ego maintains much of its stability by looking backwards, so to
speak, into its experience of its past, and finding something of itself


Session 232

He is reaching beyond his own personal subconscious, for while the
personal subconscious does have definite knowledge unknown to the
conscious mind, it also has definite limits.


Session 233

The dreaming self is to some considerable degree conscious of the self which we shall here term the probable self.


Session 234

…at times he becomes emotionally weary as a result of expending huge
amounts of energy within a small amount of time, comparatively speaking.
When he does so he forgets to draw from subconscious energy and uses
nervous energy, and is therefore depleted.


On the other hand as I have told you, your past continually changes. It
does not appear to change for you, for you change with it.


When he is operating at his best he remembers his dreams very easily, and this can be a guide point for you both.



Session 235

If you would have some idea of what the probable universe system is
like, then examine your own dreams, looking for those events which do
not have any strong resemblance to physical events in your own conscious
existence. Look for dream individuals with whom you are not acquainted
in your waking life. Look for landscapes that appear bizarre or alien,
for all of these exist somewhere.


The subconscious is a self-conscious portion of the whole self. It is
called the subconscious because the ego as a rule is not conscious of
it. The subconscious, so-called, is aware to some extent of the ego,
regarding it as an extension of itself, over which it does not have as
much control as it would like.


Session 236

The material on reincarnation will appear consistent and logical only
within the whole framework. The objections of many will be offset only
when the reincarnational data is seen in the light of a full
understanding of the spacious present and the inverted time system.


back to top


The Early Sessions: Book 6 of the Seth Material

The Early Sessions: Book 6 of the Seth Material. New Awareness Network, 1999. (Sessions 240-280, 1966 Mar 09 – 1966 Aug 24)

Session 240

Basically there is no difference between precognition and telepathy. The
apparent difference is the result of an inadequate understanding of the
nature of time.


Under so-called usual circumstances, data is received through the
physical senses, and is then interpreted by the brain. When a
clairvoyant event is perceived the data is received by the mind and
given to the brain, which then interprets it as it does usual data.


Session 241

Of course Ruburt�s own associations are used by me, with his consent, up
to a certain point, to enable me to lead him to the proper subject or


Session 242

A survival personality in many respects is psychologically
much different from the individual that he was. The ego is now under the
control of what may be loosely called the inner self. When
communications take place between a survival personality and a
personality who exists within the physical system, then this involves a
reshuffling, again, on the part of the survival personality, where the
ego is momentarily given greater reign. There is the same sort of
disorientation that the ego experiences within physical reality when an
individual dreams… The survival personality therefore momentarily
inserts his ego in its old position.


When these circumstances (physical existence) no longer exist, then
other layers of the self take over the dominant position, and the
personality realigns its psychological components. The ego does not
disappear, however. It merely takes a back seat in some respects, as
your own subconscious does during physical existence. When you sleep the
ego becomes unfocused, but still present, and its goals and attitudes
to some extent do color dream experiences. The survival personality has
somewhat the same relationship to the ego as the dreaming personality
has to it now. It is a great mistake to imagine that
the human being has but one ego, however. The ego represents merely any
given pattern of characteristics, psychological characteristics, that
happen to be dominant at any given time.


They (other areas of the self) share physical life with you therefore,
whether the ego realizes this or not. After this existence the ego will
not remain dormant either. It simply will not be the dominant
psychological entity that it is during physical existence. I am aware of
the various egotistical selves that I have been. I am still each of
these selves, but the whole self that I am is dominant now.


Session 244

Dream locations exist in so-called physical space as truly, or as
falsely, as physical objects exist in physical space. As you should know
by now, physical objects are only the results of your own perception,
and this perception is based upon your psychological makeup, your
physical structure, certain combinations of nerves and chemical


Because of other procedures I have explained, including the existence of
constant telepathy, there is some agreement as to the placement of
these objects, or if Ruburt prefers, locations, in space. Now this gives
rise to what you may call mass-perception… When you are dealing with
dream locations, you are not dealing with mass-perceptions, but with
personal perceptions. There is no need therefore for any complicated
arrangements calculated to insure agreement between persons as to
location in space.


In the waking state the whole self is focused toward physical reality.
In the dreaming state the whole self is focused within a different


Session 245

The one main test to be applied to these sessions, to my advice and to
the material is this: The sessions, the material and your new knowledge
must transform your psychic and physical environment, your health and
all aspects of your inner and outer life for the better.


Session 246

I am still waiting for the day when you become aware of your own dreams
while you are awake, and conscious at the same time, fully, of your
physical environment, and able to operate normally at the same time in
the physical universe.


Session 248

Subtle Aspects of Insignificant Action

As an exercise, occasionally catch yourself in some insignificant action
— speaking, touching. If you speak for example be conscious of speaking
and hearing yourself speak. Try to think of the words, or to experience
them in terms of color. In terms of bulk, density, of distance. Think
of the beginnings of the simple act of which you are normally almost
completely unaware, the muscular motions that must be made before one
word can be uttered. Catch yourself in a simple thought and try to
experience the beginnings of that action. You will be led into action
indeed in a completely new way. Then try to experience this simple
action as it affects others, not only emotionally and physically in
terms of the changes it elicits from their complicated structures, but
also the new actions it requires of them.


Project Universal Vitality into the Sick

The husband, now, should follow this exercise three times daily: He
should imagine the energy and vitality of the universe filling his
wife’s form with vitality and health. Not a wishful thinking sort of
thing, but a definite effort to understand that her form is indeed
composed of this energy, and in this way he can help her use it to her
advantage. If possible he should touch her during this exercise, and it
should be done morning, noon and evening. One of the shocks mentioned
had to do with a death; one with an incident shortly before her
marriage; marriage itself was a shock, and the third one.


Session 249

If you can look backward from your planetary viewpoint with your
physical instruments, and using your own terms and definitions, then
from some point you see within the same framework, your scientists
should be able to look forward, and they cannot.


Session 250

They (Quasars) are energy originators.


Energy Appears in your universe through the nucleus of the atom, but the
nucleus is not the originator of the energy. It simply seems to be. The
material on mental enclosures, given many sessions ago, will clarify
this particular point.


Session 252

He picked up her physical symptoms, you see sympathetically,
and he must learn to guard himself now against such occurrences. This
can be done by clearing his mind, and suggesting that all alien impulses
or conditions be removed.


Session 253

Your physical universe is obviously composed of shared perceptions, and
mass dreams would, of course, be of the same nature. Mass dreams are
indeed a reality. They exist mainly at one particular level, and they
have to do with what you may call for now, world pictures. These help
form the reality of human conditions upon your planet at any given time.
Those conditions are at least partially the result of such mass dreams.


Those who do not construct a system cannot perceive it.


When you find [yourself]… noticing more and more the inequalities, the
disasters, and the shames that come within the sphere of your
perception, you add to their existence. This may confound what common
sense may tell you. However, concentration reinforces the quality [that]
is concentrated upon… When you are concentrating upon destructive
elements, you lose on two points. You reinforce the destructive
qualities by the very act of concentrating upon them, and you rob
[yourself] of the constructive qualities that you could be concentrating
upon, and therefore that you could be reinforcing.


…you construct your physical universe and your private environment in
line with your inner expectations, for they mirror perfectly the deepest
areas of your own inner reality.


If the environment changes it is because your inner conceptions have
changed, and no smallest alteration is made within physical reality,
that has not first been made within the inner self.


They occur (certain dreams), comparatively speaking, just above that
layer which Jung refers to as the collective unconscious. If you could
perceive these dreams then you would have a good idea of the main
physical events of the future, because you would see them being born.


Session 254

When you dream of others they know it. When they dream of you, you know this.


You see, in the waking state you direct your energy into the
manipulation and construction of objects. In some respects this
dissipates the energy, of course. In the dream state you manipulate
energy more directly. This is what you are doing of course in


You do not even perceive sense data with a third of the vividness of which you are capable.


In most instances the full and uninhibited use, even of the outer
senses, could sweep an insecure self into fragments. The strength and
intensity of any impression cannot be stronger or more intense than the
perceiver. Full and uninhibited use of even the outer senses would lead
you to inner reality. Usually only a strong and disciplined self, a
well-structured identity, can perceive in this manner, and then only
occasionally. Full operation of inner and outer senses, you see, in your
present stage of development as a race, would be blinding, as you can
see in your reading of drug experiences. An occurrence only remotely
approaching this can be disastrous. Not because it is basically
undesirable, for such an experience has the greatest potentials for
development of the self. Such experiences can be disastrous simply
because the self structure is not yet strong enough to assimilate and
contain the intensity of the experience.


Session 255

Identity, despite all appearances to the contrary, does not reside
primarily in the ego. Social identity may possibly there reside, but the
basic identity does not… The course of the ego is a precarious one, and
any number of potential egos exist within any identity.


…for the ego structure is not one thing, but a changing, never constant, actually quite informal grouping of psychological patterns.


The inner self (identity) chooses from its available potential personalities the one that it finds most adequate.


It (basic identity) can therefore, without loss of its basic integrity,
change egos when such a change becomes necessary. Now, In some cases
this may cause inconvenience and considerable psychological
difficulties, but when such an instance occurs it is because the ego
structure that is being deposed was not carrying out the main aims or
goals of the identity which originally gave it that envied position of


The potential egos within any given identity therefore retain their own
individuality and self-knowledge, regardless of their relative
importance in the order of command.


Session 256

The overall efficiency of the inner self, or prime identity, is best
displayed of course when it adopts an ego that mirrors its own
characteristics and intents as closely as possible.


The whole self or identity is aware of the experiences of all the egos,
and since one identity forms these egos there is bound to be some
similarities between them, and characteristics.


Now, I will tell you the nearly unbelievable. There was not one shared
body in the case of the four Eves. There were four separate bodies.


One of the egos that was mine, you see, is a part of Ruburt�s whole personality, and we use this as a bridgework.


Identity always becomes part of that which it perceives, however, and so
it constantly forms new gestalts, while accepting as itself a larger
variety of experiences.


Session 257

The basis of all life and of all existence can be loosely termed intuitional. Obviously the intellect is not necessary for life.


Session 258

Nothing but the various stages of consciousness separates the
dimensions, you see, but the separation is quite effective nonetheless.


Session 259

In ordinary dreaming, without the awareness of usual waking
consciousness, perception of dream reality is limited and instinctive.
All in all you get along quite well. You are like a child in objective
reality. When you learn to take waking awareness into the dream
condition, you are reaching adolescence, so to speak. When you reach
adulthood, following our analogy, then you will learn to be successful
in manipulating dream reality as you now manipulate objective reality.


You have both occasionally learned to take your waking consciousness
into the dream state, and here Fox is correct (about Astral Travel), for
you must start at this point.


You are in control as long as you realize you are in control. There are
indeed portions of dream reality that you yourself may not have
constructed, but that are constructed by others. You recall that in
physical reality you can only perceive your own constructions, as a
rule. Now, my dear friends, this does not apply to dream reality.


When you are only operating within physical reality, you have a fairly
simple set of rules to serve you. Within dream reality you are much
freer. The ego is not present. The waking consciousness, dear friends,
is not the ego. The ego is merely a small portion of waking
consciousness. The ego is the portion of waking consciousness that deals
with physical manipulation.


There is a kind of idea, or mental body, a counterpart in many ways, but
not always, to the physical body, which is the structure the self takes
in what you may call for now (the) forth dimension. Certain dream
experiences are valid out-of-the-body experiences, in that you do indeed
travel in this mental vehicle. It does have a form, somewhere between
matter and nonmatter. In physical existence usually you simply do not
perceive it. There is a psychic structure also that has a form. This is
the self as it appears within what you may call for now
fifth-dimensional reality, but it does not exist at all in terms of
matter. On occasion you travel in this form.


Session 260

Mankind did at one time have what you may call a heavier body than at
present. This particular body type has not vanished entirely by any
means. The mental body, sometimes called the astral body, is the next
one that you will inhabit. You inhabit it now of course. Training and
disciplined experimentation in the manipulation of this body will be of
great benefit, for you will be facing some of the conditions that you
will have to face when the physical body is discarded.


Session 261

In the first form it is possible to perceive the past, present, and
future on a limited basis. In the second form this perception is on a
larger scale, the scope of consciousness being further opened. Now this
is the form that you will use if you meet appointments with others
within the dream state. The third form we may call the true projection
form. In it, it is possible to travel beyond your solar system, and to
perceive the past, present, and future of other systems as well as your


The Dream body is the one with which you are most familiar. It has been called the astral body.


The forms do merely represent various stages of consciousness.


It is possible to suddenly switch from the third form to the dream body,
but at a considerable jolt to the consciousness as a rule.


Now my dear friends, you will find all projections much easier if your head is to the north.


They will allow you to take the waking consciousness along with you. As
your abilities develop and as you become more accustomed to the
experience, the waking consciousness will recall more and more, and not
become frightened. When it becomes frightened you see it forces the
whole experience to end. If it were not taken along the same experience
might have continued, and greater benefits been achieved for the whole


Session 262

Projection in time

Let us take an example. You sleep. While asleep you project yourself
into the year 1972. There you see yourself considering various courses
of action. For a moment you are aware of a sense of duality as you look
at this older self You say you should do this or that, give a definite
decision, you see. This may happen in several ways. We will go into this
sort of thing more deeply in another session.
(Eyes open.) In any case this future self of yours heeds what you say.
Now, in the actual future you are the self who one way or another, you
see, hears the voice of his past self. (Jane leans forward, knocking on
the tabletop for emphasis, eyes wide.) Perhaps in a dream, or perhaps in
a projection, made into the past.
Before our break I will leave you with a few questions. Was there
something your future self had forgotten? Did the future self request
information, and did this request cause the present self, you see, to
make an actual and legitimate projection into the future?


Session 264

You both have advanced, particularly you see because you do not have the
ego to contend with as an adversary. The quest has become a part of
your egotistical concern. Therefore it will work for you.


The trick is to achieve proper balance. As Ruburt discovered, you can
try too hard to take waking consciousness into the dream state, so that
you simply cannot sleep as easily. Trial and error will show you the
proper balance, and each successful attempt gives you added experience
and control.


Session 265

If, for example, during projection travel you encounter a disturbing
image, you must first will it to disappear. If it is a subconscious
fabrication it will vanish, but if you do not will it to vanish it will
remain, and then you must deal with it as a reality.


Astral Projection, Technique 1

These are my instructions. You may consider this your first lesson. We
will go by easy stages, for we do not want you betwixt and between. You
may induce a medium trance in whatever way you choose. On occasion this
will be spontaneous, as you know. For best results in the beginning it
is good to make a projection attempt when you already feel physically
drowsy, but pleasantly so. When you have induced the trance state, then
begin to examine your own subjective feelings until you find recognition
of the inner self.
This involves a recognition of yourself as distinct from the fleshy
fibers in which you reside. Then begin to imagine this inner self rising
upward. You should experience even at this point an internal sense of
motion. This motion may be from side to side, as you gently shake
yourself loose, so to speak.
It may be a rushing upward. Whichever motion you experience there will
be a moment where you feel yourself, your identity and consciousness,
definitely withdrawing from the physical organism. Before you attempt
the projection, however, the suggestion should be given that the
physical organism will be well protected and comfortable. Now when you
feel the consciousness withdrawing, there are two things you may do. I
suggest the first step I shall give you in preference to the second.
The first step is this. Forget the physical body, or what you are to do
with it. Will yourself out in a quick motion. There is no need to
experience the voice hallucinations mentioned by the author, Fox. If the
projection is a success you�ll instantly lose contact consciously with
the physical body. You simply will not be in it.
Now your consciousness will not be in it, but it is hardly lifeless. Its
maintenance is being controlled by the consciousness of the individual
cells and organs of which we have spoken. I will give you alternate
methods of projecting, but I will be concerned now with what you can
expect the few moments after You have left the physical body.


Session 266

Physical objects do not exist as such in a basic manner. You can only
perceive large areas of reality data however by transforming it into
terms that can be picked up by the physical senses.


Every thought therefore has this kind of reality, which is the only
reality, basically speaking. Sense data itself has a reality independent
of any given object. This sense data has its own intensity. If you can
tune into that intensity, so to speak, you will automatically translate
it into physical data, and you will perceive a physical object.


Now once energy is formed into any kind of pattern, the identity of the pattern is maintained.


Reality changes its form in order to become known to itself.


Session 267

The object represents your interpretation of the basic reality.


Your brain is itself a camouflage pattern. It can only translate and
perceive what seems to be the evidence of the physical senses. It cannot
step outside of itself. It is that which it attempts to investigate. It
is as much camouflage as the glass on the table, and its knowledge must
come through the physical system. Now. The mind is uncamouflaged. It
perceives the uncamouflaged reality of sense data, or it sees the energy
that exists. It sees the energy independently of the physical objects,
you see.


Session 268

Now I will also say that in the first form you usually use certain inner
senses; in the second form you use more of these, you see, and in the
third form you make an attempt to use all of them, though very rarely is
this successful.


…it would be dangerous to stay away for any extended period of physical
time. It would for example be quite possible to return to the physical
body from this (third) form, and not recognize it as your own.


Using this third form, there would be a tendency for you not to
recognize your own physical situation. It would be difficult to carry
the memories of the present ego personality with you. This third form is
the vehicle of the inner self. The disorientation that is feels is the
disorientation, you see, that it will feel when the physical body is
deserted, or at the point of death.


In the first form, you can look back, and see your body. If you project
from this form into another in order to intensify your experience, then
from this second form you will not see your body upon the bed. You will
be aware however of your body, and you will experience some duality. In
the third form you will no longer be aware that your body is on the bed,
and you will not see it.


Session 269

You operate at a rather high level of awareness, and you are using inner
senses. These enable you to perceive an added depth or dimension, and
this is responsible for the increased sense of vividness, and also for
the sense of exhilaration that sometimes occurs within this particular
sort of dream.


You will realize that your physical self is sleeping, or in a dream
state, and that the inner self is fully awake. Now this represents a
definite increase in the scope of consciousness, and a considerable
expansion over the usual limitations set by you upon the self.


There were some notes I wanted to give you concerning dreams in which
you feel certain that you are awake. When these dreams are unusually
vivid, then the ego is aware of participating. The ego is not using its
critical faculties however as a general rule.


Session 270

Now this portion of the self is indeed self-conscious in the highest
meaning of the term — aware of the subconscious portion of the
personality, aware of the primary conscious framework that you call your
ego, and constantly directs the overall activities.


It is the prime identity of the whole present personality. In many cases
it is the I of your dreams. It is definitely the I of your creative
activity. It is the I, you see, which survives physical existence, and
the physical, physically-oriented ego is only a part of it.


It is more knowledgeable than any one aspect of the personality. It is
more knowledgeable than all other aspects of the personality, for it
forms them together into a cohesive whole.


It is the overseer. It knows when to allow subconscious needs and wishes their fulfillment. It knows when to put fulfillment off for a time. It is this part of the personality that is in charge of overall stability.


The inner ego is the part of the personality that contains the highest
aspirations and capabilities. It has been called by psychologists the
subliminal self. When in such dreams your perceptions seem exceedingly
clear, you can be certain that the inner ego is operating. Now all
portions of the personality, of the present personality, belong to this
inner ego.


Session 273

You see I would like you eventually to progress to a point where you can
manipulate almost as freely within nonphysical reality as you do within
physical reality. And of course be conscious or aware of the


As a rule projection in some areas can only be achieved by those who are living their last earthly cycle.


Session 274

The ego is largely dependent upon the physical mechanisms that compose
the corporal image. It has its beginnings with corporal birth. While we
speak of the ego, this part of the self is hardly permanent or constant,
but ever-changing. However the intellect is also a portion, or an
attribute, of the ego.


Periods of especially intense psychic and mental activity can help you
achieve projections. Periods of very little, usually sparse, psychic and
mental periods are often apt to result in projections.


Periods of heightened sexual activity of a strong and deep nature will
help. However periods of no sexual activity will also help.


These chemical excesses are a natural byproduct of consciousness that is
bound up in physical materialization. The more intense the
characteristic experience of reality, the greater the chemical excess
that is built up. Consciousness itself, when physically oriented, burns
up chemicals. The more intense the individual the hotter the fire, so to
speak, and the greater the chemical excesses that must be released.


In periods of exuberant energy and well-being a more than normal amount
of (chemical) excess accumulates. This can trigger a projection.


Projections involve many more aspects of the whole self, and are a mark
that the personality is progressing in important ways. The inner senses
are allowed their greatest freedom in projection states, and the whole
self retains experience that it would not otherwise. When this knowledge
becomes part of the usual waking consciousness, that is when you
realize what you have done, then you have taken a gigantic step forward.
An almost automatic determination must be set up however if projections
with conscious awareness are to be anything but rare oddities.


I suggest a more thorough examination of your dreams here, for many of
them contain such spontaneous projections. They are most apt to occur in
the early hours, between 3 ands 5 A.M. The body temperature drops at
such times. Five in the afternoon is also beneficial from this
standpoint. The drinking of pure water also facilitates projection,
although for obvious reasons the bladder must be empty. The north-south
position is extremely important in this context, and indeed a necessity
for any efficient dream records. The reasoning part of the brain can
work most efficiently along with the intuitive portions of the self when
the physical organism is in that position.


Session 276

Before conscious projection I would therefore recommend you take a small amount of starchy or sugar food.


Excellent results can be achieved in dream-based projections during the
day, in a nap. When these are good they will perhaps be the best of any
dream-based projections. They are also exceedingly safe. The body itself
is well stocked, so to speak, and it is possible to maintain
projections for a longer period than usual in night projections.


Session 277

Astral Projection, Technique 2

Your waking consciousness only participates in projections as a rule
when you are in a period of high vitality, and exceptional health.

On occasion the waking consciousness does participate during other
usually very depressed periods. But generally speaking high energy is
needed in order to maintain overall stability, and in order that the ego
is not overstrained. Such conscious projections are automatically
spaced out. In this way there is little danger that problems will arise.

It is the same with the conscious retention of dreams in general. You
are indeed exercising what amounts to an added ability. You are learning
to manipulate within other dimensions of consciousness. Automatic
controls are therefore used. You proceed as your abilities and control

Suggestion given before sleep will greatly add to your chances of
conscious projections from the dream state. It is not necessary,
basically speaking, that you notice some small incongruous detail in
order to realize while dreaming that you are dreaming. There is however
one good method to use. The suggestion ‘I will realize while dreaming
that I am dreaming’ can also be used, as another method, or both of
these may be utilized together.
At your stage it is of course easier if the actual separation of
consciousness from the physical body occurs without your awareness.
However the experience itself is excellent training. I have told you
that these projections may carry you to different systems. In the
beginning you are safer perhaps in those projections that involve your
own reality.

There is not any great matter of danger, only that you could fall into
blunders. The north-south position is most beneficial. It might be of
benefit if you concentrate before sleep upon a simple projection that
involves leaving the body, walking out into this room, for example, (the
living room) or perhaps strolling around the block.
When falling off to sleep for example, imagine that you are in your
yard, in another room of your apartment, or in front of the house. When
this method is effective you will not be consciously aware of the actual
separation however. I do not suggest at this point that you or Ruburt
attempt to contact me during any projection. Later, when you have more

If by chance you blunder (smile, eyes open) into my territory, then I
will know it, and seek you out. Whenever you find yourself in any
potentially dangerous dream situation during a projection, immediately
terminate the dream. You will then return to an ordinary state of
Now. Mr. Fox is quite correct. When you know you are in a projection do
not be tempted to tamper. There are forces that you do not yet
understand. You will find that these projections become more vivid. I
must repeat that these are quite valid. They are not hallucinations.
Conscious projections do not occur with any frequency as far as a large
percentage of humanity is concerned. Note that I speak only now of
projections in which you are self-consciously aware.

The reasons are somewhat obvious. Conscious projections are dependent
upon abilities and control. Also this ability and control presupposes a
fairly disciplined personality. Otherwise we would have explosive
outbursts of suddenly released aggressions in systems where they do not

It is quite possible to meet survival personalities, incidentally,
during such projections. This does not happen often, because so many
other issues are necessary. It is also possible of course to move into
your own future. — This occurs regularly, though not always with
awareness. Projections into the past are also frequent.

Because of some matters we have not yet discussed, at any rate deeply,
it is possible to meet your own projection. You are accountable for acts
committed during projections, of course, and these alter the
personality as any acts do. If you have your wits about you, you can
gain information concerning the future by studying your projection
environment, if for any reason you suppose it to be ahead of You in

Some of this is extremely complicated. You may for example request
before sleep that you project into your own future, to see what occurs
there. This is legitimate enough, if you are willing to accept the
results of your projections. For what you see will influence what you do
in the present. You will be projecting of course into the probable
future as it exists for you at this point.

The very act of projecting will alter these probabilities. I am not
saying that this future environment is not real, however. It is as real
as your present.


Session 279

Your present existence is of course a projection.


I give voice to ideas that are known to various levels of your personalities, yet I am not at the level of your personalities.


The ego, as a rule, is frightfully leery of such action, since to it an
out-of-body experience always symbolizes physical death. At the same
time the ego becomes more assured after successful projections, since it
discovers itself not only intact but immeasurably enriched. Indeed, the
ego both fights, fears, and desires any creative act. Any creative act,
including the production of any art, necessitates a momentary release
from the ego, and escape form it, which the ego fears.


Session 280

You cannot afford to keep knowledge at an intellectual level, and not
use it practically, for when you do so, it is useless to you.


Session ?

The expectation and the knowledge that you are part of ALL energy will
allow you to realize that ALL the energy you require will be given,
SINCE YOU ARE A PART OF IT. Only your own attitude, only any man’s
attitude, limits the amount of energy at his command.

I find myself trying to instruct you both again in the TRUE nature of practicality.

Your attitudes toward what is possible determines what IS possible for
you in VERY DEFINITE TERMS. Your attitudes create possibilities and
impossibilities. Your attitude toward money creates your bank account. I
am not speaking of you personally, alone. These laws apply to all. What
you expect you create, and that is the beginning and end of it, whether
you are speaking of psychic matters or physical matters.

Until you learn this you learn little, and until you learn this you do
not know what it means to be practical. If you did not think projection
was possible for you, you would never achieve a
projection. You create your reality, and no one else can create it for

[Book 6]

back to top


The Early Sessions: Book 7 of the Seth Material

The Early Sessions: Book 7 of the Seth Material. New Awareness Network, 1999. (Sessions 281-333, 1966 Aug 29 – 1967 Apr 10)

Session 281

Seth speaking to Rob.

The words — “Father, I refuse to accept your hay fever for myself;
though I once took it, I now throw it free from us both” — these words
will help.

They will neutralize the original suggestions. Such patterns, for this
is what they are, throw loose and away, break up. The energy that gave
them vitality can then be used in new ways.


Your father used hay fever as a symptom of helplessness, and as a demand
for the attention that he did not get, even then, from your mother. The
pattern was set earlier in his childhood. He discarded the symptoms
because they did not get him what he wanted. Your mother could not be

She did not comfort him as his mother had. You picked up the condition
when he realized that it no longer served him. At that time you accepted
it, however, along with your conception of what it was to be a male. If
you had a son and did not now what you know, you would automatically so
transfer it.

Now. You realize that virility is hardly synonymous with a runny nose.
You realize your masculinity. You are too aware now to allow yourself
too many privileges in exchange for your symptoms, and you can therefore
afford to relinquish them.

You are not helping your father, for the symptoms will not revert to him. Your system will simply reorganize the energy pattern.

There was another element. Your mother treated you as hers exclusively.
You also adopted the symptoms as a protective measure against her. You
said in effect, “I am my father’s son, down to some of his defects.”

When you realize this, again, you will find the symptoms hardly necessary.


Hay fever was for your father also a defense against the world for it
allowed him some isolation. You have the necessary privacy without using
this symptom to get it.


Session 282

Now the dreams that you would have, and had, in shared experience are
root dreams. Such root dreams serve as a method of maintaining inner
identity, and of communication.


Session 283

Contrary to usual opinion, periods of poor health are often the result
of egotistic rather than subconscious manipulations. You become over
concerned with the egotistical situations, and hamper the inner self.


Identity is no longer limited to the outer ego alone. The outer ego is
now familiar with the whole self, or the entire identity, and has
available to it strength of which it was not previously aware. In
periods of exuberance, when you are working well, and your health is
extraordinarily good, when you are able to remember and manipulate your
dreams, then such periods are signs of the emergence of this new


The energies and focus must be directed away from the physical symptoms.
He is reinforcing them inadvertently. The creative energy, properly
used, will drain away the energy that is now forming the symptoms.


If he first of all focuses his abilities in his creative pursuits, then
everything else will follow. He will have the energy to do whatever else
he should do. But he must primarily focus his energies in his creative
pursuits, for these give him the exuberance that makes other pursuits


Session 284

As you know the ego is the topmost portion, so to speak. Were it not for
the dreaming self the ego would not exist. Were it not for past
existences the personality as you know it would not exist.


There are several major root assumptions and many minor ones. One:
Energy and action are basically the same, although neither must
necessarily apply to physical motion. Two: All objects have their origin
basically in mental action. Mental action is directed psychic energy.
Three: Permanence is not a matter of time. Existence has value in terms
of intensities. Objects — this is four — are blocks of energy perceived
in a highly specialized manner. Five: Stability in time-sequence is not a
prerequisite requirement for an object, except as a root assumption
within the physical universe. Six: Space as a barrier does not exist.
Seven: The spacious present is here more available to the perceptions.
Eight: The only barriers within inner reality are mental barriers, or
psychic barriers.


One of the root agreements upon which physical existence is based is
that physical objects have a reality that is entirely independent of any
subjective cause; and that these objects, within definitely specified
limitations, are permanent.


In physical experience you are dealing with an environment with which
you are familiar. You have completely forgotten the chaos and
unpredictable nature it presented you before learning processes were
channeled into specific directions. You learned to perceive reality in a
highly specialized fashion.


The senses serve to blot out many more aspects of reality than they
allow you to perceive. They are actually rather rigid limiting devices,
yet in many inner explorations you will automatically translate
experience into terms that the senses can use.


Session 285

Inner experience often seems chaotic or meaningless because you attempt
to interpret it according to the root assumptions of physical reality.


Indiscriminate use of the psychedelic drugs can severely shake up
learned patterns of response, that are necessary for effective
manipulation within physical reality, break subtle connections and
disturb electromagnetic functions. Ego failure may result. Development
of the inner senses is a much more effective method of perceiving other
realities, and consciousness even of physical reality is increased.


The organization however is, biologically speaking, artificial and
learned. It is no less rigid for that reason, however. The
organizational structure of perception can indeed be broken up, as
recent LSD experiments certainly show. This can be highly dangerous,


The practice of psychological time will allow you to reach these
portions of the self. The ego is not artificially disorganized by such
practice. It is simply for the moment, bypassed.


Session 286

There are root dreams that represent basic inner experiences. Initially
no images are involved. If you remember the dreams, you remember them
with images however. Flying dreams are an example here. They are not
symbolic of anything, basically speaking. They represent direct


The initial impressions are simple, quite elementary, and always
correct. It is in the interpretation and refinement that the only
difficulties ever arise.


Color is closer to emotional experience than shape. It is also, believe
it or not, closer to sound. The connections between color and emotion
are too obvious to discuss here. To me, an emotion will automatically be
translated into color in many instances. Here you see — but try this:
do you see a connection between the color red and the work quick?


Geometric figures represent the most simple and basic root assumptions.
When I have perceived the emotional charges connected with any given
experimental object, then my first step in interpretation involves such
abstract forms.


Falling dreams also belong to the root dream category. They also
represent direct experience, as the inner self once more reenters the
physical body.


Past life dreams are root dreams.


Within the dream state all mankind knows the outcome of any given
dilemma. No predestination is involved. The problems have already been
worked out in a mental or psychic level, but not yet physically
materialized. Precognitive dreams therefore are precognitive only in
line with your own accepted root assumptions. Decisions have already
been made, but have not yet caught up to you within the physical system.


Session 287

Experience is not built up layer upon layer, along the lines of
continual moments. Basically, experience has nothing to do with time as
you know it. Experience is felt in terms of intensities and value


The completely uncamouflaged areas at the outer edges of the various
systems should remind you of the undifferentiated areas between various
life cycles in the subconscious. This is no coincidence, as this general
setup occurs in all realities. As a rule there is little communication,
you see, through those uncamouflaged or undifferentiated areas. They
act in fact as boundaries, even while they represent the basic stuff of
which all camouflage is composed.


Session 288

The earlier drinks of course let down his guard, but it was the caffeine
in the coffee that allowed the system to alert and direct the inner
abilities on this particular evening.


Session 290

If you are awakened for any reason during the night, the chances for a
conscious projection on your return to sleep are somewhat higher than
they would have been had your sleep not been interrupted.


I mentioned the caffeine. I should also note that if coffee does not
prevent or inhibit sleep, it will stimulate dream projections, and also
aid you in bringing the critical faculties into the dream state.


Cellular consciousness is a part of the consciousness of the inner ego
or inner self. Very loosely speaking, cellular consciousness is to the
inner self what the subconscious is to the outer ego. There are of
course many differences however.


Session 291

Indeed the ego is almost entirely formed by the physical senses method of perception.


Session 292

These generic images are composed of highly complicated electromagnetic complexes.


Now, projections do involve variations in intensities on your part.
There are definite strains connected here. On a conscious level you must
gain confidence as you did learning to walk. It is quite possible
however to project without any alarming physical symptoms whatsoever.
Often suggestion itself changes the symptoms.


Session 293

Success with his dream work depends precisely upon this excess energy available at day�s end.


I am not suggesting that he run full steam ahead at every moment. I am
suggesting that he use the full force of his available energy for every
task as hand.


Session 297

When a man is ill it is not necessarily because he wants to be ill
subconsciously. It is not necessarily because he is receiving some
hidden psychological benefit, or because the illness fulfills some need.
He is ill often — always in fact — because of a distortion that is
occurring within the self, and materialized in physical form.


The fearful spirit fears to leave the body, and fears to reside in it also.


A lifelong chronic illness of course is the same thing carried to
extremes. The completely unattractive person represents the same results
in a different manner. The person whose abilities are never utilized is
another example.


The winter of the spirit must be journeyed through, and it must not only
be conquered but the benefits used. Yet without it maturity cannot


None of us are ever equipped, for general purposes, to perceive reality
in all of its forms. The pyramid gestalts can do this, and we help the
pyramid gestalts perform this feat. But as a rule we must pick and
choose. There is too much for any consciousness to digest except those
so highly developed that even I know little of them.


Session 298

Astral Projection, Technique 3

…he did so, and I highly recommend this method to you both. When you
awaken, or seem to in the middle of the night, try simply to get out of
the physical body. Simply try to get out of bed, you see, and to walk
into another room while the physical body stays where it is.

If you keep this in mind, generally speaking, then you will find
yourself able to do so within a brief time. It is a pleasant and easy
way to achieve a projection, and with some experience you will discover
that you can maintain good control, walk out of your apartment, and
outside. You may then attempt normal locomotion, or levitation.

There is little strain with this method, and it has benefits from
several viewpoints. Simply keep the method in mind so that you are alert
to the initial favorable circumstances. You may be half awake. You may
be in a false awakening. The method will work in either case. It offers
good possibilities in another direction: you can, if you want to do so,
look back at your own body.
You must want to do this however. Often you do not want to see the body
by itself, so to speak, and so you choose methods that make this more
difficult. Just this one exercise will sharpen your control greatly. It
is an ABC you see.

The experience will be much less startling to the ego than
an abrupt projection, and the ordinary nature of the activities, walking
into the next room for example, will be reassuring. You are more calm,
and in your own surroundings. Of course Ruburt was out of his body when
he saw Miss Callahan, who was in the same condition.


Session 300

Your physical condition in every way is a reflection of your inner
expectations, accomplishments, and failures, and I have told you that
any illness is the result of an inner distortion. Now this distortion
may possibly be a hangover from a previous existence but it is a


Reincarnation and projection, you see, are one and the same thing… When
you are attached to the physical organism your projections are not as
complete — the difference between a reincarnational instance and a
simple projection from the physical state.


Through projections you will become acquainted with the mobility and
stability of the inner self, as separate from the physical apparatus.
Literally, death will no longer appear frightening.


Session 301

The ego is the only part of the self that regards physical objects as anything but symbols.


Session 303

He who knows who and what he is need not say so… You need not say who
you are, when you know who you are; and if you say who you are, you do
not know who you are.


If you realized thoroughly that your physical world was an illusion, you would not be experiencing sense data.


Session 305

Consciousness Blending During Projections

Individual selves will retain identity. They will be able to participate
at a high level of awareness with the whole of which they are part. The
whole is far more infinite than you can conceive. In a basic sense, the
whole is aware of all of its parts, and in a basic sense all of its
parts are aware of the whole. But each self must go its own way and
develop its own abilities and explore the possibilities which it creates
itself, otherwise the whole would stagnate.

The whole gains vivid experience through the life of its parts. The
whole needs its segments. The vitality must constantly create itself in
new patterns and each new pattern, of course, brings forth new
possibilities of development.

Infinity has nothing to do with space or time as you know it. Infinity
is the state of becoming and can never have an end for it is never
completed. Infinity has to do with value fulfillment, and the unfoldings
of ever new possibilities, the exploration of moment points, the
traveling through dimensions that ever creates the illusion of time. But
since there is no time, what is there to end?

The experience of projection will give you some small glimmering of
infinity. Pretend that in an exploration during a projection you found
yourself beside a tree. You entered the tree. You stayed there and
followed it through the seasons. Then you grew restless and entered a
bird who perched upon the branches and you flew merely several feet
away. A child stands nearby and you entered the child.

You intruded upon the child in no way. You were there within the child
like air. All of this seemed to take no time at all. The child became
old. You traveled to a nearby lake and became a fish. In succession you
entered many things and finally returned to your body. You had
experienced centuries, yet only an hour of your time had passed. The
feeling that you would have inside this highly improbable projection
would give you some idea, though a very weak one, of the feeling of

Now, in one sense, all selves are projections of the whole or that which
is. New universes such as your own constantly come into existence.
Systems and planes far different develop and in turn form other systems.
Infinity has meaning only in subjective and psychic terms. The physical
brain cannot contain the idea of infinity.
The concept will not fit into three dimensional terms. The whole self,
the inner self, moves within the concept of infinity as you move within
physical reality through space. Infinity contains all that will ever be
known, and, of course, all that will ever be known is known within the
spacious present.

Yet these very terms, all that will ever be known, are distortive, for
they suggest an ending of knowledge and experience and there is none.

Now, “There is no place to go” if you know what is truly meant by that
statement. It is also true that there are as many places to go as you
wish to find. You always create the places and the destinations at which
you arrive. There are no places, and there are infinities of places.
The inner self forms all systems and all places. On the one hand you can
indeed call them illusion. On the other hand, these illusions are quite
real. They are the clothing over the basic reality.

The basic reality is indeed within the illusions. Look beneath them and
within them and you will feel it. But they are themselves composed of
it, and you cannot really separate the two. Words are inadequate to
explain what I mean here.

Basic reality cannot know itself without creating diversity. The
diversity is the various forms that reality takes, the various systems
within which it expresses itself through projecting itself into infinite
individualized experience. Now that sentence is an important one.

Each inner self is a portion of the basic inner reality. It cannot know
itself, however, except through experience, and it must create in order
to experience. The experience constantly deepens the value fulfillment
of basic reality itself There is no alternative between diversity and

That which is, is constantly aware of its growing, surging existence,
through the diversity of experience which it creates constantly and
simultaneously. You are part of that which is, you are that which is. It
is impossible for any part of that which is not to be individualized.
Every part of that which is, is alive, and knows itself.


Session 306

It is precisely because the ego is excluded from the psychedelic
experience with drugs that difficulties are encountered afterward.


Session 307

With drugs, there are some dangers. There are dimensions in which you
are completely incapable, and if through some molecular disturbance you
fell into one of these it is possible that you could not find your way


A small dose of salt, regular salt, taken with the drugs would help
maintain a certain stability. It has a binding action on consciousness
and acts as a cohesive.


There are many reasons why illumination occurs in the third and fourth
decade. Such illumination represents the first contact of the ego with
its inner self, and is only a beginning.


Session 308

Those portions of the brain, seemingly unused, deal with these other
dimensions, and physically, you begin to use these portions, though
minutely, for the first time, under psychedelic situations.


Insanity, as it is labeled, is *sometimes* merely the result of a
strange situation, in which certain individuals use the ordinarily
dormant portions of the brain as well as, or sometimes largely in place
of, the recognized portions. The perception of reality is therefore
largely alien to society…

Insanity as a term means nothing. All mental life is characterized by
divergent perceptions of any given set of sense data that is recognized
as Reality, with capital R.

Those who perceive this set of data in such a way that agreement is
reached are called sane. But none of you perceives the SAME reality.
Those whose ideas and perceptions of reality are completely out of line
with the general agreement are called insane. The terms only show that
reality as you know it is the result of private perceptions. Reality is
built up as a result of these private perceptions.


In other words, portions of the inner self have joined the strictly
egotistical functioning. The ego in such cases is so attuned that is
becomes almost something else. We are coming here toward a definition of
illumination in psychic terms. The ego is not banished. It joins with
portions of the inner self previously unconscious, and illuminates the
whole personality. It is no longer primarily physically oriented.
Therefore it is no longer an ego in the terms usually meant.


Session 309

This is a cornerstone for consciousness and for personality development.
It is only a first step, however. Without it, no further development of
consciousness can occur. This particular step is not attained by all
within your system. You are at this point now. This state has been
called cosmic consciousness, but it is hardly that. The next step is
taken when identity is able to include within itself the intimate
knowledge of all incarnations. Yet in this state the independence of the
various reincarnated selves is not diminished.


The term includes the whole self as it consists of the self that you
know, probable selves, reincarnated selves, and selves more highly
developed than the self that you know.


Session 311

An inner ego, of course, that contains various egos that have been or
will be a portion of any given self — these egos and any ego organizes
experience along various lines and ties experience together within
meaningful pattern(s). The inner self or the whole personality consists
of many such egos, as you know, but the inner self is also aware of
itself as something more than the sum of its parts.


Session 312

The more of reality that is perceived the larger the dimensions of the self, or identity.


The basis for all experience is depth perception, and value fulfillment.


A fully developed psychology will not exist until reincarnation is accepted as a fact.


Session 315

Symptoms in this case with the right hand or on the right side of the
body, represent difficulties in the conscious realms. Symptoms of the
left hand or left portions of the body represent difficulties from
subconscious levels, and both represent failures between the conscious
and subconscious portions of the self.


Session 316

Because of these feelings he reacts as if he is being attacked. The
feelings however are the cause of the attack, for these feelings attract
those elements that would otherwise be harmless. This is rather


Session 317

You must actively practice what you know in your daily living. If you do not do so you will forget what you know, literally.

[? p.275]

Session 318

He [Ruburt] responds to the totality of stimuli that reaches him,
regardless of the way in which any given stimuli is received. Quite
adequate protection here can be given if he gives the daily suggestion
that he will only react to constructive suggestions.


Session 319

Various portions of the self therefore face physical reality at any
given time as the ego. The process is constant. An attempt to maintain
the status quo is of course natural on the part of the ego, but when
this becomes a stubborn effort to maintain dominancy then the
difficulties arise. The self throws up those portions of itself that it considers most able to handle the changing physical environment at any given time.


Session 324

Now about the time lag on suggestions. This has nothing to do with time,
but with the intensity of any suggestion, and any countering
suggestions. The most intensive will triumph, though there may be
obstacles in its way.


Session 326

The most extensive traveling is done in nightly excursions, but is it
easiest to remember those dream projections that occur during naps in
the day, simply because the waking consciousness is more alert.


You should try willing yourself into another room. When you awaken in the middle of the night try such an experiment.


Session 327

You must allow the normal waking consciousness to become transparent, so to speak, without however disturbing its flow.


Session 331

Now there are classes indeed where the newly dead are instructed. I used to teach some of these.


Session 332

Replacing Negative Images with Constructive Ones (Seth addressing a school teacher)

There is an inability to handle his own energy — at times his own energy
frightens him, and then it seems to abandon him completely. Here,
however, he has abandoned it, for he succumbs easily to negative
suggestions. Because he is sensitive to various elements, he also soaks
up atmosphere and suggestions like a sponge, and he has not learned to
protect himself.

In poor periods he is almost completely vulnerable to negative
suggestion, so that it operates through his own psychic and physical
system. He should then often give himself the following suggestion: I
will only react to constructive suggestions.

Now, listen to me. When you find yourself facing such negative images in
your mind and projecting them into the future, you should at once
mentally wipe out that image and replace it with a constructive image,
seeing yourself, for example, sitting in command of a well-ordered room.

This must be done immediately and upon every such occasion and under
every such circumstance. This exercise will indeed wipe out the previous
negative image.

You must mentally wipe out the negative image, for example. If you think
that tomorrow Johnny F will misbehave in study hall, you should, in
your mind, replace this with the image of Johnny F behaving very well.
In the first place, if you imagine that a particular student will
misbehave, you are automatically sending him a telepathic message to
that effect. If he is highly susceptible to suggestion, he will carry
out the suggestions that you have given.

When you replace this with a constructive thought, you are sending that
constructive suggestion to which he will also react. Any time you see
yourself in your mind as unhealthy or staggering, you must immediately
wipe the image away and make an effort to see instead a mental image of
yourself as healthy and strong.

Such images affect your whole physical system through the manufacture of
hormones and chemicals. Suggestions, whether given to you or given by
you, cause an emotional situation that automatically affects the
production of hormones and chemicals.

I told you to tell yourself — I will only react to constructive
suggestions. If however, you find yourself harboring a negative
suggestion, then instantly counter it by replacing it with a
constructive one.

This can be compared and correctly to errors in a painting. When you are
in a poor state of mind, you automatically affect the others you meet,
negatively. You then react to their behavior and complete the circle.
Now this leads into a highly charged emotional environment, which is the
cause of the depressions of which you have spoken.

When the peak is reached then self-pity controls your emotions so
completely that there seems to be no escape. In a mood of self-pity
there is indeed an almost perverted luxury, the luxury of despair, for
despair says: There is nothing I can do, and relieves you of any
responsibility for change. This applies not to you only but to such a
state in general. You become incapable of getting out of yourself, even
to the extent of enjoying small pleasures and, little by little it seems
every joy is withdrawn from you until nothing is left but despair.

This is caused by the culmination of negative suggestions and of
negative thought. They build up until you can take it no longer. In the
natural state of affairs, however, sooner or later, some highly charged
positive suggestion then begins to clear the emotional air.

[pp.333-334, 1967 April 05]

Session xxx

(uncredited session number)

There is what you may call a god, but hardly in terms of which you can
conceive. Using your terms, you are indeed a part of this god. You are
indeed infinite. You have immediate, instant PERSONAL connection with
this god, using your terms. You are directly connected to this god. You
cannot be disconnected because this god is what you are made of.

This is simply put as possible and highly simplified. The knowledge here
gives you benefits that are beneficial in HIGHLY and significant ways;
and do indeed enable you to draw upon abilities that you did not realize
you possessed.

Now: This is a personal god, in your terms. It is a personal god because
this god represents the part of that which is, which is yourself, you
No one else can speak to this particular portion of this god. You are
your own entity. The part of you that is formed from All That Is, is
this god; is aware of all your needs because god is also, in this
respect, yourself. Though hardly the self that you will recognize in a

Now: In your time scheme you see yourself at a certain age, within a
given set of circumstances. When you realize that you are also a portion
of All That Is, then you will see that this concept is erroneous and

There are portions connected with your identity, however, within other
systems, and these are more advanced than your own psychological self.
Again, I am speaking in your terms. These can be compared in this
context, you see, to minor gods, and your mythologies are full of these.
They are also obviously in contact with All That Is.

Some of these have been within your system, in your terms of continuity,
and are now beyond it. They also represent your personal connection
with All That Is. At times these personalities do aid their own and give

Take the minor god connection lightly as the term is a poor one but
brings out the idea I want to portray, though it is somewhat distorted.
Their value fulfillment is considerably deeper than yours: their
experience fuller and their knowledge at a higher level.

I have avoided such discussions mainly in the past, until I thought you
were ready for them. And now you are. These personalities are part of
your particular entity. Entities are obviously subdivisions of the
whole, or All That Is. You retain your individuality as part of an
entity, and the entity retains its individuality as a part of an energy
gestalt. An energy gestalt maintains its individuality as a portion of
All That Is. These are not impersonal energy forms. They are very highly
individualized psychological entities.

Their psychological development however is far different than any that you know.

There are simply psychological realities of which you are completely
ignorant, and these are interwoven into energy frameworks containing
dimensions you cannot understand.

[The Early Sessions – Book 7]

back to top


The Early Sessions: Book 8 of the Seth Material

The Early Sessions: Book 8 of the Seth Material. New Awareness Network, 2000. (Sessions 334-421, 1967 Apr 12 – 1968 Jul 8)

Session 336

There is a resistance here on your part, a resistance to the kind of
material that I am giving you this evening. A rather stubborn resistance
that has its roots in your childhood in this life. The resistance is
allowing you to cheat yourself in more areas than one.


Session 337

To create a harmonious inner existence is a positive act with
far-reaching effects, and not an act of isolation. To desire peace
strongly is to help achieve it.


There is a short-circuiting process in which even good intentions are
distorted and turned to other purposes. That which is feared is feared
so strongly and concentrated upon so intensely that it is attracted
rather than repelled. The approach should not be fear of war but love of
peace; not fear of poor health but concentration upon the enjoyment of
good health; not fear of poverty, but concentration upon the unlimited
supplies available on your earth. Desire attracts but fear also
attracts. Severe fear is highly dangerous in this respect and in this


Session 340

…you should tell yourself frequently, I will only react to constructive
suggestions, for this gives you some protection against your own
negative thoughts and those of others.


You have been examining others, rather than examining the self. What you
see of others is the materialization of what you THINK, subconsciously,
that you are; not necessarily what you are. For example: if others SEEM
deceitful to you it is because you deceive yourself and then project
this outward onto others.

These are simply examples now. If an individual sees only evil and
desolation in the physical world, it is because he is obsessed with evil
and desolation and projects them outward and closes his eyes to all
else. If you want to know what you think of yourself, then ask yourself
what you think of others, and you will find your answer.

This is, of course, on a subconscious basis. Another example only: a
very industrious individual thinks the majority of mankind are lazy and
good for nothing. No one would ever think of calling him lazy or good
for nothing, yet this may be precisely his own subconscious picture of
himself, against which he drives himself incessantly, all in an effort
to prove that his erroneous self-image is, indeed, wrong. And all
without realizing his basic concept of himself and without recognizing
the fact that he projects it outward onto others.


Session 341

Thoughts however are connected with language and with highly organized
ego development. They are translations and symbols for inner activity.
As a rule they are highly physically oriented, their function being to
acquaint the physically adapted ego with some
inner data. The thoughts may rather faithfully, though never
completely, translate such data, or they may considerably distort it.
Behind thoughts are images, which are more basic but still physically
oriented. Because they are more basic they have a stronger effect. They
are more emotionally charged, more concise than thoughts, and they are
directly connected with the mechanics involved in translating inner data
to physical reality. Behind these, so to speak, exist what you may term
temperature pictures, in which delicate gradations of heat form
ever-shifting emotional patterns that
have a semi-physical outline. From these, you see, normal images are
built up, and from the images thoughts are formed… Thus thought becomes
an inner image which is translated into a thermal image, and then into
intuitional form, into highly condensed and codified data, and then into
a pure and direct sort of experience which you cannot understand as
physical creatures.


The environment is simply an extension of the self, and those objects
within it are a part of the physical or the physically materialized
personality. Hence your ideas of ownership.


Session 343

Reincarnated selves are no more than probable selves, choosing to experience various forms.


Physical offspring are originally projections, but these originate new
acts despite the original idea behind them. That is, the parents wish to
project themselves, you see, but instead are the participators of a new


Session 350

Denied feelings gather emotional impetus, and form emotional storms.


Session 351

However, generally speaking, those completely focused in physical
reality will look for their prime fulfillment within it. They will also
have children. Those who are not completely focused in physical reality
will look for other ways of fulfilling their needs. As a rule with other
issues taken into consideration, they will not have children. They will
be left with the need for fulfillment however.


The desire to father or mother a child is a materialization of the
desire for fulfillment — one of many that happens to be predominant
within physical reality.


Session 352

He [Ruburt] has ways of escaping that are devious, for they are not
obvious, and they are to some extent automatic responses adopted in
childhood. He will not hurt you if you hurt him to retaliate, but he
will escape, close himself off from further hurt, leaving a shell
behind, an animated but empty one. This is a last-ditch escape so to
speak, but dangerous because its signs are not obvious. Well, all right,
I will close you out then. This is the emotional feeling behind it.
Such a recourse, again, is only a desperate final one, but with his
stubbornness it would be very final, and a means of self-defense. His
symptoms were adopted in place of such a move. This is a highly
significant piece of material.


Session 357

There is a tendency for a spontaneous dissociation that has always been
characteristic, and this tendency is simply given freedom when he stares
into flames.


The purpose is the expansion of consciousness itself, and this
automatically leads to the knowledge that every consciousness is
connected to every other, and that any harm to one is harm to all.


Session 359

Seth addressing someone in particular:

…you must not blame others when you do not achieve your goals. You must
remember it is easy, and, again, quite understandable, that oftentimes
others seem to be the source of defeats. But these defeats are always
caused by inner spiritual or psychic problems that have not been faced
or solved.

Lose any bitterness that you may have toward others, for this bitterness
is holding you back. The impetuous part of your nature can lead you to
joy, and to spontaneous and intuitive understanding. There is a
tendency, again to lash out at others, and this should be restrained.
Love every day to its fullest, and do not be a slave to your hopes for
the future. If you do not learn to enjoy today you will not enjoy the
future no matter what it may bring you.

You have perseverance and strength, and these are good qualities and
should serve you well. The return to Australia is a family lullaby, a
family hope, a family dream. If you are to return to Australia it will
be through your own individual efforts, and not through a windfall not a
gift from heaven.

Gifts from heaven are the results of individual spiritual developments,
and if they are not then they only appear to be gifts. The fine
qualities that you do possess should be used to aid you in making your


You have your own abilities, and properly used they will lead to your
own development and happiness. Remember, no one owes you anything, but
you owe everything to yourself.


Session 362

He battered down his own doors. He is seeking enlightenment, but he was
not strong enough to contain it. There is a possible new beginning for
him, however, and it will be a new reorganization of tendencies that
results in the formation of a new ego, born out of the old.


He had not found a strongly centralized inner self as yet, that could
take over the organization of the entire psychological structure. He
toppled his monarch, had no replacement, and opened his kingdom to ruin.
Now the question is: what can be done, and how can the battered
sections of the self best be put together?


He seems now to be choosing between identities, but there is one waiting for him, and it is a probable ego that he did not adopt as a child.


There are those who are so tightly meshed within physical reality that
the soul is squeezed dry. They are tight, sore, and chafing beneath
too-severe habits and ideas. For them momentary release, such as the
drugs can give is highly beneficial.


The ego takes care of physical matters so that the inner self can go
about its other concerns. To shunt it aside is highly dangerous. The
inner self is then is a precarious position, for it must also attempt to
deal with physical reality.


Session 364

The inner will to live must be revived. It is this inner will to live
that is lacking now. At the heart of the condition, there is a series of
psychological shocks that occurred.


The husband, now, should follow this exercise three times daily: He
should imagine the energy and vitality of the universe filling his
wife�s form with vitality and health.


We can begin a program designed to change her own inner expectations. It
is here that a reliable hypnotist would be of great benefit, in
uncovering many hidden subconscious errors.


Session 388

The basic idea of karma is not punishment. Karma presents the
opportunity for development; to make use of opportunities that were not
taken advantage of, to fill in gaps of ignorance, to enlarge
understanding through experience, to do what should be done. Free choice is always involved. The purpose is always knowledge and developments, rather than punishment, self-punishment.


No one save the individual entity knows in what direction weaknesses lie
that need correction, and it sets about forming life dramas in which
these can be faced.


While such situations as Peggy�s illness are chosen by the entity, the
individual is always left to work out its own solution. Complete
recovery, illness in general situation is set up in response to deep
inner involvements. The problem is a challenge set up by the entity for
one of its personalities, but the outcome is left up to the individual.


The overall entity feels that the problem has been sufficiently solved, then it will end this life situation.


Session 393

However, you will reincarnate whether or not you believe that you will.
It is much easier if your theories fit reality, but if they do not, then
you do not change reality one iota.


Session 396

An individual who has survived physical death can if he wishes recreate
any portion of his own past as it was. He can recreate any portion of
his own past in any way he wishes, changing his own actions within it if
he so chooses, combining and reforming the entire composition. Such a
procedure is usually a dead-end enterprise. The others involved are
vivid hallucinations, and he may not realize this.


Upon physical death you simply step out of the intense focus upon one
self-constructed plane. You are released into a wider spectrum of


It is as if any artist finished a painting, and instead of going to a
new one he does countless variations of the original, without realizing
what he is doing. This is a between-plane existence, and legends refer
to it as purgatory.


Session 397

Otherwise you may have consciousness drugged or in a disintegrating
state, because of the body�s condition. Under those circumstances the
transition is not easy.


Evil, so termed, is a lack of knowledge, a lack of fulfillment, a lack
of growth, measured against that which has felt inward enough to
understand more of its nature.


Session 398

The whole personality has for a long time been waiting in another system
of reality. There is no law that says that a personality must fully
materialize within a given system, though it is usually wiser to do so.


When psychic gestalts are made and formed they are not static. They make
different alliances until they find their place in a whole identity
that serves their purposes, or are strong enough to become


Session 399

The very deep love that you have for each other, my dear friends, is in
the overall a bisexual love, for you have known each other many times,
and in different sex roles.


Session 401

Tips for Painters and Artists

You should in any case whenever possible sketch outdoors, for you are
personally renewed by such an encounter, and the implications are very
different. When you are outdoors sketching there is before you a large
expanse. It is easier to think in terms of size and expansion. Thoughts
of expansion will help your work, so that the energy and vision are not
imprisoned by form but are within form, even while in the process of
When you are sketching outdoors, as a helpful exercise I suggest the
following: attach your focus of attention to one small thing. It may be a
flower or a stone. Something however that catches your own eye. Imagine
the energy within that object perpetual, but in terms of being
endlessly alive and vital.

Pretend that the energy within that object is the center of life, so
that the whole rest of the universe derives its energy within that stone
or flower. Do this until you can feel that energy pulsate within the
form of the object, so that the form itself is ever mobile while it
retains the semblance, as in a stone, of Immobility.

Think of the energy as radiating outward from the object, giving life to
all other things, whether or not many specific objects are to be in any
given painting. This will result in paintings in which your chosen
point of attention radiates through the form, illuminating all other
objects in the painting, and psychically radiating outward from the

It will automatically be evocative of other objects not in the painting,
and will automatically remind the viewer of the universe that you did
not paint. Expansiveness is built in psychically in this manner.

I believe that some Spanish artists in the past utilized this same sort of idea.

Now in other ways it was also utilized by your old masters. The
expansiveness then was also of a spiritual nature. Whatever objects were
shown in the painting automatically presupposed the existence of
spiritual realities, and other universes, though these presuppositions
were highly ritualistic.

The meaning behind them was known to all. Each of the great masters’
paintings somehow suggest the existence of far greater realities, of
which the paintings were a part. They saw the objects within their
paintings as portions of a greater whole that was suggested by the

Now the suggestion I have given you is the same sort of thing. There is
no dependence upon agreed ritualistic symbol, however. The exercise
itself will allow you to make the necessary transformation, where the
one becomes all. Now this is the expansion of which I am speaking. It
will cause immediate physical evocative reactions. Do you follow me

The timeless quality will be built in, for the painting itself, though
flawless in form, will suggest the changing quality of form, and stress
the permanent quality that gives it its meaning. If you as artist are
also aware that the same energy that fills the form that you paint also
forms your own image, then the transformation into something better than
excellent art is made.

Now the energy can be best suggested by transparents, rather than
opaques, for the opaques arc too ponderous. The opaques can be used
effectively to suggest the form, superimposed lightly over the
transparent energy, but never with a heavy hand.

A good use of transparents in oils will make you more pleased with using
them. Movement can be best portrayed also with transparents, and even
for rocks. While opaques may be used to suggest physical heaviness,
transparents should be used also to show that in actuality rocks are as
light as air, and to hint at the ever-mobile energy that forms them.

Now again, much of this has to do with your own interest. Opaques are
excellent to suggest a heavy or dark mood. In portraits, while the inner
skeletal structure must be hinted at, and while the figure should be
well done, still there should be the suggestion of the personality going beyond the image, and of personality’s energy radiating outward.

In a portrait, do the same exercise as given earlier. Imagine the
individual as the center of all life, so that when the painting is
completed it automatically suggests the whole universe of which the
individual is part. Nothing exists in isolation, and this is the secret that the old masters knew so well.


Session 403

What you are learning is a technique for self-development. You cannot
use it, therefore, to attain those things that do not pertain to your
own self-development and the techniques will not help you get something
that you were not meant to have nor that you have before decided as an
entity that you should not have.


It does no good to understand issues intellectually, however, or even to
understand them intuitively unless you understand them so thoroughly
that they become a part of your daily life. Much of that you know you
have made a part of your life, but you still wish to use your knowledge
for your own conscious purposes. You are still not willing to say let me
develop as I should develop. You are still saying let me develop as I
think as I should develop. The I being a highly egotistical I.


There must be an open-minded, and openhearted attitude here. You must
not try to use what you have learned in a narrow, limiting way. This
hampers your own development. It closes your eyes to many possibilities
that will be important to you. It is natural, perhaps, to want to use
what you have learned, this information, as a technique to achieve what
you at any particular time think desirable, a particular person, a
particular thing. But what is important is the inner development. If
this is taken care of, it will automatically lead you to the person that
is best for you and to the circumstances that will help you develop. To
insist that a specific individual or a specific goal be attained
through these methods is limiting. There must always be the
acknowledgement that you do not consciously as yet realize the depths of
yourself, the goals you have set and the challenges, and this material
should be used to open up your inner horizons and to lead you in those
directions toward which your inner self has already set you. If you then
egotistically, say — No — this particular situation is what I want,
then you may be blocking the inner direction which has been meant for


Session 404

First of all, all negative attitudes must be removed from your
consciousness. You are attracting further financial problems in your
desperation. You are focusing upon poverty rather than wealth.


See in your mind�s eye a surplus of money in your folder when the month�s expenses are paid.


You must indeed think consciously in terms of plenty rather than of want.


Suspend Critical Judgment

Your subjective life has been somewhat permeated by thoughts of want,
and literally poverty, until you have indeed exaggerated your own
situation. The exaggerated situation could come to pass however if you
persist in protecting those images outward.

They would not help you get a raise but act to the contrary, and they
have done so in the past. I am giving you advice in very practical
terms. What you do with it is up to you. But you have severely limited
yourself in this respect.

In the past Ruburt helped you generate such negative ideas, but he has
been making an attempt to combat them. His own experience has proven to
him that I was right in other regards. As long as you believe that
others are taking advantage of you, they will do so. The origin is in
yourself, and this is what you have not so far understood.

The origin is not in others. For fifteen minutes a day agree to suspend critical judgment, and following the Maltz method.
Imagine yourself vividly in the position you would like to be. The rest
of the time consciously make an effort to control your attitude when
you find yourself thinking in terms of want or poverty. Then switch your
thoughts to ideas of plenty. This need not involve hypocrisy, indeed
must not. You must feel that this is legitimate and practical, because the thoughts of plenty will automatically begin to attract plenty. This is sufficient. There should not be an overemphasis on material possessions or security however.

Now this program if faithfully followed will bring results. It will
initiate intuitive concepts, ideas in your work which will automatically
attract others to possess them. It will initiate other actions that
will result in financial betterment.


Thoughts of plenty will bring you plenty in material and financial
terms, and in other terms. Thoughts of want will produce want. I have
not made these rules.


Session 407

I am what you would refer to as a future Seth, as Seth in a “higher stage of development”.


Session 408

Knowledge in your terms does change your own physical structure, merging
with the physical stuff of your image, but your ego remains relatively
detached from it, you see.


Session 409

You have agreed, a large number of you, to ignore the existence of
reincarnation. When you decide to accept this, then of course adequate
proof for it will be found.


Session 410

There are other drugs however, and if these are discovered and utilized,
then these developments could occur within the field of psychology
itself. The drugs release certain barriers that stand between the
physical body and its other forms. One such plant resembles the cotton
plant, yet with very small yellow or yellow white seeds, and grows in
certain portions of Africa. Its effect would seem to be highly
hallucinatory. The hallucinations however would be quite valid journeys
into other realities.


Physicists however will be forced to recognize that the energy within
molecular structures has its origin elsewhere. They will be forced to
postulate the existence of an unknown force, always existing despite
newer current theories. No postulated new force theory will be able to
explain reality.


True identity is as much divorced from ego reality as the photograph is from the person.


Session 412

Knowledge automatically changes the personality and the camouflage
structure through which it flows. Knowledge, in other words, is action.


Session 413

Consciously you work with what you call a one-reality field
psychological structure. Other portions of your entire entity are not so
limited. This is simplified. Consciously you deal with those problems
of one given physical life. Consciously you are not aware of what you
call reincarnations, though these occur within your own system. Now
these are not separate existences at all. They only appear so to you.
Your earth identity in singular terms, is one of existence. When you
sleep at night and awaken, you do not suppose yourself a new
personality, or imagine that you have died during the night. This is
what you do when you imagine that you have several existences as
different people.


Previous lives are handled in conscious terms when you are in existence
between physical lives. When you are completed in those terms you may
operate within a two-reality field psychological pattern, in which you
are consciously aware of existing in two systems at once, and able to
manipulate with full awareness within each.


Session 416

No physical condition is irreversible, with the exception of loss of
limbs and definite physical organs. The personality is always free to
choose, in your terms, its future. But the choice is with the inner
self, which is the real identity.


However, the doctor of whom I am speaking also has an excellent bedside
manner, so to speak and he usually communicates with other levels of the
personality that are unknown to the ego.


Earlier I recommended a good hypnotist, hoping that the woman might find
her way if positive suggestions were given; for even if the inner self
had solved its problems, it would need help, psychological help, in
reversing the physical trend. I hoped such a hypnotist could act
therefore as a guide, if the personality was ready to begin a journey to
health. The inner personality was not ready.


Session 417

For if you will forgive me, the material is much more significant
because it is backed up by someone who is no longer within your system.


This is not the Cayce material, with information seemingly coming from
some vast storehouse of knowledge. In those terms no such storehouse
exists. Knowledge does not exist independently of the one who knows.
Someone gave Cayce the material. It did not come out of thin air. It
came from an excellent source, a pyramid gestalt personality, with
definite characteristics, but the alien nature of the personality was
too startling to Cayce, and he could not perceive it.


Session 418

It will help also at times if, when hearing various voices that have
annoyed you in the past, you try to think of them in terms of images and
colors. At other times simply go along with them, without such ideas,
and your intuitions will deliver their own product.


Follow Irritating Sounds

When you are bothered by noise and tumult, by traffic and the sound of
neighbors’ voices, by lawn mowers and other irritating sounds, try this:
do not fight them. Purposely plunge into them; go along with them as
action, and they can refresh you.

Do it as an act of will, and your intuitions, oddly enough, will be
refreshed. They need not serve automatically as inhibiting factors
unless you allow them to. But it is not enough in your case to ignore
them and despise them. Let them work for you.

If done in the correct spirit, this will help free your intuitive
nature, and to a large extent help wash away automatic blocks that have
been inhibiting.

You do not have to be afraid of going along with what these sounds
represent. You will not lose your sense of isolation nor your
individuality. This is basically behind your reaction, having to do with
your early life. You felt your mother’s liveliness and vitality
threatening, for it was not disciplined in any manner, but erratic.

This was added to by the sensed power of your father’s inhibited
vitality. You felt the combination could sweep you aside, and literally
destroy you. Undirected vitality and undisciplined vitality has
frightened you, and noise to you represents the tumultuous undisciplined
emotions that you feared.

The exercise will do much to override this, for you are strong enough
and you need inner freedom. There is behind such seemingly undirected,
abstract tumult and energy, direction that cannot be intellectually
perceived, but can be intuitively sensed. And this is the force that is
behind your own art and all creativity.

It can even serve as a framework for creativity, for from these raw
materials you can forge and direct energy for your own purposes. You can
take that tumult and use it, but not if you set yourself up against it.
Then, it is threatening to you.

Various sounds rush at you. From one inharmonious high-pitched yell for
example, if you listen, you as an artist can sense the self that was
forced to make that sound, perhaps emerge with a prize, an excellent
portrait, or simply an unique and individual mouth. Or a landscape that
screams out as the voice did.

From the sound, the assaulting onrushing sound of traffic, if you listen
you can emerge with the prize — perhaps an abstract, with the pulsating
sounds transferred to rhythm and color; or perhaps again a portrait,
here, of a compulsive personality, driven, and yet behind it all the
purpose which is not easily seen, and the reason.

I have given you a few examples simply to clarify my remarks. But these
evidences of action, apparently chaotic and undisciplined, are parts of
inner frameworks that do have both purpose and reason.

As you know, even your physical system reacts when you brace yourself
against these things as irritations. But properly used they can lead you
to exaltations, and you would use such exaltations then in a
disciplined, directed manner.

The struggle; now you must not struggle, Joseph, to close out those
stimuli that annoy you. Your mother has done this. Use them for your
benefit. Those things that annoy you precisely represent the greatest
challenges to your personality and abilities.

Used, they can help you fulfill yourself to the utmost. There is no
coincidence that it is the left ear involved. You have used the
symbolism of right and wrong. The right ear, the wrong ear, bothers you
for you do not want to hear what you consider the bad sounds. The left
ear and the left portion of the body generally also are connected with
the unconscious. And the sounds are somewhat connected with your feeling
toward oil paints. Do you see the connection?

You have indeed, for you see now how they can be used, and you will see
how the sounds can be used. The sounds can be used in your paintings
like colors. A freedom will result from this exercise, though you may be
uneasy at trying it.


Session 419

We are Seth, and whenever we have spoken we have been known as Seth. The
entity had its beginning before the emergence of your time. It was
instrumental, with many other entities, in the early formation of energy
into physical form. We are not alone in this endeavor, for through your
centuries other entities like us have also appeared and spoken.


Session 420

In out of body experiences from the dream state however, there is a lowering rather than a heightening of body temperature.


Session 421

The quality of the challenges is often an indication of the heights that
are possible. In the early background of each individual, in each life,
you will find the material for development. The development to be based
upon problems overcome and challenges accepted and conquered. You do
not give complicated problems to an idiot to solve. You give him simple
ones. Personalities bent upon great endeavors often set themselves great
problems. The problems are not meaningless. They are like examinations.


back to top


The Early Sessions: Book 9 of the Seth Material

The Early Sessions: Book 9 of the Seth Material. New Awareness Network, 2002. (Sessions 422-510, 1968 Jul 10 – 1970 Jan 19)

Session 425

There are personalities far more developed than my own; there are
personalities that operate in a context that even I would find extremely
alien, but no particle of individuality is ever lost, and no


The idleness, if prolonged, is not idleness. Concentration upon physical
data takes the conscious mind off for a trip, and it gives the inner
self greater freedom to initiate new developments and intuitional
creations. These, incidentally, can help you understand the true nature
of time.


Session 426

When I speak of All That Is, you must understand my position within it. All That Is
knows no other. This does not mean that there may not be more to know.
It does not mean, and here words quite fail us, it does not mean that All That Is, in any terms we can conceive of, may not be limited. It knows of no other.


Session 430

An entity does not “remember” when a portion of it existed within your system. In its time that portion simply is.


Time is an apple. Time is no apple. Time is a worm in an apple. Time is a
worm not in an apple; and yet such definitions will be absolutely
meaningless to most people, for they can only think of time in terms of
days or hours, and they do not think of time as an experience itself, or
quite simply, being.


Session 432

Now some personalities from one system aid other personalities from
other systems, but highly developed personalities, those in your terms
so far advanced, will set for themselves the task of aiding an entire
civilization; of assisting the development of a new system, and
sometimes initiating the existence of that system… Now you are aiding in
the development of those consciousnesses that compose the cells and
molecules within your own bodies. They learn from you almost through a
process of osmosis. Dimly through many cycles of such activities, they
become aware of the existence of conceptual thought.


Session 433

It is important that you understand that time puts limitations and
barriers in the way of perception. This does not mean that each
individual at such a state is isolated, nor that he dwells in some
universe of his own, for interactions always exist.


Session 437

Tune in to probable future events.

When your portrait of the artist was done your own psychic abilities had
grown as much as your artistic knowledge. There has been a leap that
you did not realize you had accomplished. It has appeared in your
psychological climate, rather than in specific instances.

You should be able to tune in, so to speak, on some future probable
events, I believe in image form, after a few attempts. Do this as if you
were starting out to paint a picture, requesting to see the images of
certain persons at a given time or situation in the future, and let your
abilities then fill in on the imaginative pattern. This procedure
should suit you well.

Make sure you do not force the images. Imagine a blank canvas or board,
or blank framed picture if you prefer. I will give you an example. This
is not a specific suggestion but an example of what I mean.

Say that you are going to try to see Prentice-Hall’s reaction — will
they accept the manuscript or not? Then imagine the blank picture as if
you were going to paint it in your mind. Either see Ruburt painted in
with the expression on his face as he reads the significant letter, and
instead of the title the date of the letter.

Another method: pretend you are painting Ruburt with a picture of the
book in his hand, then the details as to the publisher and so forth
would be painted in for you. I suggest in your case therefore an
approach using imagery, although there will be several ways of trying to
get given information, as you see.

You should find this a valuable training. Now colors may be significant,
particularly to you, and so the colors used in the imaginary painting
may be symbolic. If so you will have to interpret them. The painting
technique will call forth your creative powers more strongly, and give
impetus to the psychic work involved.


View probable future events.

Now. In the overall you have benefited by the vitality and life about
you here, and even by the occasional clamor. Strong and readily
available positive energies have been about you when you needed them,
and before you knew how to change your own inner environment.

Overall the climate of the entire establishment here has been
supportive. Even the unconscious attitudes of others who have lived here
have been beneficial in your behalf. You have used much of this energy
to produce your own work. This does not mean that such conditions will
always be necessary, but that they have served you well.

Give us a moment. A circle with segments cut into it like a pie may also
be used by you to signify time segments. You will have to work out your
own interpretation here, for the whole circle will represent various
amounts of time, according to what you require.

If you want to discover in what month something will come about for
example, you may visualize the circle cut into 12 segments, or have this
idea in your mind. Then as the painting is painted, so to speak, so
many of these segments would be removed, representing the months that
will pass before the event.

A trick you may use, though you do not need it, when you want an idea
for a new painting, is as follows. Pick a day in your future and simply
request that you see that painting you will be working on at that time.
Now we are involved with something rather tricky here, and I will
explain the mechanics of it but not this evening. The picture of the
painting should be available to you however. You can then use it in this
present. If you are looking for a refreshing change, a lighthearted
experiment, then imagine what painting you would paint if you were a
particular other person, gifted with your own abilities.

The painting would be your own in any case, sifted through your own
individuality. There were paintings planned by various great masters
that were never painted, and these ideas exist. Sifted through your own
individuality they become your own.

Many sessions ago I gave you some information concerning painting the
viewpoint, and suggestions also as to how to approach a natural object,
to become it. You can also imagine how
that natural object would appear to others of various ages and
temperaments, or to me, or how curious it would seem to someone who does
not dwell within your own system.

All of these suggestions tend to activate your creative and psychic
abilities and that is why I have given them to you together.


Session 440

If every cell set up conditions of its own existence you would not have a
body. The conditions blind you to what life is, even to the miraculous
balance and imbalance of physical and nonphysical that allows you to
think and breathe. Forget your conditions and you will realize the
meaning of joy within your own life.


The whole development of your individuality and of your whole self is a gift of All That Is; a state of grace is the acceptance of life and vitality and joy. Live then within it!


Session 442

Our contacts now are not just contacts with Robert F. Butts and Jane
Roberts, and that is why I have always used your entity names. The
contact is also with your other reincarnational selves that you do not
presently recall.


This is your last reincarnation, in your terms. At death you will
consciously realize the sum of your reincarnated selves. To me that is
your personality, but this is only a small part of your overall self. To
me is it as if you had finished one life, you see. To you it will seem
as if you had finished many.


Session 444

I told you once that in those terms I would be considered as Ruburt’s
number 6 or 7 self. You had better change Ruburt to Jane in that
sentence. Ruburt then, would be considered Jane’s third self in
approximate terms. In the analogy these future selves would dwell in
other dimensions, and usually self one, or Jane, would be relatively
unaware of their, existence or knowledge. In this case self one is able
to make such contacts however.


Ruburt is the sum of the present… Ruburt… I want to get this as clear as
possible… Ruburt is the sum of the earthly personalities, intimately
aware of all past lives.


In spiritualistic terms, Ruburt would be the guardian angel [of Jane], you see.


You cannot separate creative and psychic ability.


Session 446

Before you can be allowed into systems of reality that are more
extensive and open, you must first learn to handle energy, and see,
through physical materializations, the concrete result of thought and
emotion. As a child forms mud pies from dirt, so you form your
civilization out of thoughts and emotions, and then see what you have
created, and you must deal with it on its terms.


You do not feel guilty for those you kill in your dreams. You do not
feel that your dream existence is useless, hopeless or beyond
redemption, and it seldom occurs to you to think of your dream existence
in such a manner.


Often you are aware that you are dreaming, and you are sometimes aware
while in physical existence that you are dreaming. You can change an
unpleasant dream by realizing that you are creating it, and that the
problems are of your own making. You leave physical reality when you
come to the same realization.


Session 447

It is not the time for you to run willy-nilly, looking for truth in any
treetop — the truth is inside your own skull, and you at least know how
to find it; but discipline and intuition is involved. Your son is not a
three-year-old any longer. He is an entity older than you, and he has
tried to point the way to you.


Session 448

Finding the center of yourself.

Now, with all you have been told about the nature of personality, and of
the many of which you are a part, it would now be a help if you could
find the center of your larger self.

You can intuitively become aware to some extent of your own
reincarnations, so that you feel a recognizable sense of familiarity.
Now there is unity in all. You have been told that there is a point
where all dimensions and systems of reality merge. Now the same is true
of consciousness. You are a part of a larger self, an entity, and
because you are there is a portion of you that has access to the
knowledge of your entity.

All of it would not be translatable. Some of it would have no meaning
for you, but much of this is accessible. There are ways of finding what I
will call this center of yourself. It will give you direct experience
with many concepts that we have been discussing. It will give
you more reincarnational data on your own lives; as you travel to the
center of yourself however you will feel and know your own pasts as
directly as the circumstances permit.

More than this however, your abilities and your challenges will appear
to you in a much clearer light, and uncluttered focus. The experience
will deepen and reinforce your sense of individuality, and you will know
for yourself that you are one in many, and yet many in one.

There are five steps. It is possible to cover all of them at once, or
the process may take you some time. First however imagine your
consciousness out of your body in its astral form. Next, feeling that
you are in the astral form, tell yourself that from that image you will
be able to see the image of the person that you were in your immediately
past life.

I cannot tell you whether you will succeed at once, as you may, or
whether you will find it difficult. You, Joseph, being proficient with
images, may find it easier than Ruburt. Now when you feel that you have
this new image of your past self before you, then imagine that your
consciousness is moving from your astral form into this past self. You
should not do this until you see the whole form.

Before you see the whole form you may try to mentally communicate with
it however, asking it questions. This is one approach. You may for
example end up using this as the main method of communication between
your present and your past one. Otherwise will your consciousness as
mentioned earlier into the image, then ask yourself. Who am I? Where was
I born? What memories are mine?

If you have succeeded here, then memories and images will flash through
your mind in the same way that your present self would ordinarily recall
its past.

Then, will yourself to return to your own astral image, then to your
physical body. From here repeat to yourself what you have learned, and
whatever data you have received, reminding yourself that this is also a
part of your identity. This may be done very well imaginatively, in
other stages of the process.

After you have managed to feel yourself above your body in your astral
form, you again tell yourself to see the image of the same past self.
You may then imagine its image merging with your own, and its memories a
part of your own consciousness. When you have succeeded, then still
feeling yourself in the astral form, tell yourself that you will next
see the image of the life before last: the image of the person you were,
then repeat the other steps.

The whole exercise, or any part of it, must only be done in order to
avail yourself of wisdom, so that you can use your own abilities to help
yourself and others.

The purpose is very important, for when the purpose is a good one then
it unites the other images about you and your purpose beneficially. It
is part of the equation, as important as a plus sign rather than a minus
sign, and as important to your results.

Various kinds of experiences may develop. You may request information
concerning abilities for example, and hear your answer internally. You
may instead feel the stirrings of memory, and experience yourself using
abilities developed as a past personality. At any point in the exercise,
for it can happen at any stage, you will suddenly feel the you of you,
the center identity that runs through all the selves of which you have
been part. You may also in a flash see glimpses of further realities
that would be future to your present self.

According to the circumstances and your own condition, results can be
amazingly rapid, or slow. You may try many times and then succeed… the
methods are extremely important however, and should be definitely
included in our material. There are also some variations on these that I
will give you.

Those who try the exercises with wrong purposes will not succeed, for
they will not have the proper equation, and it is the one part that
cannot be given to them. Do you understand?


At any point in the exercise, for it can happen at any stage, you will
suddenly feel the you of you, the center identity that runs through all
the selves of which you have been part.


Session 451

As he almost discovered, such a trance is highly effective for
projections. There is a more intense focus of concentration, high use of
energy, a merging of capabilities, intent, direction, directly from the
center of the self that can be compared, properly used, to a laser. It
can also be used in healing, when it is developed. Without realizing it
Ruburt has had several other very brief experiences with this kind of
trance in the past. In those instances a necessary familiarity was
achieved, though the results in terms of information were negligible.


Session 452

The violence that you were both speaking of this evening opened
up a chasm within each participator’s soul, through which he glimpsed
the dizzying origins that were behind his identity. There was the fear,
then, and afterward, of falling back in to that chasm.


Session 452

Man was not allowed to play with the more dangerous toys until certain
evidence was given that he had gained some control. This does not mean
that he could not destroy the world that he knew. It simply meant that
such destruction was not inevitable. You do not give a child a loaded
gun if you are certain he is going to shoot himself or his neighbor. Now
the weapons and the destruction are the obvious things that you see.
The counterparts are not so evident, and yet it is the counterparts that
are important. The self-discipline learned, the control, the compassion
that finally Is aroused, and the final and last lesson learned: the
positive Desire for creativity and LOVE over destruction and hatred.
When this Is learned the reincarnational cycle is finished.


Session 453

Creatures without the compartment of the ego can easily follow their own
identity beyond any change of form. The inner self is aware of this
integrity of identity, but the ego focused so securely in physical
reality cannot afford this luxury.


The subjective reality of one man, left alone in the universe, would
emit enough energy to seed another. That sentence is not distorted. The
energy that is within you is inconceivable to you.


Session 456

Flexibility enhancement visualization.

I will then give Ruburt some suggestions as to normal living habits that
if followed will enable him to stay in good health. One of these will
be a mental exercise, taking no more than ten minutes, and if done
properly, only three times a week, will be of great benefit in keeping
joints and muscles loose and free. I should perhaps give you that
exercise now.

When resting, and in a tranquil state of mind, he should simply imagine
the limbs slowly stretching out, becoming somewhat longer, and then
slowly returning to their original length. He should then imagine the
neck revolving easily and normally three times in each direction;
mentally here doing the yoga neck exercise that he recalls.

The lengthening exercise to be emphasized with the arms particularly.
The toes and fingers should be visualized as lengthening also, easily
and slowly, and then returning to normal position. The joints should be
imagined as moving easily. At the same time, he should dwell on the idea
of flexibility and freedom, mental, spiritual, psychic and physical
flexibility. That is the end of the exercise.

It will do good also if during the day occasionally he imagines the
exercise as he goes about his chores, but he should not do this
willfully, with an intent to command physical performance. The whole
thing should be done with a mental lightness, more as if it were a
children’s game, and he must remember this for it is the whole point of
the procedure.

The potato is effective, and highly. The symbolism in holding the
potato, you see, is that tensions and poisons pass from the fingers into
the potato, which is a root vegetable. It is symbolism, but highly
effective for that reason, and for that reason it does indeed draw out
tensions and poisons.


Session 460

Obviously then the ego is a part of identity, rather than the other way
around, and it is only a part of consciousness. It is when ego attempts
to confuse itself with identity that difficulties begin.


Session 461

I told you that if this material and information was ultimately to mean
anything in your terms, then it must be related to people. I will see
that it relates to many kinds of people. It will be given in many ways.
There is no reason why the less intellectual should not have access to
it, or that is should discriminate against them for their lack of gray


There will be several books that simply result from our sessions, beside those that will be specifically dictated.


His ego is a kind one, but the structure of any ego is such that it
considers, or can consider easily, psychic ability as a sign of its own
power; or feel possessive of the ability, and overly proud of it, even
when it knows it originates in other layers of the self.


Give yourself the suggestion before you sleep that you will remember
what happens, and that even while sleeping you will be alert to my
presence, and ready to follow my directions. Also, tell yourself that
you will be enriched immensely by a memory of the encounter and the
journey, and use those words.


Session 462

Now I tell you that while the perceiver is changed by what he perceives,
he also changes that which is perceived. Perceiver and perception, in a
basic manner, are one and the same. Here we come close to the meaning
of value fulfillment and moment points.


Session 463

Any physical perception is actually an action response at a psychic
level to thoughts and emotions, and these exist independently of their
physical counterparts. The thoughts and emotions however also have their
own electromagnetic reality. Physically then you perceive an
approximation of an inner event. The inner event basically is not
physical. Now, as simply as I can put this, thoughts and emotions form,
of their own electromagnetic reality, vitalized physical products called
atoms and molecules.


Now in the past, in your distant past, when I spoke through others, or
portions of my entity did so, then such personal connections also
existed with those through whom we communicated.


Session 467

There is a difference in the various work done in different kinds of
sessions, and subjectively Ruburt may be aware of this. The class
sessions have their place, and they are meant to serve as illustration.
While they each are legitimate within themselves they are each meant to
show how the material can be applied.


In psychological time therefore it is at least possible that you can
have some experience with other methods when you close off habitual
methods of perception. The ego is firmly attached to the use of the
physical senses, however. In the dream state there can also be other
methods at least slightly experienced. In deeper dreams and fairly
unusual projections, you can and do leave your own system entirely. Even
though you are out of your physical body however, you will attempt to
translate experience with its learned patterns rather than switching
into the inner senses. This is why many such experiences, even if
recalled, seem chaotic and without meaning.


Any current emotion contains within itself memory patterns,
interconnections and interpretations, that are far more dazzling in
their meaning and content than any, for example, highly precise
mathematical data. Particularly are memories enclosed within, gathered
together from “previous” experience, all cunningly collected with utmost attention and high selectivity.


Session 469

In your system of reality you are learning what mental energy is, and
how to use it. You do this by constantly transforming your thoughts and
emotions into physical form. You are supposed to get a clear picture of
your inner development by perceiving the exterior environment. What
seems to be a perception, an objective concrete event, independent and
apart from you the perceiver, is instead the physical materialization of
the perceiver’s own inner emotions, energy and mental environment.


Session 471

Ruburt may study astrology, but he will not feel easy with it. He does
not need it. As a matter of interest it is perfectly alright, but
because of his particular nature he will have a tendency to let the
charts impede rather than help his clairvoyant information. It is too
closed a system. Now astrology has its merits, and many good ones. An
excellent astrologist can help people to better understand themselves.
Understand the individuals themselves between lives choose the time of
their own birth, adopting ahead of time those characteristics that they
feel will best aid their development, and challenge their abilities.


The words: “May peace be with you,” will get him through any difficulty
in other layers of reality, for as he formed that image others also form
images, and he could encounter them on occasion. To wish them peace
will be to give them some comfort, for they do have a kind of reality.


Now in the first place the symptoms are not evil nor his enemies, but
methods of instruction that he has himself chosen; and if he ever
imagines them isolated in such a fashion, they should be imagined
instead as being projected out from him into the whole of the universe
where they are absorbed harmlessly, and their energy used to the greater


Now, if he is worried about a recurrence, I suggest that he say quite
simply: “God’s peace be with me,” before he sleeps, without worrying or
arguing with the meaning of the term God. This will always protect him
in any out of body endeavors, or any other unearthly realities.


Session 472

Concentration in any given area predisposes certain elements within the
nervous system toward that particular kind of focus or concentration, as
many footfalls hollow out a pathway. Now this is somewhat understood in
your scientific circles. What is not understood is that the same sort
of conditioning also operates, not only in the reaction to events but in
the formation of events. You predispose yourselves toward the
construction of events of a particular nature, to which of course you
then react.


Your system is not the most elementary, but it is one of the most
elementary, and it is a way that the inner self acquaints itself with
certain basic facts. It therefore provides itself with a large variety
of environments in various reincarnations, with problems of various
natures, and with diverse circumstances.


The inner self then has an entirely different perspective upon your
reality than you do, and it sees purposes which are not apparent to you.


Session 481

Handling pent up problems.

There are more than your thought forms in other words. Your thought
forms however can be used as definite aids when you are in the proper
mental condition, and they can impede your progress if you are not. In
physical reality a man in a desperate frame of mind is more apt to
emphasize horrible aspects in the news, for example, and to see
desperation rather than joy in the faces of those he meets. He will
ignore the contented playful child on one side of the street, and notice
instead a dirty ragged boy even though he be further away. So your
frame of mind when projecting will largely determine the sort of
experiences you have, and the environments you visit.

The original intensity behind the construction determines
the length of its existence, in your terms, rather than the duration. Do
you follow me?

Rob: Yes.

Left alone, any such construction will eventually vanish. It will
however leave a trace. This does not necessarily mean it will leave a
trace in your consciousness. A trace in electromagnetic reality, where
it can then be activated by anyone when certain conditions are met, or
are favorable.

Denying energy to such a construction can be like pricking a balloon. It
can instantly disintegrate, be deflated. The prick however is
comparable to a conscious and subconscious denial of the construction’s
validity. Then all attention must be taken from it, for it thrives on

To replace it with a new construction, it is a good idea to suggest that
the old construction has indeed vanished, and in its place a new more
acceptable one is being built. Now symbolism may be used here. The
following mental exercise is most effective. It may be varied according
to your interest.

In your mind’s eye however imagine a run-down, shabby, deteriorating
shamble of a house with rotting floorboards and sagging porches. Then
imagine that it is burned to the ground and the remaining rubble carted
away and burned. Imagine the land now free beneath it, open to the
blessing of wind, rain and sun. Then imagine a new house being built
there, of your preferred choice, with all new materials, of splendid
design, and see this always in your mind where before you saw the
previous image.

Imagine the summer winds that blow over the land that now fills the
interior of the house with scented air. Let the first house represent
all negative ideas or constructions, and the new house represent the
desired ideas or constructions. Have it firmly in your mind however as
to what ideas these refer, specifically.

The first object must be seen as completely destroyed, and the area
cleared before the new object is imagined in its place. The first object
should be deliberately destroyed. What relief to see it vanish. The
symbolism will help activate those forces that are necessary in any
replacement of ideas. Any object you see can be used in place of the
house. Do you follow me?

If the exercise is done correctly it is literally impossible for the old
idea to obtain any energy for its continuance and your attention is
directed to the desired end. The object should be something you can
visualize easily however. If you have difficulty imagining the
deliberate destruction of the negative object, this is merely a sign of
its hold. You may then instead imagine its destruction by an act of
nature. The house being struck by lightning for example. If this is the
case then the exercise should be continued until you imagine you
yourself deciding upon and bringing about the destruction and
replacement. If you are not ready to burn down the structure itself,
imaginatively, then you are not prepared to rid yourself of the negative
behavior, you see. The symbolic destruction is the real destruction.
The symbolic creation is the real creation. Such exercises will cut down
the physical time involved however.

Now there is no doubt that you cause your dream environment as you cause
your physical environment. As I have told you negative patterns of
thought are reflected in both states. Proper suggestion before sleep can
doubly work to your advantage then, for you are holding your ground in
two worlds at once.

The same exercise can be done while dreaming, you see.

This is entirely different from Ruburt’s attempt with his creature, for
he was trying to form an evil creature, in those terms, to slay a thing
conscious of its own evil in those terms, and that is always dangerous.
Do you see the difference?

In a very real manner, all conditions exist in your mind.

The amount of conscious thought given to any construction obviously
reinforces it. Ruburt became a writer because he thought of being a
writer constantly. He became ill, generally speaking, for the same


Session 483

Discovering your own answers and Spiritual Healing.

Jim Crosson: How do you discover those answers for yourself?

Now, there are many ways… but only one real way. And the way is to begin
the journey, as Ruburt told you, into the nature of your own
consciousness for the answers are within you and not out from you… and
no one can tell you the answers. Now in one way, each individual will
find his own answer… and yet all answers, in another way, are one.

You must try to forget for a period of time each day the self that you
think of as yourself… the adult pretensions, the adult bignesses. You
must remember the childhood spontaneity. You must think of the freedom
that is within a flower. Now it seems to you that a flower cannot move,
and therefore has no freedom. And yet I tell you, you must think about
the freedom of a flower.

You must dissociate yourself from the person that you know. Close your
eyes. Imagine anything that you like that is pleasant to you. It makes
no difference what it is. Then imagine yourself stepping apart from
yourself in whatever way you choose. And then imagine that all about you
there is another dimension and you need only take one step at a time…
and you will find your answers.

You have only to begin. There is an adventure, and it is within you. And
there are answers, and they are within you… and you can find them. Now.
You have more questions?

Jim Crosson: How do you develop the power of spiritual healing?

You already have the power of spiritual healing. You want to know how to
use it. Now you use it whether or not you know that you do. When you
think thoughts of peace and vitality, and when you wish a man well, then
you help heal him.

Now in order to direct this power consciously, you must again get used
to the feeling of your own subjective experience… so that you can tell
subjectively when this energy is pouring through you and outward. You
can use your imagination and imagine perhaps that you hold an arrow and
want to direct it to a proper location. But with practice, there is a
subjective knowing that you will recognize and understand. But you use
the ability whether you realize you use it or not. You are a healer,
whether you realize this or not.


Session 485

You must remember, once more, that expectations are the blocks with
which you build your reality. There are no exceptions to this rule.


Session 4xx

The source lists this selection as session 493 but page 326 which would seem to be incorrect. (May be session 489?)

The jump from a local condition to a statement like “I am a mess,”
should be avoided. An inclination to project a local symptom on the body
in general — do you follow me? — is very poor, and takes focus away
from very definite advances which go unnoticed. When the knee is bad,
today for example, the tendency is to focus upon it, and the
difficulties involved, and to ignore entirely the other portions of the
body which are not affected. Then in the overall he sees himself in his
terms generally a mess. The attitude should be: “This area is affected,
why? We can find out.”


Session 491

Nature as you know it is also a result of your decision to handle large
amounts of energy without strong imposed restraints. The beauties within
it are often the result of violent changes, of strong energy, used to
change pattern and form, and yet maintain a definite stability. The end
products — your foliage, landscapes and skies for example, are of the
highest esthetic nature: as esthetic productions they are unequalled.


When the race is in deepest stress and faced with great problems, it
will call upon someone like Christ. It will seek out and indeed from
itself produce the very personalities necessary to give it the strength
it needs.


Session 492

When you are considering the sort of questions of which you spoke
earlier this evening, remember not to push too hard for answers on an
intellectual basis. The intellect does not know the answers. The
intuitions can deliver within moments knowledge that the intellect
struggles (with) for years, and may not acquire.


Session 493

Ruburt’s abilities were so strong since childhood that he feared using
them, and so I am quite used to that development. On the other hand, I
wanted someone with a strong-enough ego structure to contain what will
amount to… 40 years of mediumistic experience. I needed a personality
who would be able to maintain psychological stability.


Seth 2: You exist, therefore, now within this reality as present and
immediate as you are now… although In my terms, more than fifty
centuries of your time has elapsed since your seemingly present


Session 497

There is no reason, again, why you can’t achieve out-of-body
proficiency, and when you do, you will be able to experiment with
thought creations, trying out, forming, using or discarding, thought
paintings. In an out-of-body state you can reach rather easily those
environments which thoughts become a sort of plastic pseudo material,
almost instantaneously.


I make this as a strong recommendation, for if you are to obtain full
benefits from your developments, then you simply must become proficient
along these lines. You must implement the sessions and your knowledge
with such personal experience.


Suggestions for facilitating out of body experiences.

Your faith in your own work is highly important. Your own out-of-body
experiences, if followed through, will even reinforce the sessions, for
you will be experiencing circumstances of which I have already told you.
You will think of questions, therefore, matters that I take for
granted. Do you follow me here?

The more work you do the better I can help you. There will be seasonal
and other variations in your own out-of-body work. Over a period of
years however this sort of thing will iron out. There are many factors
that operate to help or impede our communications, on both your side and

The structure of the sessions was set up because I felt that in the long
run the structure itself would be permanent, able to withstand any
natural strains, and also strong enough and flexible enough to permit
maximum fulfillment. Many kinds of experience are possible within it,
for example.

It is a psychological structure, as I have explained, and you and Ruburt are both a part of it.

I suggest that on the two evenings, Ruburt take a warm shower — not a
hot one — before retiring. I also suggest contrary to Muldoon that you
have a light snack. Not a heavy one, but enough so the body is comfortable.

You should be comfortably warm, but not overburdened with blankets. A
note to Ruburt: he should keep a robe handy. Use one book for dreams,
and leave it on his desk overnight. As a preliminary to the instructions
I have given you, for 7 days he should give himself dream suggestions,
and on several occasions, though not every night, tell himself that he
will awaken after a dream and record it.

As he knows, this facilitates out-of-body states on his part. This
should be done a week before you begin your joint experiments.

Now you should begin the same week with new suggestions to recall your dreams, but do it this way, as follows:.

Before you sleep, simply imagine your open dreambook in the morning,
with the dreams recorded. Imagine that you see so many lines of written
words. You understand — visualize it, and feel yourself pleased that you
have succeeded. The pleasure at your success is important. You have
been too intellectual. Do you follow me?


Session 498

There are alarm signals that trigger warnings through the entire
physical reality. Disaster indeed shows itself within the dream state
before it appears as physical fact.


The race also realizes well the advantages and disadvantages of the
physical reality it has adopted. It knows for example that there is a
tendency to go extremes. I mentioned earlier that the rewards, the
challenges and the dangers exist precisely because so much freedom is
allowed. Now. Those within the system know this. Regardless of what you
may think of their present performance at any given “time”,
it is from this system that the greatest potentials emerge; for having
dealt with it, consciousness undergoes one of the severest tests in
learning to handle its own energy. The horror and the results of
mismanagement, and the vulnerability, are the teaching methods that each
consciousness has accepted before entering your system. There is no way
out but to learn or to ruin the entire system. In no other field of
reality are the terms so drastic. For this reason the inner self
withholds much of its knowledge. There must be no leaning upon the very
basic fact that behind and within the system there is relief. You must
believe in the physical reality and accept the vulnerability.


Session 499

When the lessons are learned there is no need for physical reality. The
survival instinct, strongly connected with the physical self, keeps it
anchored in focus within your system. Without it consciousness would
tend to float free. Is it your anchor.


It (the fetus) is strongly aware of your feelings toward it. At times
the personality traits that it had earlier color this perception. It
pushes these aside impatiently. It has mental images of its own probable
future, and parts of it do become frightened at times, to relinquish
old adult powers for an infant’s helplessness.


Session 501

You must look inward with as much wonder as you look outward, and then the two worlds merge.


Session 502

Now when anything is wrong with your body, it is trying to tell you
something. And when you understand what it is trying to say, and if you
make an effort to do what is needed, the symptoms are no longer needed
as a method of communication. The body is trying to tell you that you
have a problem, and because you did not cope with it, and denied it
mentally, it is physically materialized in symbolic body language.


Using mental imagery to increase flexibility and dealing with emotional issues.

The problem is not in the exterior circumstances but in
your own mental attitude toward them, and in the habitual patterns of
thought that you have subjectively accepted.

You do have full freedom to move, both physically and in the economic
world. You allowed negative patterns of thought to take an upper hand
and fears to predominate. These fears were then symbolically acted out
by the body. You do have freedom in your joints, for example. I will try
to put this simply.

You do not want to accept the basic fear of immobility and lack of
motion. You are too afraid of the fear itself. You recognize it but you
do not know what to do about it, and this frightens you further. You act
this out subconsciously then, hampering the free motion of the joints,
which then become stiffened through the inactivity. The stiffness then
convinces you that the joints are indeed at fault; this adds to the
problem, which then gives more fuel to the basic fear.

If you allowed this to continue and did not check it, then gradually the
inactive joints would be accepted as a basic problem. You would think:
“If I could move freely, then I could solve all problems,” when the true
point is: when you feel free to solve the problems, there will be no
physical symptoms to worry about.

The cortisone can be of some intermediate value, but over
an extended period of time it will only introduce another element into
the system, to which the system will then have to adjust, and it can
lead to an extension of the symptoms when the reasons for them are gone.

I do not suggest that this be kept up for any length of time, at a
steady rate. The cortisone itself to some extent becomes habitual. Now
not habit forming, but habitual. You can prevent this if you cease
taking it now and then for several days. It can hold you over but at the
same time the body is getting used to a more or less artificial
element; element not in terms of chemical. The cortisone is somewhat,
say, like a crutch. Do not become addicted to that.

Now you can reverse this process. Negative habits of thought, and
withheld feelings and emotions got you into this, and the same,
backwards, can get you out.

Now I can tell you what to do, and I can assure you that this works. It
is up to you to follow through however. Now in your mind you now have
the image of yourself with hampered motion, stiff joints. You have the
fears that this image can evoke, and you must be very on guard against
projecting this idea or image into the future.

In your spare moments, see yourself in your mind’s eye
easily performing normal physical pursuits as you did before. Remember
the feelings that you had, but see this in your mind’s eye as present.
Do not compare your present state with your state before you were ill.
See yourself in your mind as clearly as possible square dancing, and
enjoying yourself.

You must use mental images of mobility and action. At the same time tell
yourself often that you are free to move. Do not command yourself to
move, or demand it. Simply remind yourself that you are the one who has
been projecting these ideas onto your joints and you can remove the

Now I want you to mentally talk to the portions of your body that hurt
you. You do this whether you know it or not, but you have been saying
the wrong things. Tell your feet that you free them. They can step

Tell yourself that you are free to move ahead. Do not tell yourself you
are feeling fine when you hurt; I do not mean this. You must however
realize fully that your ideas are responsible.
You must face the fact fully that you are and have been frightened, and
that fear is a natural reaction, and that there are ways of responding
to it that are healthy and constructive. You can face your problems and
deal with them. You are free to do so, and you should remind yourself of
this frequently, for you doubted your ability to handle the problems.

You must either accept your situation as it is, change it, or at least
feel that you have the ability to change it. You feared that you did not
have the ability as things stand. You thought that you would not
advance. You feared, and do, that changing your job would deny your

In the long run your present situation would deny them far
more. I am speaking of the physical situation — the illness itself. You
have every good chance of ridding yourself of the symptoms now, but you
must immediately begin to use your imagination, so that it works for you and not against you.

Now there is something else. You want comfort of a certain kind, and you
will not ask it of your wife. You feel, again, that you should not need
comfort, that she will interpret such a need either as weakness or that
she will become frightened. You have been denying yourself comfort of
this kind, and it would help prevent the periods of depression, and the
mood of depression that has gradually come over you and robbed you of
your resistance.

She is quite able to give it to you. It is to
some extent her idea of her place and part, to offer comfort to her man
when necessary. You usually prevent her from this role. You have been
overdepriving yourself on several points, and the stiffness deprives you
even further, you see.

We have some further recommendations. It is difficult in one evening to
give you all the important data. You have been denying your own feelings
for some time, or only giving lip service to them, and we will have to
set you straight and free.

Now, I want to give you some practical suggestions before the session is
through, so I will speak of the most important ones. Several things are

Do not force this, but again, for at least five minutes
overall during the day, imagine as vividly as possible that you are
moving normally and easily anyway you choose. Do this almost as a game,
not with a heavy hand.

Tell yourself several times a day that you can deal with whatever
problems you have. Do not keep thinking of the job situation so that you
are hammering yourself over the head with it constantly. Whenever you
find yourself protecting failure in any sense into the future, even into
tomorrow, stop yourself, remind yourself that your thoughts form

I suggest however that you freely express both bitterness and discontent when
you feel them, whenever possible. Do not put it off in other words
unless you must. If you are in a position where this is difficult now
then imagine the bitterness or discontent is a football, and you are
kicking it with all your might. This in itself will activate the legs
and feet and prevent you from further stiffening those areas.

The illness has not been thrust upon
you, and this is your freedom. Since you have done this to your body,
you can stop doing it. Try to become more alert to your own stream of
consciousness. Notice when you are giving yourself negative suggestions.

If you catch yourself thinking when something hurts, “I am sore,” then
ask yourself what you are sore about. You do have freedom, several
choices as far as your professional life is concerned. You are
overemphasizing the negative aspects of that situation, and the
overemphasis makes you feel trapped and powerless.


Session 503

Many abortions, natural ones, are caused when the new personality is
having difficulty constructing the new form, projects to others for
advice, and is advised not to return.


Session 504

For sometime he (the infant) literally perceives many levels of reality
at once, and part of what seems to be disorientation is simply the
result of early confusion with so much data.


Session 506

The initiating point is the originating, unique, individual and specific
emotional energy, or EE, that forms any given unit. It becomes the
entryway into physical matter.


Session 507

In your terms the selves that are the sum of your reincarnational
personalities. These whole selves then are a part of your entity.


Session 509

Again, when you are in a state that is not the normal waking one, when
you have forsaken this daily self, you are nevertheless conscious and
alert. You merely block out the memory from the normal waking ego.


Now the inner ego is the organizer of experience that Jung would call
unconscious. The inner ego is another term for what we call the inner
self. As the outer ego manipulates within the environment and physical
reality, so the inner ego or self organizes and manipulates within an
inner reality. The inner ego creates the physical reality with which the
outer ego then deals.


The outer ego is most in the role, acting out a play that the inner self
has written. This is not to say that the outer ego is a puppet. It is
to say that the outer ego is far less conscious than the inner ego or
the inner self, that its perception is less, that it is far less stable,
through it makes great pretense at stability; that it springs from the
inner self, and is less rather than more, aware.


The inner self is obviously not only conscious, but conscious of itself,
both as an individuality apart from others, and as an individuality
that is a part of all other consciousness. In your terms it is
continually aware, both of this apartness and unity-with. The outer ego
is not continuously, in your terms, aware of anything. It frequently
forgets itself. When it becomes swept up in a strong emotion it seems to
lose itself.


back to top


Seth Speaks: The Eternal Validity of the Soul

Roberts, Jane. Seth Speaks: The Eternal Validity of the Soul. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1972. Notes by Robert F. Butts. (paperback edition)


Jane Roberts: “The Seth Material” necessarily left many questions
unanswered and many topics unexplored. Two weeks after it was finished,
however, Seth dictated the outline for this present manuscript, in
which he would be free to state his ideas in his own way, in book form.

[p.xi, 1971 September 27]

Session 510: 1970 January 19

While my communications will come exclusively through Ruburt at all
times, to protect the integrity of the material, I will invite the
reader to become aware of me as a personality, so that he may then
realize that communication from other realities is possible, and that he
himself is therefore open to perception that is not physical.


I am using the term soul, for it will have instant meaning to most readers.


chapter one

Session 511 (1970 January 21)

Names are not important, however. My name is Seth. Names are simply
designations, symbols; and yet since you must use them, I shall also.


Consciousness creates form. It is not the other way around. All
personalities are not physical. It is only because you are so busily
concerned with daily matters that you do not realize that there is a
portion of you who knows that its own powers are far superior to those
shown by the ordinary self.

You have each lived other existences, and that knowledge is within you though you are not consciously aware of it.


It is not just a simple matter of having this woman speak for me. There
are many manipulations necessary, and psychological adjustments. We
have established what I refer to as a psychological bridge between us —
that is, between Ruburt and myself.

I do not speak through Ruburt as one might through a telephone. Instead
there is a psychological extension, a projection of characteristics on
both of our parts, and this I use for our communications… it is like a
road that must be kept clear of debris.


I do not speak so much to the part of you that you think of as yourself
as to that part of you that you do not know, that you have to some
extent denied and to some extent forgotten. That part of you reads this
book, as you read it.


There are many of us, personalities like myself, unfocused in physical matter or time.


And I offer my original interpretation of others (points), for no
knowledge exists in a vacuum, and all information must be interpreted
and colored by the personality who holds it and passes it on.


Consciousness is a way of perceiving the various dimensions of reality.


Session 512

You are not a forsaken offshoot of physical matter, nor is your
consciousness meant to vanish like a puff of smoke. Instead, you form
the physical body that you know at a deeply unconscious level with great
discrimination, miraculous clarity, and intimate unconscious knowledge
of each minute cell that composes it. This is not meant symbolically.


…the subconscious, as psychologists think of it, you can imagine it as
a meeting place, so to speak, between the outer and inner egos.


For many people, I hear, have lived for years within New York City and
never taken a tour through the Empire State Building, while many
foreigners are well acquainted with it. And so while you have a physical
address, I may still be able to point out some very strange and
miraculous psychic and psychological structures within your own system
of reality that you have ignored. I hope, quite frankly, to do far more
than this. I hope to take you on a tour through the levels of reality
that are available to you, and to guide you on a journey through the
dimensions of your own psychological structure — to open up whole areas
of your own consciousness of which you have been relatively unaware. I
hope, therefore, not only to explain the multidimensional aspects of
personality, but to give each reader some glimpse of that greater
identity than his own.


The self that you know is but one fragment of your entire identity.
These fragment selves are not strung together, however, like beads of a
string. They are more like the various skins of an onion, or segments of
an orange, all connected through one vitality and growing out into
various realities while springing from the same source.


If you have a limited conception of the nature of reality, then your ego
will do its best to keep you in the small enclosed area of your
accepted reality. If, on the other hand, your intuitions and creative
instincts are allowed freedom, then they communicate some knowledge of
greater dimensions to this most physically oriented portion of your


Session 513

My environment , now, is not the one in which you will find yourself
immediately after death. I cannot help speaking humorously, but you must
die many times before you enter this particular plane of existence.


…no objective reality exists but that which is created by consciousness.


We do feel an equivalent of what you call emotions, though these are not
the love or hate or anger that you know. Your feelings can best be
described as the three-dimensional materializations of far greater
psychological events and experiences that are related to the inner


Session 513

In these communications, therefore, Ruburt’s consciousness expands, and
yet focuses in a different dimension, a dimension between his reality
and mine, a field relatively free of distraction. Here I impress certain
concepts upon him, with his permission and assent. They are not
neutral, in that all knowledge or information bears the stamp of the
personality who holds it or passes it on. Ruburt makes his verbal
knowledge available for our use, and quite automatically the two of us
together cause the various words that will be spoken. Distractions can
occur, as any information can be distorted. We are used to working
together now, however, and the distortions are very few.


Session 514

Now it takes study, development, and experience before an identity can
learn to hold its own stability in the face of such constant stimuli;
and many of us have gotten lost, even forgetting who we were until we
once more awakened to ourselves.


Our work, development, and experience all takes place within what I term
the moment point. Here, within the moment point, the smallest thought
is brought to fruition, the slightest possibility explored, the
probabilities thoroughly examined, the least or most forceful feeling
entertained. It is difficult to explain this clearly, and yet the moment
point is the framework within which we have our psychological


Session 515

Now, we use the inner senses quite freely and
consciously. If you were to do so, then you would perceive the same kind
of environment in which I have my existence.


This is somewhat similar to your own emotional feelings when time seems
speeded up or slowed down, but it is vastly different in important ways.
Our psychological time could be compared in terms of environment to the
walls of a room, but in our case the walls would be constantly changing
in color, size, height, depth, and width.


Your own physical environment appears as it does to you because of your
own psychological structure. If you gained your sense of personal
continuity through associative processes primarily, rather than as a
result of familiarity of self moving through time, then you would
experience physical reality in an entirely different fashion. Objects
from past and present could be perceived at once, their presence
justified through associative connections.


All of your attention is focused in a highly specialized way upon one
shining, bright point that you call reality. There are other realities
all about you, but you ignore their existence, and you blot out all
stimuli that come from them.


Session 518

I communicate with your dimension, for example, not by willing myself to
your level of reality, but by imagining myself there. All of my deaths
would have been adventures had I realized what I know now. On the one
hand you take life too seriously, and on the other, you do not take
playful existence seriously enough.


Session 519

Your personality as you know it will indeed persevere, and with its
memories, but it is only a part of your entire identity, even as your
childhood in this life in an extremely important part of your present
personality, though now you are far more than a child.


Remember also that if physical reality is in a larger sense an illusion,
it is an illusion caused by a greater reality. The illusion itself has a
purpose and a meaning.


When you arrive, or emerge, into physical life, not only is your mind
not a blank slate, waiting for the scrolls that experience will write
upon it, but you are already equipped with a memory bank far surpassing
that of any computer. You face your first day upon the planet with
skills and abilities already built in, though they may or may not be
used; and they are not merely the result of heredity as you think of it.


Session 520

Following Thoughts and Emotions Outside of Yourself

What happens to a thought when it leaves your conscious mind? It does
not simply disappear. You can learn to follow it, but you are usually
frightened of turning your attention away from its intense focus in
three-dimensional existence. Therefore, it seems that the thought
disappears. It seems also that your subjectivity has a mysterious
unknown quality about it, and that even your mental life has a sort of
insidious dropping-off point, a subjective cliff over which thoughts and
memories fall, to disappear into nothingness. Therefore to protect
yourself, to protect your subjectivity from drifting, you erect various
psychological barriers at what you suppose to be the danger points.
Instead, you see, you can follow these thoughts and emotions simply by
realizing that your own reality continues in another direction, beside
the one with which you mainly identify. For these thoughts and emotions
that have left your conscious mind will lead you into other

These subjective openings through which thoughts seem to disappear are
in fact like psychic warps, connecting the self that you know with other
universes of experience — realities where symbols come to life and
thoughts are not denied their potential.

There is communication between these other realities and your own in
your dream states, and a constant interaction between both systems. If
there is any point where your own consciousness seems to elude you or
escape you, or if there is any point where your consciousness seems to
end, then these are the points where you have yourselves set up
psychological and psychic barriers, and these are precisely those areas
that you should explore. Otherwise you feel as if your consciousness is
enclosed within your skull, immobile and constricted, and every lost
thought or forgotten memory at least symbolically seems like a small
death. And such is not the case.


Your bodies not only change completely every seven years, for example. They change constantly with each breath.


You are intuitively aware that you form your image and that you are
independent of it. You do not realize that you create your larger
environment and the physical world as you know it by propelling your
thoughts and emotions into matter — a breakthrough into
three-dimensional life. The inner self, therefore, individually and en
masse, sends its psychic energy out, forming tentacles that coalesce
into form.


Session 521

Each of you are now involved in a much larger production, in which you
all agree on certain basic assumptions that serve as a framework within
which the play can occur. The assumptions are that time is a series of
moments one after another; that an objective world exists quite
independently of your own creation and perception of it; that you are
bound within the physical bodies that you have donned; and that you are
limited by time and space.


You have the knowledge of your entire multidimensional personality at
your fingertips. When you realize that you do, this knowledge allows you
to solve the problems or meet the challenges you have set, quicker, in
your terms; and also opens further areas of creativity by which the
entire play or production can be enriched.


Session 522

There are those who appear within these plays fully aware. These
personalities willingly take roles, knowing that they are roles, in
order to lead others toward the necessary realization and development.
They lead the actors to see beyond the selves and settings they have
created. These personalities from other levels of existence oversee the
play, so to speak, and appear among the actors. Their purpose is to open
up within the three-dimensional selves those psychological doorways
that will release the three-dimensional self for further development in
another system of reality.


Seeing Through Camouflage Settings

Since you all have a hand in forming this physical setting, and since
you are ensconced yourself in a physical form, then using the physical
senses you will only perceive this fantastic setting. The reality that
exists both within it and beyond it will elude you. Even the actor is
not entirely three-dimensional, however. He is a part of a
multidimensional self.

Within him there are methods of perception that allow him to see through
the camouflage settings, to see beyond the stage. He uses these inner
senses constantly, though the actor part of himself is so intent upon
the play that this escapes him. In a large manner, the physical senses
actually form the physical reality they seem to only perceive. They are
themselves part of the camouflage, but they are like lenses over your
natural inner perceptions that force you to ‘see’ an available field of
activity as physical matter; and so they can be relied upon on to tell
you what is happening in a superficial manner. You can tell the position
of the other actors for example, or time by clock, but these physical
senses will not tell you that time is itself a camouflage, or that
consciousness forms the other actors, or that realities that you cannot
see exist over and beyond the physical matter that is so apparent.

You can, however, using your inner senses, perceive reality as it exists
apart from the play and your role in it. In order to do this you must,
of course, momentarily at least turn your attention away from the
constant activity that is taking place — turn off the physical senses,
as it were — and switch your attention to those events that have escaped
you earlier.

Highly simplified indeed, the effect would be something like changing
one set of glasses for another, for the physical senses are as
artificial, basically speaking, to the inner self, as a set of glasses
or a hearing aid is to the physical self. The inner senses, therefore,
are but rarely used completely consciously.

You would be more than disoriented, for example, but quite terrified, if
between one moment and the next your familiar environment as you knew
it disappeared to be replaced by other sets of data that you were not
ready to understand, so much information from the inner senses must be
translated in terms that you can comprehend. Such information must
somehow make sense to you as three-dimensional selves, in other words.

Your particular set of camouflages is not the only set, you see. Other
realities have entirely different systems, but all personalities have
inner senses that are attributes of consciousness, and through these
inner senses communications are maintained about which the normally
conscious self knows little. Part of my purpose is to make some of these
communications known.

The soul or entity, then, is not the self that reads this book. Your
environment is not simply the world about you as you know it, but also
consists of past-life environments upon which you are not now focusing.
Your real environment is composed of your thoughts and emotions, for
from these you form not only this reality but each reality in which you
take part.

Your real environment is innocent of space and time as you know them. In
your real environment you have no need for words, for communication is
instantaneous. In your real environment you form the physical world that
you know.

The inner senses will allow you to perceive the reality that is
independent of physical form. I will ask you all to momentarily forsake
your roles therefore, and to try this simple exercise.

Now, pretend that you are on a lighted stage, the stage being the room
in which you now sit. Close your eyes and pretend that the lights have
gone out, the setting has disappeared and you are alone.

Everything is dark. Be quiet. Imagine as vividly as you can the
existence of inner senses. For now pretend that they correspond to your
physical ones. Clear from your mind all thoughts and worries. Be
receptive. Very gently listen, not to physical sounds but to sounds that
come through the inner senses.

Images may begin to appear. Accept them as sights quite as valid as
those you see physically. Pretend that there is an inner world, and that
it will be revealed to you as you learn to perceive it with these inner

Pretend that you have been blind to this world all your life, and are
now slowly gaining sight within it. Do not judge the whole inner world
by the disjointed images that you may at first perceive, or by the
sounds that you may at first hear, for you will still be using your
inner senses quite imperfectly.

Do this simple exercise for a few moments before sleep or in the resting
state. It may also be done even in the midst of an ordinary task that
does not take all of your attention. You will simply be learning to
focus in a new dimension of awareness, taking quick snapshots, as it
were, in a strange environment. Remember that you will only be
perceiving snatches. Simply accept them, but do not attempt to make any
overall judgments or interpretations at this stage.

Ten minutes a day to begin with is quite sufficient. Now the information
in this book is being directed to some extent through the inner senses
of the woman who is in trance as I write it. Such endeavor is the result
of highly organized inner precision, and of training. Ruburt could not
receive the information from me, it could not be translated nor
interpreted while she was focused intensely in the physical environment.
So the inner senses are channels that provide
communication between various dimensions of existence. Yet even here the
information must be distorted to some extent as it is translated into
physical terms. Otherwise it would not be perceived at all.


chapter five

How Thoughts Form Matter — Coordination Points

Session 523 (continued)

As you read the words upon this page, you realize that the information
that you are receiving is not an attribute of the letters of the words
themselves. The printed line does not
contain information. It transmits information. Where is the information that is being transmitted then, if it is not upon the page?

The question of course applies when you read a newspaper, and when you
speak to another person. Your actual words convey information,
feelings, or thoughts. Obviously the thoughts or the feelings, and the
words, are not the same thing. The letters upon the page are symbols,
and you have agreed upon various meanings connected with them. You take
it for granted without even thinking of it that the symbols — the
letters — are not the reality — the information or thoughts — which they
attempt to convey.

Now in the same way, I am telling you that objects are also symbols that
stand for a reality whose meaning the objects, like the letters,
transmit. The true information is not in the objects any more than the
thought is in the letter
or in words. Words are methods of expression. So are physical objects
in a different kind of medium. You are used to the idea that you
express them. You can feel the muscles in your throat move, and if you
are aware, you can perceive multitudinous reactions within your own body
— actions that all accompany your speech.

Physical objects are the result of another kind of expression. You
create them as surely as you create words. I do not mean that you
create them with your hands alone, or through manufacture. I mean that
objects are natural byproducts of the evolution of your species, even as
words are. Examine for a moment your knowledge of your own speech,
however. Though you hear the words and recognize their appropriateness,
and though they may more or less approximate an expression of your
feeling, they are not your feeling, and there must be a gap between your
thought and your expression of it.

The familiarity of speech begins to vanish when you realize that you,
yourself, when you begin a sentence do not know precisely how you will
end it, or even how you form the words. You do not consciously know how
you manipulate a staggering pyramid of symbols, picking from them
precisely those you need to express a given thought. For that matter,
you do not know how you think.

You do not know how you translate these symbols upon this page into
thoughts, and then store them, or make them your own. Since the
mechanisms of normal speech are so little known to you on a conscious
level, then it is not surprising that you are equally unaware of more
complicated tasks that you also perform — such as the constant creation
of your physical environment as a method of communication and

It is only from this viewpoint that the true nature of physical matter
can be understood. It is only by comprehending the nature of this
constant translation of thoughts and desires — not into words now, but
into physical objects — that you can realize your true independence from
circumstance, time, and environment.

I am pleased with the beginning of my chapter, for I think I have hit
upon an analogy, and a true one, that will release the reader from the
artificial bondage of physical form. When he sees it as a method of his
own expression, he will realize his own creativeness.

[pages 71-73]

… various portions of your realities can and do coincide, so to speak.
These points are not recognized as such, but they are points of what you
could call double reality, containing great energy potential;
coordinate points indeed, where realities merge.


Session 524

There are certain points in time and space, therefore, (again in your
terms), that are more conducive than others, where both ideas and matter
will more be highly charged. Practically speaking, this means that
buildings will last longer, in your context, that ideas wedded to form
will be relatively eternal. The pyramids, for example, are a case in


Session 525

The intensity of a feeling or thought or mental image is, therefore, the
important element in determining its subsequent physical


Session 526

I usually use the term entity in preference to the term soul, simply
because those particular misconceptions are not so connected with the
word entity, and it�s connotations are less religious in an
organizational sense.


In many philosophies this sort of idea is retained — the soul being
returned to a primal giver, or being dissolved in a nebulous state
somewhere between being and nonbeing.


Session 527

Experiencing the Soul

You can find out what the soul is now, therefore. It is not something
waiting for you at your death, nor is it something you must save or
redeem, and it is also something that you cannot lose. The term, ‘to
lose or save your soul’, has been grossly misinterpreted and distorted,
for it is the part of you that is indeed indestructible. We will go into
this particular matter in a portion of the book dealing with religion
and the god concept.

Your own personality as you know it, that portion of you that you
consider most precious, most uniquely you, will also never be destroyed
or lost. It is a portion of the soul. It will not be gobbled by the
soul, nor erased by it, nor subjugated by it; nor on the other hand can
it ever be separated. It is, nevertheless, only one aspect of your soul.
Your individuality, in whatever way you want to think of it, continues
to exist in your terms.

It continues to grow and develop, but its growth and development is
highly dependent upon its realization that while it is distinct and
individual, it is also but one manifestation of the soul. To the extent
that it realizes this, it learns to unfold in creativity, and to use
those abilities that lie inherent within it.

Now unfortunately, it would be much easier simply to tell you that your
individuality continues to exist, and let it go at that. While this
would make a fairly reasonable parable, it has been told in that
particular way before, and there are dangers in the very simplicity of
the tale. The truth is that the personality you are now and the
personality that you have been and will be — in the terms in which you
understand time — all of these personalities are manifestations of the
soul, of your soul.

Your soul therefore — the soul that you are — the soul that you are part
of — that soul is a far more creative and miraculous phenomenon than
you previously supposed. And when this is not clearly understood, and
when the concept is watered down for simplicity’s sake, as mentioned
earlier, then the intense vitality of the soul can never be understood.
Your soul, therefore, possesses the wisdom, information, and knowledge
that is part of the experience of all these other personalities; and you
have within yourselves access to this information, but only if you
realize the true nature of your reality. Let me emphasize again that
these personalities exist independently within and are a part of the
soul, and each of them are free to create and develop.

There is however an inner communication, and the knowledge of one is
available to any — not after physical death, but now in your present
moment. Now the soul itself, as mentioned earlier, is not static. It
grows and develops even through the experience of those personalities
that compose it, and it is, to put it as simply as possible, more than
the sum of its parts.

Now, there are no closed systems in reality. In your physical system the
nature of your perceptions limits your idea of reality to some extent,
because you purposely decide to focus within a given ‘locale.’ But
basically speaking, consciousness can never be a closed system, and all
barriers of such a nature are illusion. Therefore the soul itself is not
a closed system. When you consider the soul, however, you usually think
of it in such a light — unchanging, a psychic or spiritual citadel. But
citadels not only keep out invaders, they also prevent expansion and

There are many matters here very difficult to express in words, for you
are so afraid for your sense of identity that you resist the idea that
the soul, for example, is an open spiritual system, a powerhouse of
creativity that shoots out in all directions — and yet this is indeed
the case.

I tell you this, and at the same time remind you that your present
personality is never lost. Now another word for the soul is entity. You
see it is not a simple matter of giving you a definition of a soul or
entity, for even to have a glimpse in logical terms you would have to
understand it in spiritual, psychic, and electromagnetic terms, and
understand the basic nature of consciousness and action as well. But you
can intuitively discover the nature of the soul or entity, and in many
ways intuitive knowledge is superior to any other kind.

One prerequisite for such an intuitive understanding of the soul is the
desire to achieve it. If the desire is strong enough, then you will be
automatically led to experiences that will result in vivid, unmistakable
subjective knowledge. There are methods that will enable you to do
this, and I will give you some toward the end of this book. For now,
here is one quite effective but simple exercise.

Close your eyes and after having read this chapter to this point, and
try to sense within yourself the source of power from which your own
breathing and life forces come. Some of you will do this successfully at
your first try. Others may take longer. When you feel within yourself
this source, then try to sense this power flow outward through your
entire physical being, through the fingertips and toes, through the
pores of your body, all directions, with yourself as center. Imagine the
rays undiminished, reaching then through the foliage, and clouds above,
through the center of the earth below, extending even to the farthest
reaches of the universe.

Now I do not mean for this to be merely a symbolic exercise, for though
it may begin with imagination, it is based upon fact, and emanations
from your consciousness and the creativity of your soul do indeed reach
outward in that manner. The exercise will give you some idea of the true
nature, creativity and vitality of the soul from which you can draw
your own energy and of which you are an individual and unique portion.


The inner self knows its relationship with the soul. It is a portion of
the self that acts, you might say, as a messenger between the soul and
the present personality. You must also realize that while I use terms
like soul or entity, inner self, and present personality, I do so only
for the sake of convenience, for one is a part of the other; there is no
point where one begins and another ends.


… you have only to extend your egotistical idea of reality, and you will
find even your egotistical self accepting quite readily the existence
of nonphysical information.


There are no real divisions between the perceiver and the thing
seemingly perceived… Then the creator of the thought perceives the
object, and he does not understand the connection between him and this
seemingly separate thing.


So your soul, that which you are, constructs your physical daily reality
for you from the nature of your thoughts and expectations. You can
readily see, therefore how important your subjective feelings really


Session 528

At certain depths of sleep, however, the soul�s perception operates
relatively unhampered. You drink, so to speak, from the pure well of
perception. You communicate with the depths of your own being, and the
source of your creativity. These experiences, not being translated
physically, do not remain in the morning. You do not remember them as
dreams. Dreams, however, may later the same evening be formed from the
information gained during what I will call the depth experience.


Now in terms of psychology as you understand it, the soul could be
considered as a prime identity that is in itself a gestalt of many other
individual consciousnesses…


Session 530

On the other hand, if the desire were still more intense, the energy
core would be greater, and a portion of your own flow of consciousness
would be imparted to the form, so that for a moment you in your room
might suddenly smell the salt air, or in some other way perceive the
environment in which this pseudoimage stands.


To make this clearer, look at any table in the room before you. It is
physical, solid, and you perceive it easily. Now for an analogy, imagine
if you can that behind the table is another just like it, but not quite
as physical, and behind that one another, and another behind that —
each one more difficult to perceive, fading into invisibility. And in
front of the table is a table just like it, only a bit less physical
appearing than the real table — it also having a succession of even less
physical tables extending outward. And the same for each side of the
table. Now anything that appears in physical terms also exists in other
terms that you do not perceive. You only perceive realities when they
achieve a certain pitch, when they seem to coalesce into matter. But
they actually exist, and quite validly at other levels.


Think again about this form that you sent to the oceanside. Though it
was not equipped with your own physical senses, it was of itself to some
extent able to perceive. You projected it unknowingly, but through
quite natural laws. The form built up from intense emotional desire. The
image then follows its own laws of reality, and to some extent, and to a
lesser degree than you, had a consciousness. Now: You are, using an
analogy again, sent out by a superself who strongly desired existence in
physical form.


The physical body is the materialization of the astral form.


After death in your terms, you are quite free perceptively. The future
appears as clearly as the past. Even this is highly complicated,
however, for there is not just one past. You accept as real only certain
classifications of events and ignore others. We have mentioned events.
There are also probable pasts, therefore, that exist quite outside of
your comprehension. You choose one particular group of these, and latch
upon this group of events as the only ones possible, not realizing that
you have selected from an infinite variety of past events.


Session 531

But in the very deep reaches of sleep experience… you are in
communication with other portions of your own identity, and with the
other realities in which they exist. In this state you also pursue works
and endeavors that may or may not be connected with your interests as
you know of them. You are learning, studying, playing; you are anything
but asleep as you think of the term. You are highly active. You are
involved in the underground work, in the real nitty-gritty of existence.


At a very simple level, for example, your consciousness leaves your body
often in the sleep state. You communicate with people in other levels
of reality that you have known, but far beyond this, you creatively
maintain and revitalize your physical image. You process daily
experience, project it into what you think of as the future, choose from
an infinity of probable events those you will make physical, and begin
the mental and psychic processes that will bring them into the world of


Session 532

Two periods of three hours apiece would be quite sufficient for most
people, if the proper suggestions were given before sleep — suggestions
that would insure the body�s complete recuperation. In many cases ten
hours sleep, for example, is actually disadvantageous, resulting in a
sluggishness both of mind and body. In this case the spirit has simply
been away from the body for too long a time, resulting in a loss of
muscular flexibility.


now the period just before dawn often represents a crisis point for
persons severely ill. Consciousness has been away from the body for too
long a period, and such a returning consciousness then has difficulty
dealing with the sick body mechanism.


… in periods of sleep your consciousness actually does leave your body…


Session 533

If the stages of waking consciousness were examined as sleep stages are
presently being examined, for example, you would find a much greater
range of activity than is suspected.


Session 535

Now this honorary guard is made up of people in your terms both living
and dead. Those who are living in your system of reality perform these
activities in an out-of-body experience while the physical body sleeps.
They are familiar with the projection of consciousness, with the
sensations involved, and they help orient those who will not be
returning to the physical body.


Therefore in the sleep state, each of you have undergone — to some
degree — the same kind of absence of consciousness from physical reality
that you experience during death.


… the exercises I will give you later in this book; for these will
enable you to extend your perceptions to these other layers of reality
if you are persistent, expectant, and determined.


For those of you who are lazy I can offer no hope: Death will not bring
you an eternal resting place. You may rest, if this is your wish, for a
while. Not only must you use your abilities after death, however, but
you must face up to yourself for those that you did not use in your
previous existence.


Session 537

… there is an initial stage for those who are still focused strongly in
physical reality, and for those who need a period of recuperation and
rest. On this level there will be hospitals and rest homes. The patients
do not yet realize that there is nothing wrong with them at all.


However, after leaving the physical body, you will immediately find
yourself in another. This is the same kind of form in which you travel
in out-of-body projections, and again let me remind my readers that each
of them leaves the body for some time during each night during sleep.


Session 538

In sleep and dream states you are involved in the same dimension of
existence in which you will have your after-death experiences.


In physical life there is a lag between the conception of an idea and
its physical construction. In dream reality, this is not so.


In other words, you should be as flexible mentally, psychologically, and
spiritually as possible, open to new ideas, creative, and not overly
dependent upon organizations or dogma.


Session 539

As a preliminary to the methods I will give later, it is a good idea to
ask yourself now and then: What am I actually conscious of at this time?
Do this when your eyes open, and again when they are closed. When your
eyes are open, do not take for granted that only the immediately
perceivable objects exist. Look where space seems empty, and listen in
the middle of silence.


The inner senses are equipped to perceive data that is not physical.
They are not deceived by the images that you project in
three-dimensional reality. Now, they can perceive physical objects. Your
physical senses are extensions of these inner methods of perception,
and after death it is upon these that you will rely.


… but you cannot again enter into that frame of reference as a
completely participating consciousness following, say, the historic
trends of the time, joining into the mass-hallucinated existence that
resulted from the applied consciousness of your self and your


If you want to know what death is like, then become aware of your own
consciousness as it is divorced from physical activities. You will find
that it is highly active. With practice you will discover that your
normal waking consciousness is highly limited, and that what you thought
of once as death conditions seem much more like life conditions.


Session 541

There is no time schedule, and yet it is very unusual for an individual to wait for anything over three centuries between lives…


Entering the field of probabilities can be compared to entering the reincarnational cycle.


Session 546

Suicides, as a class, for example, do not have any particular
“punishment” meted out to them, nor is their condition any worse a
priori. They are treated as individuals. Any problems that
were not faced in this life will, however, be faced in another one. This
applies not only to suicides, however.

A suicide may bring about his own death because he rejects existence on
any but highly specific terms chosen by himself. If this is the case,
then of course he will have to learn differently. Many others, however,
choose to deny experience while within the physical system, committing
suicide quite as effectively while still physically alive.

The conditions connected with an act of suicide are also important, and
the inner reality and realization of the individual. I mention this here
because many philosophies teach that suicides are met by a sort of
special, almost vindictive fate, and such is not the case. However, if a
person kills himself, believing that the act will annihilate his
consciousness forever, then this false idea may severely impede his
progress, for it will be further intensified by guilt.

Again, teachers are available to explain the true situation. Various
therapies are used. For example, the personality may be led back to the
events prior to the decision. Then the personality is allowed to change
the decision. An amnesia effect is induced, so that the suicide itself
is forgotten. Only later is the individual informed of the act, when he
is better able to face it and understand it.


… the personality may be led back to the events prior to the decision.
Then the personality is allowed to change the decision. An amnesia
effect is induced, so that the suicide itself is forgotten. Only later
is the individual informed of the act, when he is better able to face it
and understand it.


The god-versus-devil, angels-versus-demons — the gulf between animals
and angels — all of these distortions are impediments. In your system of
reality now you set up great contrasts and opposing factors. These
operate as root assumptions within your reality.


Session 550

Your rate of learning depends entirely upon you, however. Limited,
dogmatic, or rigid concepts of good and evil can hold you back. Too
narrow ideas of the nature of existence can follow you through several
lives if you do not choose to be spiritually and psychically flexible.


I spoke earlier of rigid concepts of right and wrong. There is only one
way to avoid this problem. Only true compassion and love will lead to an
understanding of the nature of good, and only these qualities will
serve to annihilate the erroneous and distortive concepts of evil.


You cannot say, ‘The poor are poor simply because they chose poverty and
therefore there is no need for me to help them.’ This attitude can
easily draw poverty to you in the next experience.


Now: If you expand your sense of love, of health, and existence, then
you are drawn in this life and in others toward those qualities, again,
because they are those upon which you concentrate.

A generation that hates war will not bring peace.

A generation that loves peace will bring peace.

To die with hatred for any cause or people, or for any reason, is a
great disadvantage. You have all kinds of opportunities now to recreate
your personal experience in more beneficial ways, and to change your

In the next life you will be working with those attitudes that are now
yours. If you insist upon harboring hatreds within you now, you are very
likely to continue doing so.

On the other hand, those sparks of truth, intuition, love, joy,
creativity, and accomplishment gained now, will work for you then as
they do now.

They are, you see, the only true realities. They are the only real foundations of existence.


Session 551

A chronically ill existence, for example, might also be a measure of
discipline, enabling you to use deeper abilities that you ignored in a
life of good health.


Very close friends from past lives, who are in a position to do so,
often communicate with you when you are in the dream state, and the
relationships are continued though you do not realize it consciously.


Session 555

To prevent an over identification of the individual with his present
sex, within the male there resides an inner personification of
femaleness. This personification of femaleness in the male is the true
meaning of what Jung called the anima.


Session 556

It is true that the anima allows itself to be acted upon, but the motive
behind this is the desire and the necessity to tune into other forces
that are supremely powerful. The desire to be swept along, therefore, is
as strong with the anima as the opposite desire for rest. The
characteristics of the animus provide the aggressive thrust that return
the personality back outward into physical activities, triumphantly
holding the products of creativity that the anima characteristics have


Your reality exists in a particular area of activity in which aggressive
qualities, thrusting-outward characteristics, are supremely necessary
to prevent a falling back into the infinite possibilities from which you
have only lately emerged.


At the end of the reincarnational cycle, the whole self is far more
developed than it was before. It has realized and experienced itself in a
dimension of reality unknown to it earlier, and in doing so, has of
course increased its being.


The experiment that would transform your world would operate upon the
basic idea that you create your own reality according to the nature of
your beliefs, and that all existence was blessed, and that evil did not
exist in it. If these ideas were followed individually and collectively,
then the evidence of your physical senses would find no contradiction.
They would perceive the world and existence as good. This is the
experiment that has not been tried, and these are the truths that you
must learn after physical death.

[p.192 (original Prentice-Hall)]

Session 557

In the beginning, the womb state under these conditions is a dream-like
one, with the personality still focused mainly in the between-life
existence. Gradually the situation reverses, until it becomes more
difficult to retain clear concentration in the between-life situation.


The fetus, therefore, has its own consciousness, the simple component
consciousness made up of the atoms that compose it. This exists before
any reincarnating personality enters it… However there is no rule, then,
saying that the reincarnating personality must take over the new form
prepared for it either at the point of conception, in the very earliest
months of the fetus growth or even at the point of birth.


Those mentioned earlier who enter at the point of conception are usually
highly anxious for physical existence. They will, therefore, be more
fully developed and show their individual characteristics very early.
They seize upon the new body and already mold it. The control over
matter is vigorous, and they usually stay within the body, dying either
in accidents or where death is immediate or in sleep or with a disease
that strikes quickly. They are manipulators of matter as a rule.


A crisis, particularly in very early or very late life, may so shatter
the personality�s identification with the body that it vacates it
temporarily. He may do one of many things. He may leave so completely
that the body goes into coma, if the body consciousness has also
suffered shock. If the shock is psychological and the body consciousness
is still operating more or less normally, then he may revert to an
earlier reincarnated personality.


There are, therefore, many other equally valid, equally real
evolutionary developments that have occurred and are occurring and will
occur, all within other probable systems of physical reality. The
diverse, endless possibilities of development possible could never
appear within one slender framework of reality.


No evolutionary line is a dead one. Therefore if in your system it
disappears, it emerges within another. All probable materializations of
life and consciousness have their day, and create those conditions
within which they can flourish; and their day, in your terms, is


Session 560

You have cast your idea of god, therefore, in your own image.


Each of the twelve (disciples) represented qualities of personality that
belong to one individual, and Christ as you know him represented the
inner self.


God does not exist apart from or separate from physical reality, but exists within it and as a part of it


There were three separate individuals whose history blended, and they because known collectively as Christ.


Other religions (than Christianity) were based upon different dramas, in
which ideas were acted out in a way that was comprehensible to various


If you will try to accept that your own existence is multidimensional,
that you dwell within the medium of infinite probabilities, then you may
catch a glimpse of the reality that is behind the word, ‘god,’ and you
may understand why it is almost impossible to capture a true
understanding of that concept in words.


Only a portion of your entire identity is ‘presently’ familiar to you as
you know. Therefore, when you consider the question of a supreme being
you imagine a male personality with those attributes that you yourself
admire. This imagined god has therefore changed throughout your
centuries, mirroring man’s shifting ideas of himself.


Session 561

The inner experience with the multidimensional God can come in two main
areas. One is through the realization that this prime moving force is
within everything that you can perceive with your senses. The other
method is to realize that this primary motive force has a reality
independent of its connection with the world of appearances. All
personal contact with the multidimensional God, all legitimate moments
of mystic consciousness, will always have a unifying effect. They will
not, therefore, isolate the individual involved, but instead will
enlarge his perceptions until he will experience the reality and
uniqueness of as many other aspects of reality of which he is capable.
He will feel, therefore, less isolated and less set apart. He will not
regard himself as being above others because of the experience. On the
contrary he will be swept along in a gestalt of comprehension in which
he realizes his own oneness with All That Is.


Session 562

The poles were reversed — as they were, incidentally, for three long
periods of your planet�s history. These civilizations were highly
technological; the second one being, in fact, far superior to your own
along these lines. Sound was utilized far more effectively, not only for
healing and in wars, but also to power vehicles of locomotion, and to
bring about the movement of physical matter. Sound was a conveyor of
weight and mass.


Session 565

The soul can be described for that matter, as a multidimensional,
infinite act, each minute probability being brought somewhere into
actuality and existence; an infinite creative act that creates for
itself infinite dimensions in which fulfillment is possible.


Such an experiment will not carry you too far, however, and the probable
self who has chosen the action that you denied is in important respects
quite different from the self that you know. Each mental act opens up a
new dimension of actuality. In a manner of speaking your slightest
thought gives birth to worlds.


The nature of All That Is can only be sensed directly through the inner
senses, or, in a weaker communication, through inspiration or intuition.
The miraculous complexity of such reality cannot be translated


… often what seems to you to be an inspiration is a thought experienced
but not actualized on the part of another self. You tune in and
actualize it instead, you see. Ideas that you have entertained and not
used may be picked up in this same manner by other probable you�s. Each
of these probable selves consider themselves the real you, of course,
and to any one of them you would be the probable self; but through the
inner senses all of you are aware of your part in this gestalt.


Session 566

One event can be actualized by more than one probable self, however, and
you will resemble some probable selves more than others. Because you
are involved in an intricate psychological gestalt such as this, and
because the connections mentioned earlier do exist, you can avail
yourself to some extent of abilities and knowledge possessed by these
other probable portions of your personality.

The connections make for quite constant ‘bleed-throughs.’ Once you are
aware of the probable system, however, you will also learn to become
alert to what I will here call ‘benign intrusive impulses.’ Such
impulses would seem to be disconnected from your own current interests
or activities; intrusive in that they come quickly into consciousness,
with a sense of strangeness as if they are not your own. These can often
offer clues of various kinds. You may know absolutely nothing about
music, for example, and one afternoon while in the middle of some
mundane activity be struck by a sudden impulse to buy a violin.

Such an impulse could be an indication that another probable portion of
your identity is gifted with that instrument. I am not telling you to
run off and buy one, but you could however act on the impulse as far as
is reasonably possible — renting a violin, simply acquainting yourself
with violin concerto, etc.

You would learn the instrument far quicker, you see, if the impulse was
originating with a probable self. It goes without saying then that
probable selves exist in your ‘future’ as well as your past. It is very
poor policy to dwell negatively on unpleasant aspects of the past that
you know, because some portions of the probable self may still be
involved in that past. The concentration can allow greater bleed-through
and adverse identification, because that part will be one background
that you have in common with any probable selves who sprang from that
particular source.

To dwell upon the possibility of illness or disaster is equally poor
policy, for you set up negative webs of probabilities that need not
occur. You can theoretically alter your own past as you have known it,
for time is no more something divorced from you than probabilities are.

The past existed in multitudinous ways. You only experienced one
probable past. By changing this past in your mind, now, in your present,
you can change not only its nature but its effect, and not only upon
yourself but upon others.

Pretend a particular event happened that greatly disturbed you. In your
mind imagine it not simply wiped out, but replaced by another event of
more beneficial nature. Now this must be done with great vividness and
emotional validity, and many times. It is not a self-deception. The
event that you choose will automatically be a probable event, which did
in fact happen, though it is not the event you chose to perceive in your
given probable past.

Telepathically, if the process is done correctly, your idea will also
affect any people who were connected with the original event, though
they can choose to reject as well as accept your version.

This is not a book on techniques, so I will not go into this particular
method deeply, but merely mention it here. Remember, however, that in a
most legitimate way many events that are not physically perceived or
experienced are as valid as those that are, and are as real within your
own invisible psychological environment.

There are in your terms, then, unlimited probable future events for
which you are now setting groundworks. The nature of the thoughts and
feelings you originate and those that you habitually or
characteristically receive set a pattern, so you will choose from those
probable futures those events that will physically become your

Because there are bleed-throughs and interconnections, it is possible
for you to tune into a ‘future event,’ say of an unfortunate nature, an
event for which you are headed if you continue on your present course. A
dream about it, for instance, may so frighten you that you avoid the
event and do not experience it. If so, such a dream is a message from a
probable self who did experience the event.

So can a child then in a dream receive such communications from a
probable future self, of such a nature that its life is completely
changed. The entire identity is being now. All divisions are merely
illusions, so one probable self can hold out a helping hand to another,
and through these inner communications the various probable selves in
your terms begin to understand the nature of their identity.

[pages 274-276]

Session 568

The methods, the secret methods behind all of the religions, were meant
to lead man into a realm of understanding that existed apart from the
symbols and the stories, into inner realizations that would take him
both within and without the physical world that he knew.


The Speakers were the first to impress this inner knowledge upon the
physical system, to make it physically known. Sometimes only one or two
Speakers were alive in several centuries. Sometimes there were many.
They looked around them and knew that the world sprang from their
interior reality. They told others.


In any of these worlds, the Christ drama could never appear as it
appeared within your own. Now the same thing applies to each of your
great religions, though as I have said in the past, the Buddhists come
closer, generally speaking, to a description of the nature of reality.
They have not understood the eternal validity of the soul, however, in
terms of its exquisite invulnerability, nor been able to hold a feeling
for its unique character. But Buddha, like Christ, interpreted what he
almost knew in terms of your own reality. Not only of your own physical
reality, but your own probable physical reality.

[1971 February 22 – Monday 21:19]

Session 570

Most dreams are like animated postcards brought back from a journey that
you have returned from and largely forgotten. Your consciousness is
already oriented again to physical reality; the dream, an attempt to
translate the deeper experience into recognizable forms. The images
within the dream are also highly coded, and are signals for underlying
events that are basically not decipherable.


You usually glide from wakefulness through to sleep without ever
noticing the various conditions of consciousness through which you pass,
yet there are several. First, of course, with various degrees of
spontaneity, there is the inward turn of consciousness away from
physical data, from worries and concerns of the day. Then there is an
undifferentiated level between wakefulness and sleep where you act as a
receiver — passive but open, in which telepathic and clairvoyant
messages come to you quite easily.


Only by learning to feel, or sense, or intuitively perceive the depths
of your own experience can you glimpse the nature of All That Is. By
becoming more aware of your consciousness as it operates in physical
life, you can learn to watch it as it manipulates through these other
less familiar areas.


In a light trance the meaning of dream symbols will be given to you if you ask for them.


In the most protected areas of sleep you are dealing with experience
that is pure feeling or knowing, and disconnected from both words or
images. As mentioned, these experiences are translated into dreams
later, necessitating a return to areas of consciousness more familiar
with physical data.


Session 571

Beyond this are states in which the symbols themselves begin to fade
away, become indistinct, distant. Here you begin to draw into regions of
consciousness in which symbols become less and less necessary, and it
is a largely unpopulated area indeed. Representations blink off and on,
and finally disappear. Consciousness is less and less physically
oriented. In this stage of consciousness the soul finds itself alone
with its own feelings, stripped of symbolism and representations, and
begins to perceive the gigantic reality of its own knowing.


Physical objects are the most obvious of your symbols, and precisely for
that reason you do not realize that they are symbols at all.


Working in the opposite direction, so to speak, the soul divests itself
of all symbols, all representations, and using its consciousness in a
different way learns to probe its own direct experience. Without symbols
to come between it and experience, it perfects itself in a kind of
value fulfillment that you presently cannot understand except


Your body is your most intimate symbol at this point, and again your most obvious.


… if you know what your own symbols mean, then you can use the knowledge
not only to interpret your dreams but also as signposts to the state of
consciousness in which they usually occur.


Session 572

In the most important dream work, done in the deep protected sleep
periods, the symbols are powerful enough yet condensed enough so that
they can be broken down, used in a series of seemingly unrelated dreams
as connectives, retain their original strength and still appear in the
different guises, becoming in each succeeding dream layer more and more


Personal association, therefore, is highly involved with your personal
bank of symbols, and it operates in the dream states precisely as in
waking life — but with greater freedom, drawing from the future, in your
terms, as well as from the past. Therefore, you have greater use of
symbolism in the dream state, for you are of past and future symbols.


Session 573

The alpha state is a threshold, a preliminary state between the
physically oriented portions of the personality and the inner self.


Session 574

With greater practice, the contents of your own mind will become as
readily available. You will see your thoughts as clearly as your inner
organs. In this case you may perceive them symbolically through symbols
you will recognize, seeing jumbled thoughts for example as weeds, which
you can then simply discard.

You can request that the thought content of your mind be translated into
an intense image, symbolically representing individual thoughts and the
overall mental landscape, then take out what you do not like and
replace it with more positive images. This does not mean that this inner
landscape must always be completely sunny, but it does mean that it
should be well balanced.

A dark and largely brooding inner landscape should alert you, so that
you begin immediately to change it. None of these accomplishments are
beyond my readers, though anyone may find any one given feat more
difficult than another. You must also realize that I am speaking in
practical terms. You can correct a physical condition for example, in
the manner just given. If so, however, by examining the inner landscape
of thoughts, you would find the source here that initially brought about
the physical ailment.

Feelings can be examined in the same way. They will appear differently,
with much greater mobility. Thoughts, for example, may appear as
stationary structures, as flowers or trees, houses or landscapes.
Feelings will appear more often in the changing mobility of water, wind,
weather, skies and changing color. Any physical ailment, then, can be
perceived in this state by looking inward into the body and discovering
it; then by changing what you see you may find yourself entering your
body or another�s as a very small miniature, or as a point of light, or
simply without any substance, yet aware of the inner body environment.

You change what needs to be changed in whatever way occurs to you, then —
by directing the body�s energy in that direction, by entering the flesh
and bringing certain portions together that need this adjustment, by
manipulating areas of the spine. Then from this adjacent platform of A-1
consciousness, you perceive the mental thought patterns of yourself or
the other person in whatever way you find characteristic of you.

You may perceive the thought patterns as quickly flashing sentences or
words that are usually seen within your mind or within the other mind,
or as black letters that form words. Or you may hear the words and
thoughts being expressed, or you may see the earlier mentioned
‘landscape’ in which the thoughts symbolically form into a picture.

This will show you how the thoughts brought about the physical malady,
and which ones were involved. The same thing should then be done with
the feeling pattern. This may be perceived as bursts of dark or light
colors in motion, or simply one particular emotion of great force may be
felt. If it is very strong, one emotion may be felt in many such
guises. In the case of both thoughts and emotions, with great confidence
you pluck out those that are connected with the malady. In such a
manner you have made adjustments on three levels.


Session 576

Alternate focus is merely a state in which you turn your consciousness
in other than its habitual direction, in order to perceive quite
legitimate realities that exist simultaneous with your own. You must
alter your perception to perceive any reality that is not geared
practically toward material form. This is something like looking out of
the corner of your eye or mind, rather than straight ahead.


In these lapses you are perceiving other kinds of reality — with other
than normal waking consciousness. When you return, you lose the thread.
Normal waking consciousness pretends there was never any break. This
happens with some regularity, and to varying degrees, from fifteen to
fifty times an hour, according to your activities.


When a personality realizes that such other realities exist and that
other experiences with consciousness are possible, then he activates
certain potentials within himself. These alter electromagnetic
connections both within the mind, the brain, and even the perceptive
mechanisms. They bring together reservoirs of energy and set up pathways
of activity, allowing the conscious mind to increase its degree of
sensitivity to such data. The conscious mind is set free of itself. To a
large measure it undergoes a metamorphosis, taking on greater
functions. It is able to perceive, little by little, some of the content
before closed to it. It need no longer perceive the momentary blank
spots fearfully, as evidence of nonexistence. The fluctuations mentioned
earlier are often quite minute, yet highly significant. The conscious
mind knows well of its own fluctuating state. When once it is led to
face this, it finds not chaos, or worse, nonexistence, but the source of
its own abilities and strength. The personality then begins to use its
own potential.


Session 578

The inner information must be consciously recognized. In your terms, by
the time an individual is in his last physical life, all portions of the
personality are then familiar with it at the time of death. The
personality is not swept willy-nilly back to another earthly existence,
as might be the case otherwise. The conscious physically oriented
portions of the self become acquainted with the inner information. To
some extent the reality of thought is consciously perceived as the
innovator behind physical matter. Such an individual then can understand
the nature of hallucinations at the point of death, and will full
conscious awareness enter into the next plane of existence.


Session 580

Illness and suffering are the results of the misdirection of creative
energy. They are a part of the creative force, however. They do not come
from a different source than, say, health and vitality. Suffering is
not good for the soul, unless it teaches you how to stop suffering. That
is its purpose.


Session 581

Inner vibrational touch is a much more personal experience, more like
becoming a part of that which you perceive, rather than for example a
reading of an aura.


Animals have varying degrees of self-consciousness, as indeed people do.
The consciousness that is within them is as valid and eternal as your
own, however. There is nothing to prevent a personality from investing a
portion of his own energy into an animal form. This is not
transmigration of souls. It does not mean that a man can be reincarnated
in an animal. It does mean that personalities can send a portion of
their energy into various kinds of form.


chapter twenty-one

The Meaning of Religion

session 585, 1971 May 12

There are internal realizations always present within the whole self.
There is comprehension of the meaning of all existence within each
personality. The knowledge of multidimensional existence is not only in
the background of your present conscious activity, but each man knows
within himself that his conscious life is dependent upon a greater
dimension of actuality. This greater dimension cannot be materialized
in a three-dimensional system, yet the knowledge of this greater
dimension floods outward from the innermost heart of being, and is
projected outward, transforming all it touches.

This flooding-out imbues certain elements of the physical world with a
brilliance and intensity far surpassing that usually known. Those
touched by it are transformed, in your terms, into something more than
they were. This inner knowledge attempts to find a place for itself
within the physical landscape, to translate itself into physical terms.
Each man, then, possesses this inner knowledge within himself, and to
some extent or other he also looks for conformation of it in the world.

The outer world is a reflection of the inner one, though far from perfect. The inner knowledge can be compared to a book
about a homeland that a traveler takes with him into a strange country.
Each man is born with the yearning to make these truths real for
himself, though he sees a great difference between them and the
environment in which he lives.

An internal drama is carried on by each individual, a psychic drama
which is finally projected outward with great force upon the field of
history. The birth of great religious events emerges from the interior
religious drama. The drama itself is a psychological phenomenon in a
way, for each physically oriented self feels thrust alone into a strange
environment, without knowing its origins or destination or even the
reason for its own existence.

This is the dilemma of the ego, particularly in its early states. It
looks outward for answers because this is its nature: to manipulate
within physical reality. It also senses, however, a deep and abiding
connection that it does not understand, with other portions of the self
that are not under its domain. It is also aware that this inner self
possesses knowledge upon which its own existence is based.

As it grow, in your terms, it looks outward for confirmation of this
inner knowledge. The inner self upholds the ego with its support. It
forms its truths into physically oriented data with which the ego can
deal. It then projects these outward into the area of physical reality.
Seeing these truths thus materialized, the ego then finds it easier to
accept them.

Thus you deal often with events in which men are touched by great
illumination, isolated from the masses of humanity, and endowed with
great powers — periods of history that appear almost unnaturally
brilliant in contrast with others; prophets, geniuses, and kings shown
in greater-than-human proportion.

Now these people are chosen by others to manifest outwardly the interior
truths that all intuitively know. There are many levels of
significance here. On the one hand, such individuals receive their
unearthly abilities and power from their fellows, contain it, exhibit it
in the physical world for all to see. They play the part of the
blessed inner self that actually cannot operate within physical reality uncloaked by flesh. This energy, however, is a quite valid projection from the interior self.

The personality so touched by it actually does
then become, in certain terms, what he seems to be. He will emerge as
an eternal hero in the external religious drama, as the inner self is
the eternal hero of the interior religious drama.

This mystic projection is a continual activity. When the strength of
one great religion begins to diminish and its physical effects grow
less, then the internal
drama begins once again to quicken. The highest of man’s aspirations,
therefore, will be projected upon physical history. The dramas
themselves will differ. Remember, they are built internally first.

They will be formed to impress world conditions at any given time, and
therefore couched in symbols and events that will most impress the
populace. This is craftily done, for the inner self knows exactly what
will impress the ego, and what kinds of personalities will be best able
to personify the message at any given time. When such a personality
appears in history then, he is intuitively recognized, for the way has
long been laid, and in many cases the prophecies announcing such an
arrival have already been given.

The individuals so chosen do not just happen to appear among you. They
are not chosen at random. They are individuals who have taken upon
themselves the responsibility for this role. After their birth they are
aware to varying degrees of their destiny, and certain trigger
experiences may at times arouse their full memory.

They serve quite clearly as human representatives of All That Is. Now
since each individual is part of All That Is, to some extent each of you
serve in that same role. In such a religious drama however, the main
personality is much more conscious of his inner knowledge, more aware of
his abilities, far better able to use them, and exultantly familiar
with his relationship to all of life.


Session 586, 1971 July 24

Ideas of good and evil, gods and devils, salvation
and damnation, are merely symbols of deeper religious values; cosmic
values if you will, that cannot be translated into physical terms.

These ideas become the driving themes of these
religious dramas of which I have spoken. The actors may “return,” time
and time again, in different roles. In any given historic religious
drama, therefore, the actors may have already appeared on the historic
scene in your past, the prophet of today being the traitor of the past

These psychic entities are
real, however. It is quite true to say that their reality consists not
only of the core of their own identity, but also is reinforced by those
projected thoughts and feelings of the earthly audience for whom the
drama is enacted.

Psychic or psychological identification is of great import here and is
indeed at the heart of all such dramas. In one sense, you can say that
man identifies with the gods he has himself created. Man does not
understand the magnificent quality of his own inventiveness and
creative power, however. Then, say that gods and men create each other,
and you come even closer to the truth; but only if you are very careful
in your definitions — for how, exactly, do gods and men differ?

The attributes of gods are those inherent within man himself, magnified,
brought into powerful activity. Men believe that the gods live
forever. Men live forever, but having forgotten this, they remember
only to endow their gods with this characteristic. Obviously, then,
beyond these earthly historic religious dramas, the seemingly recurring
tales of gods and men, there are spiritual realities.

Behind the actors in the dramas, there are more powerful entities who
are quite beyond role-playing. The plays themselves, then, the
religions that sweep across the ages — these are merely shadows, though
helpful ones. Behind the frame of good and evil is a far deeper
spiritual value. All religions, therefore, while trying to catch
“truth” must to some large degree fear its ever eluding them.

The inner self alone, at rest, in meditation, can at times glimpse
portions of these inner realities that cannot be physically expressed.
The values, intuitions, or insights are given each to each according to his understanding, and so the stories told about them will often vary.

For example, the main character in a religious historical drama may or
may not consciously be aware of the ways in which such information is
given to him. And yet it may seem to him that he does
know, for the nature of a dogma’s origin will be explained in terms
that this main character can understand. The historical Jesus knew who
He was, but He also knew that He was one of three personalities
composing one entity. To a large extent He shared in the memory of the
other two.

The third personality, mentioned many times by me, has not in your terms
yet appeared, although his existence has been prophesized as the
“Second Coming: (Matthew 24). Now these prophecies were given in terms
of the current culture at that time, and therefore, while the stage has
been set, the distortions are deplorable, for this Christ will not come
at the end of your world as the prophecies have been maintaining.

He will not come to reward the righteous and send the evildoers to
eternal doom. He will however, begin a new religious drama. A certain
historical continuity will be maintained. As happened once before,
however, He will not be generally known for who He is. There will be no
glorious proclamation to which the whole world will bow. He will
return to straighten out Christianity, which will be in a shambles at
the time of his arrival, and to set up a new system of thought when the
world is sorely in need of one.

By that time, all religions will be in severe crisis. He will undermine
religious organizations — not unite them. His message will be that of
the individual in relation to All That Is. He will clearly state methods
by which each individual can attain a state of intimate contact with
his own entity; the entity to some extent being man�s mediator with All
That Is.

By 2075, all of this will be already accomplished.

You may make a note here that Nostradamus saw the dissolution of the Roman Catholic Church as the end of the world. He could not imagine civilization without it, hence many of his later predictions should be read with this in mind.

The third personality of Christ will indeed be known as a great psychic,
for it is He who will teach humanity to use those inner senses that
alone make true spirituality possible. Slayers and victims will change
roles as reincarnational memories rise to the surface of consciousness.
Through the development of these abilities, the sacredness of all life
will be intimately recognized and appreciated.

Now there will be several born before that time who in various ways will
rearouse man’s expectations. One such man has already been born in
India, in a small province near Calcutta, but his ministry will seem to
remain comparatively local for his lifetime.

Another will be born in Africa, a black man whose main work will be done
in Indonesia. The expectations were set long ago in your terms, and
will be fed by new prophets until the third personality of Christ does
indeed emerge.

He will lead man behind the symbolism upon which religion has relied for
so many centuries. He will emphasize individual spiritual experience,
the expansiveness of soul, and teach man to recongize the multitudinous
aspects of his own reality.

The third historical personage, already born in your
terms, and a portion of the entire Christ personality, took upon
himself the role of a zealot.

This person had superior energy and power and great organizing
abilities, but it was the errors that he made unwittingly that
perpetuated some dangerous distortions. The records of that historical
period are scattered and contradictory.

The man, historically now, was Paul or Saul. It was given to him to set up a framework. But it was to be a framework of
ideas, not of regulations; of men, not of groups. Here he fell down,
and he will return as the third personality, just mentioned, in your

In that respect, however, there are not four personalities.

Now Saul went to great lengths to set himself as a separate identity.
His characteristics, for example, were seemingly quite different from
those of the historical Christ. He was “converted” in an intense
personal experience — a fact that was meant to impress upon him the
personal and not organizational aspects. Yet some exploits of his in
his earlier life have been attributed to Christ — not as a young man,
but earlier.

All personalities have free will and work out their own challenges. The
same applied to Saul. The organizational “distortions,” however, were
also necessary within the framework of history as events are understood.
Saul’s tendencies were known, therefore, at another level. They
served a purpose. It is for this reason, however, that he will emerge
once again, this time to destroy those distortions.

Now he did not create them on his own, and thrust them upon historical
reality. He created them in so far as he found himself force to admit
certain facts: In that world at that time, earthly power was needed to
hold Christian ideas apart from numberless other theories and religions,
to maintain them in the middle of warring factions. It was his job to
form a physical framework; and even then he was afraid that the
framework would strangle the ideas, but he saw no other way.

He was called both [Paul and Saul]. When the third personality
reemerges historically, however, He will not be called the old Paul, but
will carry within Him the characteristics of all the three

Paul tried to deny knowing who he was, until his experience with
conversion. Allegorically, he represented a warring faction of the self
that fights against his own knowledge and is oriented in a highly
physical manner. It seemed he went from one extreme to another, being
against Christ and then for Him. But the inner vehemence was always
present, the inner fire, and the recognition that he tried for so long
to hide.

His was the portion that was to deal with physical reality and
manipulation, and so these qualities were strong in him. To some extent
they overruled him. When the historical Christ “died”, Paul was to
implement the spiritual ideas in physical terms, to carry on. In so
doing, however, he grew the seeds of an organization that would smother
the ideas. He lingered after Christ, [just] as John the Baptist came
before. Together the three spanned some time period, you see.

John and the historical Christ each performed their roles and were
satisfied that they had done so. Paul alone was left at the end
unsatisfied, and so it is about his personality that the future Christ
will form.

The entity of which these personalities are part, that entity, which you
may call the Christ entity, was aware of these issues. The earthly
personalities were not aware of them, although in periods of trance and
exaltation much was made known to them.

Paul also represented the militant nature of man, that had
to be taken into consideration in line with man’s development at the
time. That militant quality in man will completely change
its nature, and be dispensed with as you know it, when the next Christ
personality emerges. It is therefore appropriate that Paul be present.

In the next century, the inner nature of man, with these developments,
will free itself from many constraints that have bound it. A new era
will indeed begin — not, now, a heaven on earth, but a far more sane and
just world, in which man is far more aware of his relationship with his
planet and of his freedom within time.

I would like to make certain points clear. The “new
religion” following the Second Coming will not be Christian in your
terms, although the third personality of Christ will initiate it.

This personality will refer to the historical Christ, will recognize His
relationship with that personality; but within him the three
personality groupings will form a new psychic entity, a different
psychological gestalt. As this metamorphosis takes place, it will
initiate a metamorphosis on a human level also, as man’s inner abilities
are accepted and developed.

The results will be a different kind of existence. Many of your
problems now result from spiritual ignorance. No man will look down
upon an individual from another race when he himself recognizes that his
own existence includes such membership also.

No sex will considered better than the other, or any role in society,
when each individual is aware of his own or her own experience at many
levels of society and in many roles. An open-ended consciousness will
feel its connections with all other living beings. The continuity of
consciousness will become apparent. As a result of
all this the social and governmental structures will change, for they
are based upon your current beliefs.

Human personality will reap benefits that now would seem unbelievable.
An open-ended consciousness will imply far greater freedom. From birth,
children will be taught that basic identity is not dependent upon the
body, and that time as you know it is an illusion. The child will be
aware of many of its past existences, and will be able to identify with
the old man or woman that in your terms it will become.

Many of the lessons “that come with age” will then be available to the
young, but the old will not lose the spiritual elasticity of their
youth. This itself is important. But for some time, future
incarnations will still be hidden for practical reasons.

As these changes come about, new areas will be activated in the brain to
physically take care of them. Physically then, brain mapping will be
possible in which past-life memories are evoked. All of these
alterations are spiritual changes in which the meaning of religion will
escape organizational bounds, become a living part of individual
existence, and where psychic frameworks rather than physical ones form
the foundations for civilization.

Man’s experience will be so extended that to you the race will seem to
have changed into another. This does not mean there will be no
problems. It does mean that man will have far greater resources at his
command. It also presupposes a richer and far more diverse social
framework. Men and women will find themselves relating to their
brethren, not only as the people that they are, but as the people that
they were.

Family relationships will show perhaps the greatest changes. There will
be room for emotional interactions within the family that are now
impossible. The conscious mind will be more aware of unconscious

I am including this information in this chapter on religion because it is important that you realize that spiritual ignorance is at the basis of so many of your problems, and that indeed your only limitations are spiritual ones.

The metamorphosis mentioned earlier on the part of the third
personality, will have such strength and power that it will call out
from mankind these same qualities from within itself. The qualities
have always been present. They will finally break through the veils of
physical perception, extending that perception in new ways.

Now, mankind lacks such a focus. The third personality will represent
that focus. There will be, incidentally, no crucifixion in that drama.
That personality will indeed be multidimensional, aware of all its
incarnations. It will not be oriented in terms of one sex, one color,
of one race.

For the first time, therefore, it will break through the earthly
concepts of personality, liberating personality. It will have the
ability to show these diverse effects as it chooses. There will be many
who will be afraid to accept the nature of their won reality, or to be
shown the dimensions of true identity.

For several reasons I do not want to
give any more detailed information as to the name that will be used, or
the land of birth. Too many might be tempted to jump into that image

Events are not predestined. The framework for this emergence has
already been set, however, within your system of probabilities. The
emergence of this third personality will directly affect the original
historical drama of Christ as it is now known. There is and must be
interactions between them.


Session 587

Religion per se, however, is always the external facade of inner reality.


Christ spoke in terms of the father and son… the story he told to
explain the relationship between the inner self and the physically alive


Behind all faces there is one face, yet this does not mean that each man’s face is not his own.

Session 588

There is a great sense of humility, and yet a great sense of exaltation as the inner self senses its freedom when death occurs.

Session 589

Still, my experience enriches Seth Two, and his experiences enrich
me to the extent that I am able to perceive and translate them for my
own use.

Session 591

Only by looking quietly within the self that you know can your own
reality be experienced, with those connections that exist between the
present or immediate self and the inner identity that is

There must be a willingness, an acquiescence, a desire. If you do
not take the time to examine your own subjective states, then you cannot
complain if so many answers seem to elude you. You cannot throw the
burden of proof upon another, or expect a man or teacher to prove to you
the validity of your own existence. Such a procedure is bound to lead
you into one subjective trap after another.

As you sit reading this book, the doorways within are open. You have
only to experience the moment as you know it as fully as possible — as
it exists physically within the room, or outside in the streets of the
city in which you live. Imagine the experience present in one moment of
time over the globe, then try to appreciate the subjective experience of
your own that exists in the moment and yet escapes it — and this
multiplied by each living individual.

This exercise alone will open your perceptions, increase your
awareness and automatically expand your appreciation of your own nature.

The ‘you’ who is capable of such expansion must be a far more
creative and multidimensional personality than you earlier imagined.
Many of the suggested small exercises given earlier in the book will
also help you become acquainted with your own reality, will give you
direct experience with the nature of your own soul or entity, and will
put you in contact with those portions of your being from which your own
vitality springs. You may or may not have your own encounters with past
reincarnational selves or probable selves. You may or may not catch
yourselves in the act of changing levels of consciousness. Certainly
most of my readers, however, will have success with some of the
suggested exercises. They are not difficult, and they are within the
capabilities of all.

Each reader, however, should in one way or another sense his own
vitality in a way quite new to him, and find avenues of expansion
opening within himself of which he was earlier unaware. The very nature
of this book, the method of its creation and delivery, in themselves
should clearly point out the fact that human personality has far more
abilities than those usually ascribed to it.

Session 593

The great religions of the world all had their births near the major
coordination points. In such localities, changes are apt to appear
rapidly, for ideas and emotions are propelled into physical actuality
with great vigor. Ideas sweep like fire among the people. The psychic
atmosphere is fertile. Creativity springs forth easily, and so such
locations are not necessarily peaceful, although they would be the best
ground in which peace could grow. Any ideas for good or bad become
materialized with such strength, however, that the contradictory
feelings of mankind are more apparent near coordination points.

In Atlantis there were those who utilized this knowledge,
accelerating certain thoughts through concentration, emphasizing certain
feelings so as to send them through these coordination points. Great
stability was therefore achieved as far as roads, buildings, and the
like were concerned. Such projects were carried out with great
consideration for their position between various coordination points.

This pocketing-of-space effect can be perceived in certain trance states.

This can be compared almost to a wadding-up of air.

Now sit quietly with your eyes closed and try to ascertain the directional proximity of main or subordinate coordination points.

Here are some aids to help you.

With the intent in mind, you will find your inner vision inclining
toward a particular direction of the room, and even your thoughts will
seem to follow in the same direction. An imaginary line will help you
properly identify the place, in any given location, closest to any given
coordination point. Imagine a line drawn from the point of your inner
vision, coming from the inner eye you seem to be using, outward. Let it
be joined by an imaginary line from the top of your skull, following the
same direction in which your thoughts seem to flow.

You have an imaginary line, then, in this case, from here, and here.
There is an angle, and then both lines form together. They will point
unerringly to the direction closest to a coordination point.

Session 594

There are, therefore, mass physical symbols upon which you all agree, as well as private, personal symbols.


Once you understand the symbolic nature of physical reality, then
you will no longer feel entrapped by it. You have formed the symbols,
and therefore you can change them. You must learn, of course, what the
various symbols mean in your own life, and how to translate their


Many cases of missing persons can be explained somewhat in the same
manner: when the acceleration was strong enough, unexpected enough, to
sweep the entire personality out of your system.

Session 596

In all such cases several qualities are apparent: an ability to look
inward, to concentrate deeply, to lose the sharp edges of the
physically oriented self in contemplation, and an intense desire to
learn. These must be coupled with the inner confidence that pertinent
knowledge can be directly received. To those who believe that all
answers are known, there is little need to search.


In normal living and in day-by-day experience, all the knowledge you
need is available. You must, however, believe that it is, put yourself
in a position to receive it by looking inward and remaining open to your
intuitions, and most important, by desiring to receive it.


There is a great fallacy operating. People believe that there is one
great truth, that it will appear and they will know it. Now a flower is
a truth. So is a lamp bulb. So is an idiot and a genius, a glass and an
ant. There is little exterior similarity, however. Truth is all of
these seemingly distinct, separate, different realities. So Ruburt is a
part of the truth he perceives, and each of you are part of the truths
that you perceive.


The ideas presented in this book should allow many readers to expand
their perceptions and consciousness in ways they may not have believed
possible. The book itself is written in such a way that all those ready
to learn will benefit. There is meaning not only in the written words
themselves, but connections existing between them that do not appear,
and that will have meanings to various levels of the personality.

back to top


extraneous sessions 1971 – 1972

Session 604

The message for tonight is: you are not owned. Now, your human stock
did not all originate solely from your planet. I never told you that it
did. In that respect your ancestry is indeed varied. Some of the
information given in my own book, by inference, should have made that

Evolution, as it is thought of, had many different aspects in those
terms. There were three or four beginning points. Do you follow me?

There were then visits from others in other planetary systems. In
that regard this is quite natural. Your own relative isolation is far
from the average. The legends, many of them, therefore, were of course
chronicles of quite legitimate physical events, describing phenomena for
example for which natives had no adequate vocabulary. They were forced
to describe what they saw by making comparisons with objects and events
already familiar to them.

Some such visitors, in your terms, were more evolved than others.
All, however, would appear as superhuman in contrast to those
civilizations that encountered them. There were some deliberate
experiments, that were in fact far more dangerous to the experimenters,
always in which the experimenters tried, in one way or another, tired to
advance man’s knowledge.

It is not nearly as simple as that, however. There is not a one-line
development. By the time that feasible inter-system space travel is
practical, the psychic abilities are developed to a very high degree.
One is necessary for the other. Therefore, it became much more feasible
to approach earthmen during their dream state, when their natural fear
reactions were somewhat minimized, and where the danger to the visitors
was far less.

Out of body encounters were used as a matter of course. The visitor
could appear and disappear then without fear of pursuit. Civilizations
were often warned in advance of natural disasters that were apparent to
the visitors with their greater viewpoint.

Such warnings were either given in the dream state of the earthmen,
for the reasons given or often in some secluded place, for often the
visitors would be attacked. During these eras, in your terms, the
speakers often acted as go-betweens. Often warnings of disaster were not
followed. Some warnings were misunderstood, then, as punishment by the
gods for ‘moral misdoing’.

The whole moral code idea was originally tailored for the current
scene as it was encountered, told in terms that the natives could

The pyramids, the huge boulders etched out All of this was done in one way or another through the use of, a knowledge of, both coordination points in space and the use of sound. There were instruments that released sound, and directed it in the same way, say, that a laser beam does with light.

Drawings of some of these exist in primitive Sumerian cave
renditions, but the drawings are misinterpreted, the instrument is taken
for another. No one knows how to use the instruments. There are a few
in existence, in your terms.

The Sumarians left the memory of their existence in the Sumerian culture.
They initiated it, though they did not direct all of its activities,
nor were they responsible for the distortions of their teachings that
often resulted. There is a difference then between Sumarian and the
culture in the books. Your Sumarian were behind the culture — they
initiated that particular civilization.

I will be clear. Your Sumarian showed earth people at that time how
to communicate, how to initiate crafts, gave them all the fundamentals
upon which a civilization then could be based. The Sumarians, your
Sumarians however, were not of human stock at that time.

Your Sumarians have become human stock in those terms at
other times. It is not a point of them trying to invade a native stock.
They simply understood the nature of individual existences. Therefore,
they are able to choose from various physical systems those in which
they would like to have experience.

They maintain their inner knowledge and integrity, and are born
within any given system. They always use their native abilities and
talents to help the system, working very strongly in psychic or creative

I do not necessarily mean that they are consciously aware of their
affiliation. This is an individual matter. They are often inventors,
always then involved with the initiation of new ideas or discoveries.
All of this follows inner patterns that are specifically human in your
terms. Humanity therefore has its own characteristics, and no ‘outside
influence’ can go counter to these, but must work with them.

When it seems that great discoveries come, and then are lost through
the ages, perhaps to be rediscovered, it simply means that man’s own
nature was not in harmony with them, could not use them properly.
Whenever aggressiveness became too misguided it automatically caused the
loss of powers or discoveries that could be used to destroy the planet.

This is a natural aspect, the self-protective principle that
operates within earth life as you know it. On occasion discoveries were
given before their time, and promptly lost, only to be rediscovered ages

The problem comes when you try to categorize consciousness or being.
The out of body state, in greater terms, is a far more natural state
than in the body. You adopt and make a body. You do this now without
even knowing that you do so, but a body can be made from the camouflage
of any system, constructed easily when you know how to do it.

Space suits are, therefore, and inadequate, clumsy memory of an
inner ability to clothe the inner self with whatever camouflage is at
hand, to merge with the elements of an environment in such a way that
you become a living part of it.

The Sumarians — Your Sumerians did this when they
initiated the culture spoken about in your books. Their sense of time is
completely different, as however your own is innately. It is difficult
to explain this, but keeping in touch with a civilization for several
thousand years of your earth time, would entail perhaps the same amount
of time and effort a man might take in his profession over a period of
five to ten years, so the relativity of time is important in that

Basically — in your terms now — there is no such thing as an
isolated, independent earth stock, in that consciousness did not
suddenly erupt from the physical behavior or characteristics of your
planet, or in any other.

As you know, consciousness comes first, and then forms the physical
materializations of it. Those consciousnesses who picked physical
materialization choose to operate under certain conditions that then
appear as the natural characteristics of a species to you.

They accept certain characteristics, and while experiencing
existence within them must follow along the roads they’ve chosen. Hence
earlier I spoke of the natural bent of humanity, of all those, then, who
choose existence within you particular planetary existence.

Consciousness is not local, and it never was.

You have always been Sumari. This simply means that your
consciousness has certain bents of its own, interests and abilities and
specializations. The word Sumari characterizes a certain kind of
consciousness simply for means of identification in your terms.

I told you once that there are clumps of consciousness. This does
not mean that consciousness is not individual and separate, but that it
also has a great ability to congregate, to reach out in affiliation, to
share knowledge and experience, and to combine itself in ever-changing
patterns while still retaining its basic identity and integrity.

To have explained this to you when we began our sessions would not have been possible.

Space and time are constructions of ideas. They do not appear
physically, as say a table or a chair, yet they seem to define both a
table and a chair, in that you cannot easily conceive of a piece of
furniture, for example, existing except in the medium of space and time.

The ideas of space and time are constructed in different ways in
various systems. In some they appear as natural phenomena, for example
as various classifications of objects, in some as variations of sound or
light. You find it exceedingly difficult to consider existence at all
without space and time, yet basically consciousness is independent of

The ideas of space and time emerge only when consciousness adopts
camouflage, only when it becomes wedded, in other words, with a physical
type existence. Time and space are both creations of consciousness, in
other words, and vehicles of its expression.

Matter is a classification. As explained in my book, various levels
of concentration can be used as platforms leading you out of focus, into
other time schemes. Time is like color. You are merely focusing upon
one hue.

Your present civilization and the ‘old’ Sumerian
civilization, exist at once, then simultaneously, but to speak to you
about these I must use a time sequence you understand. If it were
understood that these civilizations exist at once, then you would not be
so surprised that they ‘were’ able to build structures that you cannot
build in your now.

Your now and their now exists now.

In the present physical area in which it seems to you that a
physical civilization once existed, that civilization still exists. You
cannot meet it though you stand at the same spot, because of the ideas
of time that separate you. The civilization in flower, and the ruins,
coexist. The living ancient Sumerians pass the modern tourists without
seeing them, even as the tourists walk in the middle of the old Sumerian
marked places and see only ruins.

Much of this could be explained in mathematical equations that
presently escape you. Your own consciousness is contemporary with the
ancient Sumerians as well as with your current selves in your terms.

Think of countries existing simultaneously now on your planet. There
are differences in language and culture, and it takes a certain amount
of earth time to travel through space to visit them. In the same way all
times exist at once, with their peculiar customs, and in your terms
within the same space that you know.

You have learned how to make roads through space, but not through
time on a conscious level. There are intersections in time and space,
however, that you have not recognized. I am speaking in your terms,
hopefully to make this simpler. Times exist then as surely as places.
You think of time as moving toward something, and of space as relatively

It does not occur to you then that you can get to times, as you can
get to places. All of this is highly difficult to explain. I do not mean
for example that time, each moment, is a finished and done thing to be
visited. While time is not moving in a particular direction, in your
terms, each moment explodes outwards, or expands outward in all

Space and time as you understand them ripple through each other.
They do not behave as you think they do, however. Presently you
understand your existence only as it intrudes into three dimensions. Its
own activity is in many other dimensions however.

The Sumari, therefore, appear in or intrude into the three dimensional system from other dimensions.

Now. Matter was manipulated through sound. Some remnants of
spaceships became temples. Some visitors were seen to die, and later
seen again recovered, hence the Egyptians’ sureness that the individual
survived death. Because of space travel a visitor might come as a young
man, and return some 40 earth years later still appearing as a young
man, leading to the idea of immortality and eternal youth of the gods.

The Olympic gods were perhaps the most amusing of man’s attempt to
deify space travelers. Mixed in here strongly were the ideas of gods
mating with earth women.

In some respects the over-enthusiastic use of the sound was
responsible for the flood mentioned in the Bible, and other literature.
It was for this reason that many attempts were made to warn against the
impending disaster. The use of sound was important at various times in
irrigating dry areas, quite literally by pulling water from a distance.

There were several characteristics that proved difficult, however.
Literally, the sound traveled further often than was intended, causing
consequences not planned upon. Great finesse was important. Sound was
also used after irrigation to speed up the flowering of plants, and to
facilitate transplantation to other areas. It was also utilized for
medicinal purposes in operations, particularly in bone and brain

Verbal sounds were often stereotyped simply because the effect of
sound was understood in its effects upon the body. Many ideas that are
considered superstitious had a quite legitimate basis, therefore. Sound
was used to locate one also, and to break someone down. It was also used
to locate gas pockets.

This is a difficult subject. For the movement of heavy tons of rock
for example different techniques, using sound and precise mathematical
calculations were necessary. Many civilizations grew and flourished in
fertile areas simply because the people knew how to make them fertile
and to keep them that way.

Rob’s Notes: I read the 604th Session to ESP class on
Tuesday, January 7, 1975. After I’d read some pages, George Rhodes held
up a drawing he’d made of the ankh and asked Seth — who had come
through — if the sound instrument was the ankh, or at least shaped like
it. Like a pistol if held sideways. The “barrel” would emit the sound
ray and the mechanisms and controls would be in the short arms. Seth
told George he was quite right. The passage will be included in the
class transcript for 1/7/75 that we’ll get next Tuesday, and I’ll try to
remember to attach a copy of it to this session.

[1972 January 12]

back to top


The Nature of Personal Reality

The Nature of Personal Reality. A Seth Book. Prentice-Hall, 1974. (released September 16) (Sessions 609-677, 1972 Apr 10 – 1973 Jul 11)

Session 609

What exists physically exists first in thought and feeling. There is no
other rule. You have the conscious mind for good reason. You are not at
the mercy of unconscious
drives unless you consciously acquiesce to them. Your present feelings
and expectations can always be used to check your progress. If you do
not like your experience, then you must change the nature of your
conscious thoughts and expectations. You must alter the kind of messages
that you are sending through your thoughts to your own body, to friends
and associates.


All deep aspirations and unconscious motivations, all unspoken drives,
rise up for the approval or disapproval of the conscious mind, and await
its direction. Only when it abdicates its functions does it allow
itself to become swayed by negative experience. Only when it refuses
responsibility does it finally find itself at the seeming mercy of
events over which it appears to have no control.


Session 610

All consciousness creates the world, rising out of feeling-tone.


The characteristics that were yours at birth were yours for a reason.
The inner self chose them. To a large extent, the inner self can even
now alter many of them.

You did not arrive at birth without a history. Your individuality was
always latent within your soul, and the “history” that is a part of you
is written within unconscious memory that resides not only within your
psyche, but is faithfully decoded in your genes and chromosomes, and
fulfilled in the blood that rushes through your veins.

You are aware, alert, and participating in many more realities than you know as your soul expresses itself through you…


Session 613

Basically you create your experience through your beliefs about yourself
and the nature of reality. Another way to understand this is to realize
that you create your experiences through your expectations. Your
feeling-tones are your emotional attitudes toward yourself and life in
general, and these generally govern the large areas of experience.

They give the overall emotional coloration that characterizes what
happens to you. You are what happens to you. Your emotional feelings are
often transitory, but beneath there are certain qualities of feeling
uniquely your own, that are like deep music chords. While your day to
day feelings may rise or fall, these characteristic feeling-tones lie

Sometimes they rise to the surface, but in great long rhythms. You
cannot call these negative or positive. They are instead tones of your
being. They represent the most inner portion of your experience. This
does not mean that they are hidden from you, or are meant to be. It
simply means that they represent the core from which you form your

If you have become afraid of emotion of the expression of feeling, or if
you have been taught that the inner self is no more than a repository
of uncivilized impulses, then you may have the habit of denying this
deep rhythm. You may try to operate as if it did not exist, or even try
to refute it is like trying to swim upstream against a strong current…

The feeling-tone then is the motion and fiber — the timber — the portion
of your energy devoted to your physical experience. Now it flows into
what you are as a physical being and materializes you in the world of
seasons, space, flesh and time. Its source, however, is quite
independent of the world that you know.

Once you learn to get the feeling of your own inner tone, then you are
aware of its power, strength and durability, and you can to some extent
ride with it into deeper realities of experience.


The cells and organs have their own awareness, and a gestalt one. So the
race of man also has individual consciousness and a gestalt or mass
consciousness, of which you individually are hardly aware. The mass race
consciousness, in its terms, possesses an identity while still being
unique individual and independent. You are confined only to the extent
that you have chosen physical reality, and so placed yourself within its
context of experience. While physical, you follow physical laws, or
assumptions. These form the framework for corporeal expression.


In this book we will be speaking about your own subjective world, and
your part in the creation of events both private and shared.


I have spoken of you, yet this must not be confused with the you that
you often think you are — the ego alone, for the ego is only a portion
of You; it is the expert part of your personality that deals directly
with the contents of your conscious mind, and is concerned most directly
with the material portions of your experience.


The ego can feel cut off, lonely and frightened, however, if the
conscious mind lets the ego run away with it. The ego and the conscious
mind are not the same thing. The ego is composed of various portions of
the personality.


In certain terms, the ego is the eye through which the conscious mind
perceives, or the focus through which it views physical reality. But the
conscious mind automatically changes its focus through life. The ego,
while appearing the same to itself, ever changes. It is only when the
conscious mind becomes rigid in its direction, or allows the ego to take
on some of its own functions, that difficulties arise. The ego allows
the conscious mind to work in certain directions and blocks its
awareness in others. And so it is from your larger identity that you
form the reality that you know. It is up to you to do this with joy and
vigor, clearing your conscious mind so that the deeper knowledge of your
greater identity can form joyous expressions in the world of flesh.


You make your own reality. There is no other rule. Knowing this is the secret of creativity.

I have spoken of ‘you,” yet this must not be confused with the “you”
that you often think you are — the ego alone, for the ego is only a
portion of You; it is that expert part of your personality that deals
directly with the contents of your conscious mind, and is concerned most
directly with the material portions of your experience.

The ego is a very specialized portion of your greater identity. It is a
portion of you that arises to deal directly with the life that the
larger You is living. The ego can feel cut off, lonely and
frightened, however, if the conscious mind lets the ego run away with
it. The ego and the conscious mind are not the same thing. The ego is
composed of various portions of the personality — it is a combination of
characteristics, ever changing, that act in unitary fashion — the
portion of the personality that deals most directly with the world.

… The conscious mind is an excellent perceiving attribute, a function
that belongs to inner awareness but in this case is turned outward
toward the world of events. Through the conscious mind the soul looks
outward. Left alone, it perceives clearly.

In certain terms, the ego is the eye through which the conscious mind
perceives, or the focus through which it views physical reality. But the
conscious mind automatically changes its focus
throughout life. The ego, while appearing the same to itself, ever

It is only when the conscious mind becomes rigid in its direction, or
allows the ego to take on some of its own functions, that difficulties
arise. Then the ego allows the conscious mind to work
in certain directions and blocks its awareness in others.

And so it is from your larger identity that you form the reality that
you know. It is up to you to do this with joy and vigor, clearing your
conscious mind so that the deeper knowledge of your
greater identity can form joyous expressions in the world of the flesh.

Session 614

Many individuals are completely blind to their own beliefs about
themselves, and the nature of reality. Your own conscious thoughts will
give you excellent clues.


… you can become more and more consciously aware, therefore bringing into your consciousness larger and larger portions of yourself.


When you begin a sentence you do not have the slightest conscious idea,
often, of how you will finish it, yet you take it on faith that the
words will make sense, and your meaning will flow out effortlessly.


Your beliefs can be like fences that surround you.

You must first recognize the existence of such barriers — you must see
them or you will not even realize that you are not free, simply because
you will not see beyond the fences. They will represent the boundaries of your experience.

There is one belief, however, that destroys artificial barriers to
perception, an expanding belief that automatically pierces false and
inhibiting ideas.

Now, separately:

The Self Is Not Limited.

That statement is a statement of fact. It exists regardless of your belief or disbelief in it.

Following this concept is another:

There Are No Boundaries or Separations of the Self.

Those that you experience are the result of false beliefs. Following this is the idea that I have already mentioned:

You Make Your Own Reality.

To understand yourself and what you are, you can learn to experience
yourself directly apart from your beliefs about yourself. Now what I
would like each reader to do is to sit quietly. Close your eyes. Try to
sense within yourself the deep feeling-tones that I mentioned earlier. This is not difficult to do.

Your knowledge of their existence will help you recognize their deep
rhythms within you. Each individual will sense these tones in his or her
own way, so do not worry about how they should feel. Simply tell
yourself that they exist, that they are composed of the great energies
of your being made flesh.

Then let yourself experience. If you are used to terms like meditation,
try to forget the term during this procedure. Do not use any name. Free
yourself from concepts, and experience the being of yourself and the
motion of your own vitality. Do not question, ‘Is this right? Am I doing
it correctly? Am I feeling what I should feel?’ This is the book�s
first exercise for you. You are not to use other people�s criteria.
There are no standards but your own feelings.

No particular time limit is recommended. This should be an enjoyable
experience. Accept whatever happens as uniquely your own. The exercise
will put you in touch with yourself. It will return you to yourself. Whenever
you are nervous or upset, take a few moments to sense this feeling-tone
within you, and you will find yourself centered in your own being,

When you have tried this exercise several times, then feel these deep
rhythms go out from you in all directions, as indeed they do.
Electromagnetically they radiate out through your physical being; and in
ways that I hope to explain later, they form the environment that you
know even as they form your physical image.

I told you that the self was not limited, yet surely you think that your
self stops where your skin meets space, that you are inside your skin.
Yet your environment is an extension of your self it is the body of your
experience, coalesced in physical form. The inner self forms the
objects that you know as surely and automatically as it forms your
finger or your eye.

Your environment is the physical picture of your thoughts, emotions and
beliefs made visible. Since your thoughts, emotions and beliefs move
through space and time, you therefore affect physical conditions
separate from you.

Consider the spectacular framework of your body just from the physical
standpoint. You perceive it as solid, as you perceive all other physical
matter; yet the more matter is explored the more obvious it becomes
that within it energy takes on specific shape (in the form of organs,
cells, molecules, atoms, electrons), each less physical than the last,
each combining in mysterious gestalt to form matter.


Your emotions follow your beliefs. It is not the other way around.


Later we will discuss some of the reasons for your beliefs, but for now I simply want you to recognize them.

I am going to list some limiting false beliefs. If you find yourself
agreeing with any of them, then recognize this is an area in which you
must personally work.

1. Life is a valley of sorrows.

2. The body is inferior. As a vehicle of the soul it is automatically degraded, tinged

You may feel that the flesh is inherently bad or evil, that its
appetites are wrong. Christians may find the body deplorable, thinking
that the soul descended into it – “descent” automatically meaning the
change from a higher or better condition to one that is worse.

Followers of Eastern religions often feel it their duty, also, to deny
the flesh, to rise above it, so to speak, into a state where nothing is
desired. Using a different vocabulary, they still believe that earth
experience is not desirable in itself.

3. I am helpless before circumstances that I cannot control.

4. I am helpless because my personality and character were formed in infancy, and I am at the mercy of my past.

5. I am helpless because I am at the mercy of events from past lives in
other incarnations, over which I now have no control. I must be
punished, or I am punishing myself for unkindnessess done to others in
past lives. I must accept the negative aspects of my life because of my

6. People are basically bad, and out to get me.

7. I have the truth and no one else has. Or, my group has the truth and no other group has.

8. I will grow frailer, sicker, and lose my powers as I grow old.

9. My existence is dependent upon my experience in flesh. When my body dies my consciousness dies with it.

That was a rather general list of false beliefs. Now here is a more
specific list of more intimate beliefs, any of which you may have
personally about yourself.

1. I am sickly, and always have been.

2. There is something wrong with money. People who have it are greedy,
less spiritual than those who are poor. They are unhappier, and snobs.

3. I am not creative. I have no imagination.

Next: I can never do what I want to do.

Next: People dislike me.

Next: I am fat.

Then 7: I always have bad luck.

These are all beliefs held by many people. Those who have them will
meet them in experience. Physical data will always seem to reinforce
the beliefs, therefore, but the beliefs formed the reality. We are
going to attempt to knock down such limiting concepts.

[1972 September 13]

Session 615

The conscious mind sets the goals and the inner self brings them about,
using all its facilities and inexhaustible energy. The great value of
the conscious mind lies precisely in its ability to make decisions and
set directions.


Your spirit joined itself with flesh, and in flesh, to experience a
world of incredible richness, to help create a dimension of reality of
colors and of form. Your spirit was born in flesh to enrich a marvelous
area of sense awareness, to feel energy made into corporeal form. You
are here to use, enjoy, and express yourself through the body. You are
here to aid in the great expansion of consciousness. You are not here to
cry about the miseries of the human condition, but to change them when
you find them not to your liking through the joy, strength and vitality
that is within you; to create the spirit as faithfully and beautifully
as you can in flesh.


In a manner of speaking, the conscious mind is a window through which
you look outward — and looking outward, perceive the fruits of your
inner mind.


Your own conscious beliefs are the most important suggestions that you
receive. All other ideas are rejected or accepted according to whether
or not you believe they are true, in line with the steady conscious
chattering that goes on within your mind most of the day — the
suggestions given to you by yourself.


Since it is the function of the conscious mind to assess physical
experience, it [the inner self] hasn�t been able to do its job properly.
If the inner portions of the self were supposed to have that
responsibility, then you would not need a conscious mind.


There are no accidents in cosmic terms, or in terms of the world as you
know it. Your beliefs grow as surely in time and space as flowers do.


Remember, even false beliefs will seem to be justified in terms of
physical data, since your experience in the outside world is the
materialization of those beliefs. So you must work with the raw material
of your ideas, even while your sense data may tell you that a given
belief is obviously a truth. To change your experience or any portion of
it, then, you must change your ideas. Since you have been forming your
own reality all along, the results will follow naturally.


You are not your ideas, nor even your thoughts. You are the self who experiences them.


You have a conscious mind, but this is only the topmost portion of your
mind. Much more of it is available to you. Much more of your knowledge
can be conscious, therefore; but a false belief, a limiting one, is as
ambiguous to your nature as any apple tree�s idea that it was a violet


The ego is an offshoot of the conscious mind, so to speak. The conscious
mind is like a gigantic camera with the ego directing the view and the


Listen to your own train of thought as you go about your days. What
suggestions and ideas are you giving yourself? Realize that these will
be materialized in your personal experience.


The ego can use the conscious mind almost entirely as a way of
perceiving external or internal realities that coincide with its own


Once you understand that you form your reality, then you must begin to examine these beliefs by letting the conscious mind freely examine its own content.


Session 616

The knowledge that your beliefs are not necessarily reality will allow
you to be aware of all the data that is consciously available to you.


… you are not fully conscious unless you are aware of the contents of your conscious mind.


But if you find poor health, a lack of meaningful work, a lack of
abundance, a world of sorrow and evil, then assume that your beliefs are
faulty and begin examining them.


… the ego, while a portion of the whole self, can be defined as a
psychological structure, composed of characteristics belonging to the
personality as a whole, organized together to form a surface identity.


It (the ego) is the most physically oriented portion of your inner self;
but it is not, however, apart from your inner self. It sits on the
window sill, so to speak, between you and the exterior world. It can also look in both directions.


Another way to do this is to recognize through examination that the
physical effects you meet exist as data in your conscious mind — and the
information that formerly seemed unavailable will be obvious. The
seemingly invisible ideas that cause your difficulties have quite
obvious visible physical effects, and these will lead you automatically
to the conscious area in which the initiating beliefs or ideas reside.


Session 617

Now the ego�s concepts are your
concepts, since it is a part of you. If you dwell on ideas of danger or
potential disaster, if you think of the world mainly in terms of your
physical survival and consider all those circumstances that may work
against it, then you may find yourself suddenly aware of precognitive
dreams that foretell incidents of accidents, earthquakes, robberies, or
murders. Your own idea of the perilous nature of existence becomes so
strong that the ego allows this data to emerge, even though it is out of
time, because your fearful beliefs convince it that you must be on


You get what you concentrate upon. There is no other main rule.


Now if you are honest with your lists, you will finally come to what I
call core beliefs, strong ideas about your own existence. Many other
subsidiary beliefs, that earlier seemed separate from each other, should
now appear quite clearly as being offshoots of core beliefs. They seem
logical only in their relationships to a core idea. Once the core belief
is understood to be a false one, the others will fall away.


Session 618

Structured beliefs collect and hold your experience, packaging it, so to
speak; and so when you look at a given experience that seems like
another, you put it into the same structured package, often without


Separate portions of your mind can contain such chambers of inactive
material. This information will not be a part of the organized structure
of your usual thoughts; though the data is consciously available you
can be relatively blind to it.

Usually when you look into your conscious mind you do so for a
particular reason, to find some information. But if you have schooled
yourself to believe that such data is not consciously available, then it
will not occur to you to find it in your conscious mind. If furthermore
your conscious data is strongly organized about a core belief, then
this will automatically make you blind to experience that is not
connected with it.

A core belief is invisible only when you think of it as a fact of life,
and not as a belief about life; only when you identify with it so
completely that you automatically focus your perceptions along that
specific line.

For example, here is a seemingly very innocent core belief. ‘I am a responsible parent.’

Now on the surface there is nothing wrong with that belief. If you hold
to it and do not examine it, however, you may find that the word
‘responsible’ is quite loaded, and collects other ideas that are equally
unexamined by you. What is your idea of being responsible? According to
your answer you can discover whether the core belief works to your
advantage or not.

If responsible means, ‘I must be a parent twenty-four hours a day to the
exclusion of everything else,’ then you may be in difficulty, for that
core belief might prevent you from using other abilities that exist
quite apart from your parenthood.

You may begin to perceive all physical data through the eyes of that
core belief alone. You will not look out upon physical reality with the
wonder of a child any more, or with the unstructured curiosity of an
individual, but always through parental eyes. Thus you will close
yourself off from much of physical experience.

Now telepathically you will also attract unconscious data that fits into
this rigid pattern, according to the strength and stubbornness of this
idea and whether or not you are willing to deal with it. You may narrow
your life still further, all information of any kind finally becoming
relatively invisible to you unless it touches upon your parental

Now: The core belief just given is of one kind.

You hold some basic assumptions that are also core beliefs. To you they
seem to be definitions. They are so a part of you that you take them for
granted. Your idea of time is one.

You may enjoy manipulating thoughts of time in your mind. You may find
yourself thinking that time is basically different from your experience
of it, but fundamentally you believe that you exist in the hours and the
years, that the weeks come at you one at a time, that you are caught in
the onrush of the seasons.

Naturally your physical experience reinforces this belief. You structure
your perception, therefore, in terms of the lapses that seem to happen
between events. This in itself forces you to concentrate your attention
in one direction only, and discourages you from perceiving the events in
your life in other fashions.

You may occasionally employ the association of ideas, one thought
leading easily to another. When you do this you often perceive new
insights. As the events fall apart from time continuity in your mind
they seem to take on fresh vitality. You have unstructured them, you
see, from the usual organization.

As you apprehend them through association you come quite close to
examining the contents of your mind in a free fashion. But if you drop
the time concept and then view the conscious content of your mind
through other core ideas, you are still structuring. I am not saying
that you should never organize those contents. I am saying that you must
become aware of your own structures. Build them up or tear them down,
but do not allow yourself to become blind to the furniture of your own

You can stub your toe as easily on a misplaced idea as you can upon an
old chair. It will help you, in fact, if you think of your own beliefs
as furniture that can be rearranged, changed, renewed, completely
discarded or replaced. Your ideas are yours. They should not control
you. It is up to you to accept those that you choose to accept.

Imagine yourself then rearranging this furniture. Images of particular
pieces will come clearly to you. Ask yourself what ideas these pieces
represent. See how well the tables fit together. Open up the drawers

There will be no mystery. You know what your own beliefs are. You will
see the groupings, but it is up to you to look inside your own mind and
to use the images in your own way. Throw out ideas that do not suit you.
If you read this, find such an idea in yourself and then say, ‘I cannot
throw this idea away,’ then you must realize that your inner remark is
in itself a belief. You can indeed throw the idea away, the second one,
as easily as the first.

You are not powerless before ideas. Using this analogy, you will
certainly find some furniture that you did not expect. Do not simply
look in the center of your inner room of consciousness; and make sure
that you are on guard against the certain invisibility that was
mentioned earlier (in this chapter), where an idea, quite available,
appears to be a part of reality instead.

The structuring of beliefs is done in a highly characteristic yet
individual manner, so you will find patterns that exist between various
groupings, and one can lead you to another.

The idea of being the responsible parent, for example, may lead quite
easily to other psychic structures involving responsibility, so that
data is accepted on its own value. You may even think that it is wrong
to view any situation except through your parental status.

The belief in guilt therefore would be a cementing structure that would
hold together other similar core beliefs, and add to their strength. You
must understand that these are not simply dead ideas, like debris,
within your mind. They are psychic matter. In a sense then they are
alive. They group themselves like cells, protecting their own validity
and identity


Session 619

In order to dislodge unsuitable beliefs and establish new ones, you must
learn to use your imagination to move concepts in and out of your mind.
The proper use of imagination can then propel ideas in the directions
you desire.


In physical life, your conscious mind is largely dependent upon the
workings of your physical brain. You have a conscious mind whether you
are in flesh or out of it, but when you are physically oriented, then it
is connected to the physical brain.


The brain channels the information that the mind receives to your
physical structure, so that your experience is physically sifted and
automatically translated into terms that the organism can understand.
Because of this, physically speaking and in life as you think of it, the
mind is to a large extent dependent upon the brain�s growth and


The beliefs that you receive, therefore, are your parents’ conceptions
of the nature of reality. They are given to you through example, verbal
communication, and constant telepathic reinforcement. You receive ideas
about the world in general and your relationship to it; and from your
parents you are also given concepts of what you are. You pick up their
ideas of your own reality.


As it took a while for the unsatisfactory beliefs to become materialized, so it may
be a time before you see physical results; but the new ideas will take
growth and change your experience as certainly as the old ones did.


Session 620

It is somewhat fashionable to place feelings above conscious thoughts,
the idea being that emotions are more basic and natural than conscious
reasoning is. The two actually go together but your conscious thinking
largely determines your emotions, and not the other way around.


The term hypnosis merely applies to a quite normal state in which you
concentrate your attention, narrowing your focus to a particular area of
thought or belief.


Because you are reasoning creatures, because you have available such
varieties of experience, the [human] species developed reasoning
abilities that are meant to evolve and grow as they are used. Your
consciousness expands as you use it. You become more conscious as you
exercise these faculties.


To change the physical effect you must change the original belief —
while being quite aware that for a time physical materializations of the
old beliefs may still hold. If you completely understand what I am
saying, however, your new beliefs will — and quickly — begin to show
themselves in your experience. But you must not be concerned for their
emergence, for this brings up the fear that the new ideas will not materialize, and so this negates your purpose.


Your beliefs may conflict, but your imagination will always follow your will power and your conscious thoughts and beliefs.


You must accept the idea
completely, however, that your beliefs form your experience. Discard
those beliefs that are not bringing you those effects you want. In the
meantime you will often be in the position of telling yourself that
something is true in the face of
physical data that seems completely contradictory. You may say, I live
amid abundance and am free from want, while your eyes tell you that the
desk is piled with bills.


Session 622

Your beliefs always change to some extent. As an adult you perform many
activities that you believed you could not as a child. For instance: You
may at [the age of] three have believed it was dangerous to cross a
street. By thirty, hopefully, you have dismissed such a belief, though
it fit in very well and was necessary to you in your childhood. If your
mother reinforced this belief telepathically and verbally through dire
pictures of the potential danger involved in street crossing, however,
then you would also carry within you that emotional fear, and perhaps
entertain imaginative considerations of possible accident.

Your emotions and your imagination both follow your belief. When the
belief vanishes then the same emotional context is no longer
entertained, and your imagination turns in other directions. Beliefs
automatically mobilize your emotional and imaginative powers.

Few beliefs are intellectual alone. When you are examining the contents
of your conscious mind, you must learn, or recognize, the emotional and
imaginative connotations that are connected with a given idea. There are
various ways of altering the belief by substituting its opposite. One
particular method is three-pronged. You generate the emotion opposite the
one that arises from the belief you want to change, and you turn your
imagination in the opposite direction from the one dictated by the
belief. At the same time you consciously assure yourself that the
unsatisfactory belief is an idea about reality and not an aspect of reality itself.

You realize that ideas are not stationary. Emotions and imagination move
them in one direction or the other, reinforce them or negate them.

Quite deliberately you use your conscious mind playfully, creating a
game as children do, in which for a time you completely ignore what seems to be in physical terms and ‘pretend’ that what you really want is real.

If you are poor, you purposely pretend that you have all you need
financially. Imagine how you will spend your money. If you are ill,
imagine playfully that you are cured. See yourself doing what you would
do. If you cannot communicate with others, imagine yourself doing so
easily. If you feel your days dark and pointless, then imagine them
filled and joyful.

Now this may sound impractical, yet in your daily life you use your
imagination and your emotions often at the service of far less worthy
beliefs; and the results are quite clear — and let me add, unfortunately

As it took a while for the unsatisfactory beliefs to become
materialized, so it may be a time before you see physical results; but
the new ideas will take growth and change your experience as certainly
as the old ones did. The process of imagining will also bring you face
to face with other subsidiary ideas that may momentarily bring you up
short. You may see where you held two quite conflicting ideas
simultaneously, and with equal vigor. In such a case, you stalemated


Session 623

It is not necessary that you hold in steady consciousness data that does not directly apply to what you consider your physical reality at any given time.


Now the animals conscious minds, connected with their physical brains, make this necessary selectivity possible.


Because of its character, consciousness, of the conscious mind, cannot
be swamped by too much detail, too much information. The inner self
sends to it only the information it asks for or feels necessary. To a
very large extent then conscious beliefs act as great liberators of such
inner data, or as inhibitors of it.


To change your body you change your beliefs, even in the face of
physical data or evidence that conflicts. You each have a body and you
each have a consciousness. You can practice with these ideas by applying
them to your body. For now we are taking into consideration the fact
that, generally speaking, you are not going to make yourself five
physical feet taller if you are a grown adult already, because there are
certain physical laws with which you must contend.


Now the same is true about what I will call inner sound,
the sound of your thoughts within your own head. I am not speaking here
of body noises, though you are usually oblivious to these also. Inner
sounds have an even greater effect than exterior ones upon your body.
They affect atoms and molecules that compose your cells. In many
respects it is true to say that you speak your body,
but the speaking is interior. The same kind of sound built the
Pyramids, and it was not sound that you would hear with your physical


It does not matter in which language you are addressing yourself, for
example. This sound is formed by your intent, and the same intent — I am
putting this simply now — will have the same sound effect upon the body
regardless of the words used.


What should you do, then, if you find yourself feeling tired? This is
your conscious assessment of your body�s reality at a given time. You
want to change it so you do not
reinforce it. Instead you say mentally that the body can now begin to
rest and refresh itself. You take your initial judgment for granted then
without restating it, and instead suggest the remedy be carried out.


Session 624

Because they are held in such high esteem, the suggestions given by
doctors are paid particular attention. The patient�s emotional condition
is such that he or she readily accepts statements made under such
circumstances less critically than usual.


If you have physical problems, concentrate instead upon the healthy
portions of your body and the unimpeded functions that you have. In the
healthy areas, your beliefs are working for you. As I mentioned, inner
sounds are extremely important. Each of the atoms and molecules that
compose your body has its own reality in sound values that you do not
hear physically.


The unharmonious sounds have become a part of that portion of the body
as a result of the inner sound of your own thought-beliefs. That is why
it is vital that you do not reinforce these inner sounds through
repeating the same negative suggestions to yourself. Verbal suggestions
are translated into inner sound.


You perceive them (our bodies) as objects, with bulk, composed of bone
and flesh. They also have structures of sound, light, and
electromagnetic properties that you do not perceive.


I told you that thoughts are translated into this inner sound, but
thoughts always attempt to materialize themselves also. As such they are
incipient images, collectors of energy. They build up their own
embryonic form until it is in one way or another physically translated.


In quiet moments the word O-O-O-O-O-M-M-M-M-M, said slowly, mentally or
aloud, will be of benefit in toning up your general physical condition.


Session 625

The physical lapse that occurs between an incoming message, and its
intended destination does not occur on these other levels. The interior
message gets to its destination ahead of the physical one.


Imagination and emotions are the most concentrated forms of energy that
you possess as physical creatures. Any strong emotion carries within it
far more energy than, say, that required to send a rocket to the moon.
Emotions, instead of propelling a physical rocket, for example, send
thoughts from this interior reality through the barrier between nonphysical and physical into the objective world — no small feat, and one that is constantly repeated.


Session 626

The identity exists before the form. You could say that the identity,
existing in another dimension entirely, plants the seed into the medium
of physical reality from which its own material existence will spring.


The conscious mind directs the so-called involuntary systems of the
body, and not the other way around. No idea slips insidiously past your
awareness to affect your involuntary system unless it fits in with your
own conscious beliefs.


Now it is here that the seeming
division of the self occurs, for in physical life the conscious mind
must be connected with the brain, and in terms in time that organ itself
must grow and develop. So all of your consciousness cannot be
physically aware. The portion that must wait for the brain�s development
is the part you call in life the conscious mind.


Therefore a seeming
division occurs, in which a portion of the invisible conscious mind is
connected with the physical brain, and a portion of it is free of that
connection. That [latter] part forms what you think of as the
involuntary system of the body.


Session 627

To accept uncritically all beliefs that come to you is to open yourself
to a barrage of conflicting data at best, in which the clear lines of
action and power become blurred.


You must learn to deal with your own beliefs directly or you will be
forced to deal with them indirectly — by reacting to them quite without
knowing it in your physical experience.


To act in an independent manner, you must begin to initiate action that
you want to occur physically by creating it in your own being. This is
done by combining belief, emotion and imagination, and forming them into
a mental picture of the desired physical result.


(Of Augustus) Here was a young man whose beliefs were alive with their
own life while he was relatively powerless. No effort had been made to
reconcile directly opposing beliefs, until the personality itself was quite literally polarized.


Session 632

At one level your being there is a common ground where body
consciousness merges with that higher consciousness form which your own
identity springs. This is the ground of your being where soul and flesh
meet, both in time and out of it.


You may request dreams in which proper direction is given, and you will receive them.


For best results, you must remember that ideas are as alive as the cells within your hand.


Session 633

Try a simple experiment. The results will be self explanatory. Think of a
sad event from your life. Similar feelings will soon follow, and with
them memories of other such unpleasant episodes strung together through
association. Scenes, odors, words, perhaps half-forgotten, will suddenly
come upon you with new freshness.

Your thoughts will activate the appropriate feelings. Beneath your
awareness, however, they will also trigger the cells’ ever-present
memory imprints of stimuli received when those events occurred. There
is, to some extent now, a cellular memory playback — and on the part of
the entire body, the recognition of its state at that time.

If you pursue such sorrowful thoughts persistently you are reactivating
that body condition. Think of one of the most pleasant events that ever
happened to you and the reverse will be true, but the process is the
same. This time the associated memories are pleasant, and the body
changes accordingly.

Remember, these mental associations are living things. They are
formations of energy assembled into invisible structures, through
processes quite as valid and complicated as the organization of any
group of cells. Comparing them with cells, they are of briefer duration,
generally speaking, though under certain conditions this does not
apply. But your thoughts form structures as real as the cells. Their
composition is different in that no solidity is involved in your terms.

As living cells have a structure, react to stimuli and organize
according to their own classification, so do thoughts. Thoughts thrive
on association. They magnetically attract others like themselves, and
like some strange microscopic animals they repel their ‘enemies,’ or
other thoughts that are threatening to their own survival.

Using this analogy, your mental and emotional life forms a framework
composed of such structures, and these act directly upon the cells of
your physical body.


You may at times wish that a rainy day were a sunny one, but you do not
stand at the window and deny the rain is falling, or that the air is
cold and the sky dark.


Session 634

What is usually forgotten is the real nature of aggressiveness, which in
its truest sense simply means forceful action. This does not
necessarily imply physical force, but instead the power of energy
directed into a material action.


At certain levels both cat and mouse understand the nature of the life
energy they share, and are not — in those terms — jealous for their own
individuality. This does not mean they will not struggle to live, but
that they have a built-in sense of unity with nature in which they know they will not be lost or immersed.


The trouble is that ideas of right and wrong are intimately involved
with your chemistry, and you cannot separate your moral values from your


Generally speaking, you are here to expand your consciousness, to learn
the ways of creativity as directed through conscious thought. The aware
mind can change its beliefs, and so to a large extent it can alter its
bodily experience…

Natural guilt then is the species’ manifestation of the animal’s
unconscious corporeal sense of justice and integrity. It means: Thou
shalt not kill more than is needed for thy physical sustenance. Period.

It has nothing to do with adultery or with sex. It does contain innate
issues that apply to human beings, that would have no meaning for other
animals in the framework of their experience. Strictly speaking, the
translation from biological language to your own is as given in this
session; but the finer discrimination reads thusly; Thou shall not

The animals do not need this message, of course, nor can it be literally translated, for your consciousness is flexible and leeway had to be left for your own interpretation.

An outright lie may or may not be a violation. A sex act may or may not
be a violation. A scientific expedition may or may not be a violation.
Not going to church on Sunday is not a violation. Having normal
aggressive thoughts is not a violation. Doing violence to your body, or
another’s is a
violation. Doing violence to the spirit of another is a violation — but
again, because you are conscious beings the interpretations are yours.
Swearing is not a violation. If you believe that it is then in your
mind it becomes one.

Killing another human being is a violation. Killing while protecting
your own body from death at the hands of another through immediate
contact is a violation. Whether or not any justification seems apparent,
the violation exists.


Session 635

Natural guilt is also highly connected with memory, and arose hand in
hand with mankind’s excursion into the experience of past, present and
future. Natural guilt was meant as a preventive measure. It needed
the existence of a sophisticated memory system in which new situations
and experiences could be judged against recalled ones, and evaluations
made in an in-between moment of reflection.

Any previous acts that had aroused feelings of natural guilt were to be
avoided in the future. Because of the multidinous courses open to the
species, not only did the highly specific nature of many kinds of
animalistic instinct no longer apply, but a curious balance had to be
maintained. The conscious options that opened as man’s mental world
enlarged made it impossible to allow sufficient freedom, and yet
necessary control, on a biological level alone.

So controls were needed lest the conscious mind, denied full use of the
animal’s innate taboos, run away with itself. Guilt, natural guilt,
depends on memory then.

It does not carry with it any built-in connection with punishment as you
think of it. Once more, it was meant as a preventive measure. Any
violation against nature would bring about a feeling of guilt so that
when a like situation was encountered in the future, man would, in that
moment of reflection, not repeat the same action.

I have used the phrase “moment of reflection” several times because it
is another attribute peculiar to the conscious mind and, again in your
terms, is largely denied to the rest of creaturehood. Without that
pause — in which man can remember past in the present, and envisage a
future — natural guilt would have no meaning. man would not be able to
recall past acts, judge them against the present situation, or imagine
the future sense of guilt that might result.

To that extent natural guilt projected man into the future. This is of
course a learning process, natural within the time system that the
species adopted. Unfortunately, artificial guilt takes on the same
attributes, utilizing both memory and projection. Wars are
self-perpetuating because they combine both natural and unnatural guilt,
compounded and reinforced by memory. Conscious killing beyond the
needs of sustenance is a violation.


Natural guilt, followed, is a wise guide that brings along with it not only biological integrity,
but triggers within consciousness aspects of activity that must otherwise remain closed.

So controls were needed lest the conscious mind, denied the full use of
the animal�s innate taboos, run away with itself. Guilt, natural guilt,
depends upon memory then. It does not carry with it any built-in
connection with punishment as you think of it. Once more, it was meant
as a preventative measure. Any violation against nature would being
about feelings of guilt so that when a like situation was encountered in
the future, man would in that moment of reflection, not repeat the same


chapter 9

Natural Grace, the Framework of Creativity, and the Health of Your Body and Mind. The Birth of Conscience

Session 635 continued

With animals, there are varying degrees of division between the self who
acts and the action involved. With the birth of the conscious mind in
man, however, the self who acts needed a way to judge its actions. Again
we come to the importance of that period of reflection, in which the
self, with the use of memory, glimpses its own past experience in the present and projects its results into the future.


Session 636

A dog may remember where he saw his master last, but without being able to summon the memory, and operating without the kind
of mental associations that you use. His connections will be of a more
biological nature and will not provide the leeway, that your own mental
conditions allow you.


Man is innately good. His conscious mind must be free, with its own will. He can, therefore,
consider himself bad. He is the one who sets those standards in his own image.

The mind is also equipped to see its own beliefs, reflect upon them and
evaluate their results, so using this tool as it was meant to be used
would automatically help
man in recognizing both his beliefs and their effects. Part of this
great permissiveness has to do with the fact that man is to realize that
he creates his own reality. Free will is a necessity. The leeway given
allows him to materialize his ideas; meet them in physical experience,
and evaluate for himself their particular kind of validity.


In a simultaneous time, punishment makes no sense. The punishment as an
event and the event for which you were being punished exist at once;
and since there is no past, present, and future, you could just as well
say that the punishment came first.

We have mentioned reincarnation hardly at all, yet here let me state
that the theory is a conscious-mind interpretation in linear terms. On
the one hand it is highly distorted. On the other hand it is a creative
interpretation, as the conscious mind plays with reality as it
understands it. But in the terms used there is no karma to be paid off
as punishment unless you believe that there are crimes for which you
must pay.

In larger terms there is no cause and effect either, though these are root assumptions in your reality.

[1973 January 29, pp.152-153]

If you can sit quietly and realize that your body parts are replacing
themselves constantly — if you tune your conscious mind into the
consideration of such activity — then you can realize your own state of
grace. If you can sense your thoughts steadily replacing themselves then
you can also feel your own elegance. You cannot feel guilty and enjoy
such recognition, however; not on a conscious level. If you find that
you are berating yourself because of something you did yesterday, or ten
years ago, you are not being virtuous. You are most likely involved
with artificial guilt. Even if a violation occurred, natural guilt does not involve penance. It is meant as a precautionary measure, a reminder before an event.


The greater your ‘period’ of reflection, the greater the amount of time that seems to pass between events.

You seem to think that there is an expanse of time between
reincarnational existences, that one follows the other as one moment
seems to follow another. Because you perceive a reality of cause and
effect, you hypothesize a reality in which one life affects the next
one. With your theories of guilt and punishment you often imagine that
you are hampered in this existence by guilts collected in the last life —
or worse, accumulated through the centuries.

These multiple existences, however, are simultaneous and open ended. In
your terms the conscious mind is growing toward a realization of the
part it has to play in such multidimensional reality. It is enough that
you understand your part in this existence. When you fully comprehend
that you form what you think of as your current reality, all else will
fall into place.

Your beliefs, thoughts and feelings are instantly materialized
physically. Their earthly reality occurs simultaneously with their
inception, but in the world of time, lapses between appear to occur. So I
say one causes the other, and I use those terms to help you understand,
but all are at once. So are your multiple lives occurring as the
immediate realization of your being in the natural extension of its
many-faceted abilities.

‘At once’ does not imply a finished state of perfection nor a cosmic
situation in which all things have been done, for all things are still
happening. You are still happening — but both present and future selves;
and your past self is still undergoing what you think is done.
Moreover, it is experiencing events that you do not recall, that your
linear-attuned consciousness cannot perceive on that level.

Your body has within it the miraculous strength and creative energy with
which, in your terms, it was born. You most probably take this to mean
that I am implying the possibility of an unending state of youth. While
youth can be physically ‘prolonged’ far beyond its present duration,
that is not what I am saying.

Physically, your body must follow the nature into which you were born,
and in that context the cycle of youth and age is highly important. In
some ways, the rhythm of birth and death is like a breath taken and
exhaled. Feel your own breath as it comes and goes. You are not it, yet
it comes into you and leaves you, and without its continuous flow you
could not physically exist. Just so your lives go in and out of you —
you and yet not you. And a portion of you, while letting them all go,
remembers them and knows their journey.

Imagine where your breath goes when it leaves your body, how it escapes
through an open window perhaps and becomes a part of the space outside,
where you would never recognize it — and when it has left you it is no
longer a part of what you are, for you are already different.

So the lives you have lived are not you, while they are of you. Close
your eyes. Think of your breaths as lives, and you the entity through
which they have passed and are passing. Then you will feel your state of
grace, and all artificial guilts will be meaningless. None of this
negates the supreme and utter integrity of your individuality, for you
are as well the individual entity through whom the lives flow, and the
unique lives that are expressed through you.

No one atom of air is like another. Each in its own way is aware and
capable of entering into greater transformations and organizations,
filled with infinite potential. As your breath leaves you and becomes
part of the world, free, so do your lives leave you and continue to
exist in your terms. You cannot confine a personality that you ‘were’ to
a particular century that is finished and deny it other fulfillments,
for even now it exists and has fresh experience. As your moment of
reflection gave birth to consciousness as you think of it — for both
really came together — so then can another phenomenon and kind of
reflection give birth to at least some dim conscious awareness of the
vast dimensions of your own reality.

The animal moves, say, through a forest. You move through psychic,
psychological and mental areas in the same way. Through his senses the
animal gets messages from distant areas that he cannot directly
perceive, and of which he is largely unaware. And so do you.


Session 637

A group of cells forms an organ. A group of selves forms a soul. I am not telling you that you do not have a soul to call your own. You are a part of your soul.
It belongs to you, and you to it. You dwell within its reality as a
cell dwells within the reality of an organ. The organ is temporal in
your terms. The soul is not.

The cell is material in your terms. The self is not. The entity then, or
greater self, is composed of souls. Because the body exists in space
and time, the organs have specific purposes. They help keep the body
alive and they must stay ‘in place.’ The entity has its existence in
multitudinous dimensions, its souls free to travel within boundaries
that would seem infinite to you. As the smallest cell within your body participates to its degree in your daily experience, so does the soul to an immeasurably greater extent share in the events of the entity.

You possess within yourself all of those potentials in which consciousness creatively takes part. The cell does not need to be consciously
aware of you in order to fulfill itself, even though your expectations
of health largely influence its existence, but your recognition of the
soul and entity can help you direct energies from these other dimensions
into your daily life.

You, dear reader, are in the process of expanding your psychic
structure, [of] becoming a conscious participator with the soul, in
certain terms, [of] becoming what your soul is. As cells multiply and
grow within their own nature and the physical framework — so do selves evolve’ in terms of value fulfillment.

Souls are also creative psychic structures, ever-changing and yet always
retaining individual integrity, and all are dependent one upon the
other. Souls make up the life of the entity in those terms. Yet the
entity is ‘more’ than the soul is.

When you are aware of the existence of the entity and of the soul, you
can consciously draw upon their greater energy, understanding and

It is inherently available, but your conscious intent brings about
certain changes in you that automatically trigger such benefits. The
results will be felt down to the smallest cells within your body, and
will affect even the most seemingly mundane events of your daily life.

You are growing in consciousness; therefore using it expands its
capabilities. It is not a thing, but an attribute and characteristic.
That is why your understanding and desire are so important. The
processes initiated are beyond your normal awareness. They occur
automatically with your intent if you do not block them through fear,
doubt, or opposing beliefs.

Imagine yourself as a portion of an invisible universe, but one in which
all the stars and planets are conscious and full of indescribable
energy. You are aware of this. Think of this universe as having the form
of a body. If you want to, visualize its outline brilliant against the
sky. The suns and planets are your cells, each filled with energy and
power but awaiting your direction. Then see this image exploding into
your own consciousness, which is unbelievably bright. Realize that it is
a portion of a far greater multidimensional structure, spread out in an
even richer dimension. Feel the entity sending you energy as you send
energy to your cells. Let it fill your being and then direct it
physically any place within your body that you choose.
If instead there is a physical event that you strongly desire, then use
that energy to imagine its actual occurrence as vividly as you can. If
you follow these directions and understand the meaning for them as
given, you will find the results most startling and effective. Energy
may be directed to any portion of the body, and if you do not block its
actions by disbeliefs, that portion will
be cured. Remember, however: If you hold the belief that you are a
sickly person, that can hinder you. [In that case, then, to] change that
particular kind of belief is your first concern. One of the purposes of
this book is to tell you that no one is born to be a sickly person, so reading it can help you there.

In your terms, if you believe that you chose illness to compensate for a
past-life deficiency, then it will help you to realize that you form
your reality now in your present, and can therefore change it.


The you that you consider yourself is never annihilated. Your
consciousness is not snuffed out, nor is it swallowed, blissfully
unaware of itself, in some nirvana. You are as much a part of nirvana
now as you will ever be.


The cells, however, while a part of this body, are not aware of the
entire dimension in which your consciousness dwells. They do not
perceive all of the elements that are available even in
three-dimensional experience, yet your present consciousness — seemingly
so much more sophisticated — physically rests upon cellular awareness.
So the entity or greater psychic structure of which you are a part is
aware of much larger dimensions of activity than you are, yet in the
same way its more sophisticated consciousness rests upon your own, and
one is necessary to the other. In physical life there is a lapse while
messages leap the nerve ends. In other terms and on other levels, this
was represented in that moment of reflection that took place as man�s
consciousness emerged from that of the animals. (Note: I did not say
that man emerged from the animals.


Souls make up the life of the entity in those terms.
Yet the entity is more than the soul is. When you are aware of the
existence of the entity and the soul, you can consciously draw upon
their greater energy, understanding and strength. It is inherently
available, but your conscious intent brings about certain changes in
you that automatically trigger such benefits. The results will be felt
down to the smallest cells within your body, and will affect even the
most seemingly mundane events of your daily life. You are a growing
consciousness; therefore using it expands its capabilities. It is not a
thing, but an attribute and characteristic. That is why your
understanding and desire are so important. The processes initiated are
beyond your normal awareness. They occur automatically with your intent
if you do not block them through fear, doubt or opposing beliefs.


Session 638

… each self has its own soul within the oversoul, and the oversoul is itself a part of the entity�s multidimensional structure.


When you are fairly happy and content in your daily life, you can be
said to be in a state of grace. On those occasions when you feel at one
with the universe, or come upon an exceptional experience in which you
seem to go beyond yourself, you can be said to be in a state of
illumination, and this has many degrees and many levels.


This personal kind of cellular memory in turn triggers other layers
within the cells to varying degrees. Again, each atom and molecule
contains within it memory of its previous experiences. According to the
state of illumination or grace, those mass memories may be activated
that do not necessarily involve your personal experience though your own
involvement and the events of your life may appear within them in an
entirely different framework than the one with which you are familiar.
Any event of your life is written in the memory of the universe, for
example, as you think of it. So in a state of
illumination private cellular memory may be animated, and beyond this, a
deeper level of knowing in which your own birth and death may or may
not be explained.


In therapy using massive doses of LSD, a condition of chemically
enforced insanity takes place. By insanity, I mean a situation in which
the conscious mind is forced into a state of powerlessness. There is a
literal assault made not only upon the psyche, but upon the
organizational framework that makes it possible for you to exist
rationally in the world that you know. The ego, of course, cannot be
annihilated in physical life. Kill one and another will, and must,
emerge from the inner self which is its source.


The landscape of the psyche is indeed revealed, bringing good data to
the psychiatrist. But the experiences undergone by the patients and all
of this applies to massive doses — represent the enactment, through
terrible encounter, of the species birth into consciousness, and its
death as consciousness falls back annihilated; followed by its rebirth
as the individual patient struggles to emerge again from dimensions not
native under those conditions. The deepest biological and psychic
structures are altered. I did not say they were damaged, though they may
be according to the situation. Consciousness is assaulted at its roots.
When periods of transcendence are felt under such conditions, they
represent the psychic birth of a new personality from the sources of the
old, and from the death, psychically, of the old. In some cases the
genetic messages have changed, in that they are different. This is
psychic slaying in a technological framework. Under LSD you are highly
suggestible. If you are told that the ego must die then you will kill
it. You will telepathically follow the ideas of your guide under even
the best of conditions. The psychic rebirth may leave you with a
completely new set of problems, rising on the bed of the old and as yet
undecipherable. The new ego is quite aware of the conditions of its
birth. It knows it was born out of the death of its predecessor, and for
all its feelings of transcendent joy, natural enough at its birth, it
fears that annihilation from which it sprang. The natural
creature-integrity is not the same. The physical world will never be
trusted in quite the same way. The alliance with it is not as secure.
The self that was born into the body, and grew with it, has gone, and
another self has risen from that previous organization. Such
self-changes happen naturally as life progresses, and when the self
modulates at any given time, it is different from what it was.


Such massive doses of LSD chemically activate all levels of cellular
memory to such an extent that in certain terms they are no longer in
charge of themselves, and the memories can then emerge unpredictably
when the system is under stress. The fine biological and psychological
alliance is now weakened.


One believes that the conscious mind and the intellect have all the
answers, but to this school this means that the conscious mind is
analytical above all, and that it can find all the answers through
reason alone. The other school believes that the answers are in feelings
and emotion. Both are wrong. Intellect and feeling together make up
your existence.


Session 640

If you remember having certain dream experiences and waking refreshed,
then before sleep consciously think about those dreams and tell yourself
they will return.


The most rejuvenating idea of all, and the greatest step to any true
illumination, is the realization that your exterior life springs from
the invisible world of your reality through your conscious thoughts and
beliefs, for then you realize the power of your individuality and
identity. You are immediately presented with choices. You can no longer
see yourself as a victim of circumstances. Yet the conscious mind arose
precisely to open up choices, to free you from a one-road experience, to
let you use your creativity to form diversified, varied comprehensions.
Let us make a clear distinction here: Your conscious beliefs direct the
flow of unconscious processes which bring your ideas into physical
reality, so while your thoughts cause your experience, you are not
consciously aware of how this takes place.


A dream may be purposely experienced to provide an outlet of a kind that
is missing in your daily life. It will mobilize your resources and fill
your body with a rush of needed hormones, creating a dream state of
stress that will bring the organism�s healing abilities into combat and
result in an end to particular physical symptoms.


Session 641

If there are chemical imbalances they are often corrected quite
automatically in the dream state, as you act out situations calling up
the production of hormones, say, that would be summoned in a like waking


Session 642

The nature of your personal beliefs in a large measure directs the kinds of emotions you will have at any given time.


One of the strongest general causes of depression, for example, is
the belief that your conscious mind is powerless either in the face of
exterior circumstances thrust upon you from without, or before strong
emotional events that seem to be overwhelming from within.


When you feel the rise of unpleasant emotions, take a moment and
make an effort to identify their source. The answers are far more
available than you may have previously believed. Accept such feelings as
your own in the moment. Do not shove them underneath, ignore them or
try to substitute what you think of as good thoughts. First be aware of
the reality of your feelings. As you become more aware of your beliefs
over a period of time, you will see how they bring forth certain
feelings automatically. A man who is sure of himself is not angry at every slight done him, nor does he carry grudges. A man who fears for his own worth, however, is
furious under such conditions. The free flow of your emotions will
always lead you back to your conscious beliefs if you do not impede


Violence is basically an overwhelming surrender, and in all violence
there is a great degree of suicidal emotion, the antithesis of
creativity. Both killer and VICTIM in a war, for
instance, are caught up in the same kind of passion, but the passion is
not aggressive. It is its opposite–the desire for destruction.


You may believe that good mental health means being always cheerful,
resolute and kind, and never crying or showing disappointment. That
belief alone can lead you to deny quite natural dimensions of human
experience, and to impede the flow of emotions that could otherwise
cleanse both your body and your mind. If you are convinced that feelings
are dangerous, then again that belief itself will generate a fear of
all of them, and you may become almost panic-stricken if you display
anything but the most “reasonable” calm behavior.

[the following snips may not be in proper order]

You cannot will yourself to be happy while believing that you have
no right to happiness, or that you are unworthy of it. You cannot tell
yourself to release aggressive thoughts if you think it is wrong to free
them, so you must come to grips with your beliefs in all instances.

If you have been told, again, that the spirit is good, in fact
perfect, and that you must be perfect in all of your ways, while at the
same time you believe in the imperfection of the body, you will always
be in conflict with yourself.

Session 643

Often, of course, those who try the hardest to be good do so because
they fear for their basic worth, and those who speak of having youthful
minds and bodies do so because they are so terrified of age.


Ruburt correctly interpreted an analogy I gave him in which I compared
thoughts to individual cells and belief systems to the physical organs,
which are composed of cells.


Left alone, your thoughts will come and go through your belief systems just as naturally; and ideally, they will balance out, maintaining their own health and directing your body so that its innate therapies take place.


Natural aggression is the creative LOVING thrust forward, the way in
which LOVE is activated, the fuel through whose agency LOVE propels
itself. (With emphasis:) Aggression in the most basic terms has nothing
to do with physical violence as you think of it, but with the force
through which LOVE is perpetuated and creatively renewed.


The next time Andrea [Jane’s friend] feels inadequate, for example, she
is to actively experience that feeling, realizing that even though she
feels inferior this does not mean that she IS inferior. She is to say,
“I feel inferior,” and at the same time to understand that the feeling
is not a statement of FACT but of emotion. A different kind of validity
is involved.

Experiencing your emotions AS such is not the same as accepting them as statements of fact about your own existence.

Andrea is then supposed to ask, “Why do I feel so inferior?”

If you deny the validity of the emotion itself and pretend it away, then
you will never be led to question the beliefs behind it.

At this point Andrea believes that her life must be difficult. She has
been told often that a woman without a man is in a very difficult
situation, particularly a woman with children. She believes that a new
mate will be almost impossible to find. She has been informed that
children need a father, and feels at the same time that no man wants to
become involved with a woman with children.

In her thirties, it seems to her that youth is fast fleeing, and in line
with her beliefs she cannot see a woman who is much older being
desirable. So her beliefs put her in a state of crisis. Change them and
no crisis exists. The body would then cease reacting to such stress, and
almost immediately the exterior situation itself would be altered.

At the same time all beliefs are communicated to others, not only
through quite unconscious bodily mechanisms, but telepathically. You
will always try to correlate your ideas with exterior experience. All of
the abilities of the inner self will be brought to bear to materialize
the image of your beliefs, regardless of what they OUGHT to be. The
“proper” emotions will be generated, bringing about those body states
that exist in your conscious mind.


Session 644

The negative subjective and objective events that you meet are meant to
make you examine the contents of your own conscious mind. In their way
the hateful or revengeful thoughts are natural therapeutic devices, for
if you follow them, accepting them with their own validity as
feelings, they will automatically lead you beyond themselves; they will
change into other feelings, carrying you from hatred into what may seem
to be the quicksands of fear — which is always behind hatred. By going
along with feelings you unify your emotional, mental and bodily state.
When you try to fight or deny them, you divorce yourself from the
reality of your being.


Fear, faced and felt with its bodily sensations and the thoughts that go
along with it, will automatically bring about its own state of
resolution. The conscious system of beliefs behind the impediment will
be illuminated, and you will realize that you feel a certain way because
you believe an idea that causes and justifies such a reaction.


It is true that habitual thoughts of love, optimism and self acceptance
are better for you than their opposites; but again, your beliefs about
yourself will automatically attract thoughts that are consistent with
your ideas. There is as much natural aggressiveness in love as there is
in hate. Hate is a distortion of such a normal force, the result of your

As in the material that Ruburt received ahead of time for his own use,
natural aggression is cleansing and highly creative — the thrust behind
all emotions.

There are two ways to get at your own conscious beliefs. The most direct
is to have a series of talks with yourself. Write down your beliefs in a
variety of areas, and you will find that you believe different things
at different times. Often there will be contradictions readily apparent.
These represent opposing beliefs that regulate your emotions, your
bodily condition and your physical experience. Examine the conflicts.
Invisible beliefs will appear that unite those seemingly diverse attitudes. Invisible beliefs are simply those of which you are fully
aware but prefer to ignore, because they represent areas of strife
which you have not been willing to handle thus far. They are quite
available once you are determined to examine the complete contents of your conscious mind.

If this strikes you as too intellectual a method, then you can also work
backward from your emotions to your beliefs. In any case, regardless of
which method you choose, one will lead you to the other. Both
approaches require honesty with yourself, and a firm encounter with the
mental, psychic and emotional aspects of your current reality.

As with Andrea, you must accept the validity of your feelings while realizing that they are about
certain issues or conditions, and are not necessarily factual
statements of your reality. ‘I feel that I am a poor mother,’ or, ‘I
feel that I am a failure.’ These are emotional statements and should be
accepted as such. You are to understand, however, that while the
feelings have their own integrity as emotions, they may not be
statements of fact. You might be an excellent mother while feeling that
you are very inadequate. You may be most successful in reaching your
goals while still thinking yourself a failure.

By recognizing these differences and honestly following the feelings
through – in other words, by riding the emotions — you will be led to
the beliefs behind them. A series of self-revelations will inevitably
result, each leading you to further creative psychological activity. At
each stage you will be closer to the reality of your experience than you
have ever been.

The conscious mind will benefit greatly as it becomes more and more
aware of its directing influence upon events. It will no longer fear the
emotions, or the body, as threatening or unpredictable, but sense the
greater unity in which it is involved.

The emotions will not feel like stepchildren, with only the best dressed
being admitted. They will not need to cry out for expression, for they
will be fully admitted as members of the family of the self. Now, again,
some of you will say that your trouble is that you are too emotional,
too sensitive. You may believe that you are too easily swayed. In such
cases you are afraid of your emotions. You think their powers so strong
that all reason can be drowned within them.

No matter how open it may seem that you are, you will nevertheless
accept certain emotions that you think of as safe, and ignore others, or
stop them at particular points, because you are afraid of following
them further. This behavior will follow your beliefs, of course. If you
are over forty, for instance, you may tell yourself that age is
meaningless, that you enjoy much younger people, that you think young
thoughts. You will accept only those emotions that appear to be in
keeping with your ideas of youth. You become concerned with the problems
of the young. You accept what you think of as optimistic health giving


By recognizing these differences and honestly following the feelings
through — in other words, by riding the emotions — you will be led to
the beliefs behind them. A series of self-revelations will inevitably
result, each leading you to further creative psychological activity. At
each stage you will be closer to the reality of your experience than you
have ever been.


If you desperately try to remain young, it is usually to hide your
beliefs about age, and to negate all of those emotions connected with
it. Whenever you refuse to accept the reality of your creaturehood, you
also reject aspects of your spirit.


To refute your reality in time, therefore, results in your being stuck
in time and obsessed by it. Accepting your integrity in time allows the
body to function until its natural end, in good condition, free from
those distorted, invisible concepts about age.


Either write down your beliefs as they come to your, or make lists of
your intellectual and emotional assumptions.. You may find that they are
quite different. If you have a physical symptom, do not run away from
it. Feel its reality in your body. Let the emotions follow freely. These
will lead you, if you allow them to flow, to the beliefs that cause the

Session 645

As you examine your ideas you will discover that even some apparently
contradictory ones have similarities, and these resemblances may be used
to bridge the gaps between beliefs — even those that seem to be the
most diverse.


You can suggest to yourself the emergence of such bridge beliefs. The conscious idea itself represents a statement of intent.


Usually exaggerated
opposing emotions will also be apparent. Once you understand this it is
not difficult to look at your beliefs to identify these, and to find a
bridge to unite the seeming contradictions.


Session 646

Birth and death then have their function, intensifying and focusing your attention.


The concept (original sin) itself existed long before Christianity�s
initiation, and was told in various forms throughout the centuries and
in all civilizations. On the side of consciousness, it is a tale
symbolically representing the birth of the conscious mind in the species
as a whole, and the emergence of self-responsibility. It also stands
for the separation of the self who perceives — and therefore judges and
values — from the object from which is
perceived and evaluated. It represents the emergence of the conscious
mind and of the strongly oriented individual self from that ground of
being from which all consciousness comes.


Session 647

… All That Is seemingly separates portions of itself from itself,
scattering its omnipotence into new patterns of being that, in your
terms, remember their source and look back to it longingly, while still
glorifying in the unique individuality that is their own.


The differences between any of those systems of thought and Christianity may be so apparent that the similarities escape you.

You may follow one of the schools of Buddhism in which great stress is
laid upon the denial of the body, discipline of the flesh, and the
avoidance of desire.

These elements are quite characteristic of Christianity also, of course,
but they may appear more palatable, exotic, or reasonable coming from a
source foreign to your childhood education. So you may leap from one to
the other, shouting emancipation and feeling yourself quite free of old
limiting ideas.

Philosophies that teach denial of the flesh must
ultimately end up preaching a denial of the self and building a
contempt for it, because even though the soul is couched in muscle and
bone it is meant to experience that reality, not to refute it.

All such dogmas use artificial guilt, and natural guilt is distorted to
serve those ends. In whatever terms, the devotee is told that there is
something wrong with earthly experience. You are, therefore, considered
evil as a self in flesh by virtue of your very existence.

Session 648

Man is so highly verbal that he finds it difficult to understand that
other species work with idea-complexes of a different kind, in which of
course thought as you
consider it is not involved. But an equivalent exists; using an analogy,
it is as if ideas are built up not through sentence structure
reinforced by inner visual images, but by like mental patterns
structured through touch and scent — in other words, thinking, but
within a framework entirely different and alien to you.

Myths as you know them represent bridges of psychological activity, and
point quite clearly to patterns of perception and behavior through
which, in your terms, the race passed as it traveled to its present
state. Mythology bridges the gap between instinctive knowledge and the
individualization of ideas.

This is not the place to go into a long discussion concerning the
significance of races, yet each one is highly meaningful, and represents
a different aspect of humanity as a whole. Therefore, each race has a
symbolic meaning to mankind�s psyche. The outside experience and
structure of any given race�s experience may change, but the inner
symbolism will still remain, and be creatively grappled with.

Session 650

As the mind within the body clearly sees its earthly time coming to an end, the mental and psychic accelerations take place.
These are in many ways like adolescent experiences in their great
bursts of creative activity, with the resulting formation of questions,
and the preparation for a completely new kind of personality growth and
fulfillment. This would be quite apparent were it not for your current
belief systems, through which the old are forced to interpret their experience. Many instances of expansion of consciousness, and mental and psychic growth, are interpreted by you as senility.
No important correlations have been made between the subjective
experiences of the old, particularly in senile conditions, with those of
other ages involved in expansion of consciousness, whether natural or
drug induced. Any such sensations are immediately repressed by the old
for fear that senility will be the diagnosis. The experiences, however,
affect the right hemisphere of the brain, and in such a way that
abilities are released in somewhat the same manner as an adolescent�s.
The individual, when it is time then, begins to see beyond temporal
life, to open up dimensions of awareness that in your terms he or she
could not afford while involved in the intense physical focus of normal
adult life.

Session 651

The mind actually becomes more itself,
freer to use more of its abilities, allowed to stray from restricted
areas, to assimilate, acknowledge, and create. Precisely at this time
however the individual is told to beware of any such straying, and to
consider that kind of behavior a symptom of mental deterioration.

In your society therefore the black race has represented what you think
of as the chaotic, primitive, spontaneous, savage, unconscious portions
of the self, the underside of the proper American citizen.

I suggest a six-hour sleeping block of time at one session, and no more.
If you still feel the need for a greater amount of rest, then a
two-hour-at-the-most nap can be added.


Many of you sleep through periods that should be those of your greatest
creativity and alertness, in which the conscious and unconscious are
most beautifully focused at one. The conscious mind is often drugged
with sleep just when it could be deriving its greatest benefits from the
unconscious, and be able to poise most meaningfully in the reality that
you know. In these instances the beauty and illumination of your dream
state can be clear in the conscious mind, and used to enrich your
physical life.

Session 652

But changed wake-sleep habits can, again, bring about a transformation
in which it is obvious that dreams contain great wisdom and creativity,
that the unconscious is indeed quite
conscious, and that in fact the individual sense of identity can be
retained in the dream state. The fear of self-annihilation, symbolically
thought of as death, can then no longer apply as it did before.

The body itself can be physically refreshed and rested in much less than
eight hours, and after five hours the muscles themselves yearn for

Those of you who cannot practically make any alterations in sleeping
habits can still obtain some benefits by changing your beliefs in the
areas discussed, learning to recall your dreams and resting briefly when
you can, and immediately afterward recording those impressions that you
retain. You must give up any ideas that you have as to the unsavory
nature of unconscious activity. You must learn to believe in the
goodness of your being. Otherwise you will not explore these other
states of your own reality.


In certain terms hypnosis is simply an exercise in the alteration of
beliefs, and only too clearly shows that sense experience follows

Session 653

You do go through transformations of beliefs all the time, and your
perception of the world is different. You seem to be, no longer, the
person that you were. You are quite correct — you are not the person
that you were, and your world has
changed, and not just symbolically. Often you fall into lapses in which
you actually pull in your consciousness, so to speak, and experience
life in a lesser fashion. In such a state you do not seem to experience
yourself directly, and indeed in the midst of what you think of as the
waking state you act in the most mechanical of fashions, following habit
and being less aware of sensual stimuli.

These beliefs obviously have another reality beside the one with which
you are familiar. They attract and bring certain events instead of
others. Therefore, they determine the entry
of experienced events from an endless variety of probable ones. You
seem to be at center of your world, because for you your world begins
with that point of intersection where soul and physical consciousness


This is the result of the focusing and yet limiting behavior of the
physical brain, for effective survival behavior in your reality depends
upon time reactions. The nerve patterns activity therefore causes the
illusion of a present, in which your consciousness appears focused and
alert. In certain terms future events exist now, but they are too fast.
They jump over the nerve endings too quickly, and physically you cannot
perceive or experience them as yet.

If you are aware of such a future episode, you will be forced to react
to it as a conscious being. In any case your temporal structure will
respond whether or not you are aware of the reasons for such behavior.
The future incident may then occur in its time sequence, and you
recognize it through memory, in which case your reactions in that future
present will be altered because of the seemingly past memory. In your
terms that event may never come to pass, however, because it may be
arising from a probable past that was once your present, but from which
you have diverged. This is one of the reasons why psychics predictions
often to not seem to bear out, for at every point you do indeed have the
free will, through your beliefs to alter your experience.

Session 654

A sudden or intense belief in health can indeed reverse a disease, but in a very practical way it is a reversal in terms of time. New memories are inserted in place of the old ones, as far as cells are concerned under such conditions.


When you alter your beliefs today you also reprogram your past. As far as you are concerned
the present is your point of action, focus, and power, and from that
point of volition you form both your future and past. Realizing this,
you will understand that you are not at the mercy of a past over which
you have no control.

You rule your experiences from the focal point of your present, where
your beliefs directly intercept with the body and the physical world on
the one hand, and the invisible world from which you draw your energy
and strength on the other. This applies to individuals, societies, races
and nations, and to sociological, biological, and psychic activities.

In daily practical experience, try to concentrate for a while upon
seemingly subordinate abilities, ones that you think of as latent. If
you do so consistently, using your imagination and will, then those
abilities will become prominent in your present. The current beliefs
will reprogram and alter past experience. It is not simply that past,
forgotten, unconsciously perceived events will be put together in a new
way and organized under a new heading, but that in that past (now not perceivable), the entire bodily response to seemingly past events will change.

Your desire or belief will literally be reaching back into time, teaching the nerves new tricks. Definite reorganizations in that past will occur in your present, allowing you to behave in entirely new fashions.

Learned behavior therefore alters not only present and future but also
past conduct. Your power as a rational consciousness focused in the
present provides you with opportunities for creativity that you are but
vaguely learning to understand. As you do learn, you will automatically
begin to appreciate the multidimensional nature of not only your own
species but of others as well. The moment as you think of it, then, is
the creative framework through which you, the nonphysical self,
constantly form corporeal reality, and through that window into earthly
existence you form both its future and its past.

The psychic structure of consciousness that organizes that bodily gestalt is, however, not dependant upon it, and so the you
that you experience is only a portion of this greater identity. During
certain stages in sleep states you short-circuit the neurological
structures, and perceive experiences of a multidimensional nature that
you then attempt to translate, as best you can, into stimuli that can be
physically assimilated.

Your dream images are biologically structured, then. The experiences behind
them bring you in contact with the deepest portions of your nonphysical
reality, and it is the unconscious who translates these for you into
recognizable images and forms. In the same way your unconscious also
transforms for you, from
an otherwise undifferentiated maze of reality, fields of activation
into recognizable objects and events in your daily life.

A death is but one night to the soul. The vaster entity of which you are
a part follows your progress as easily as you follow you own through
the days. As a rule most of you wake up in the same bed in the same
house or town, but certainly you wake up as the same person in the same
century. In those terms the entity wakes up as a different person each day,
in a different century, each life seeming like a day in its level of
experience. It carries the memory and simultaneous experience of each of
those selves.

Session 655

Since your conscious beliefs determine those
unconscious functions that bring about your personal experience, your
first step is to enlarge those beliefs.

The concepts given in this book should have already helped you do that
to some extent. Within your own subjective reality are traces of all
those roads not taken, those abilities not used. You may think of
yourself as primarily a parent, or mainly in terms of your job or
profession. As much as possible, for now, forget the normal familiar
light in which you see yourself, and consider your identity.

Write down or enumerate all of your known physical and mental abilities,
whether they have been developed or not, and all of those inclinations
toward particular activities — even those only remotely considered — as
well as those that have come at all vividly to mind.

These represent the varied probable characteristics from which you have
chosen to activate your particular main interest. Out of these
attributes, therefore, you chose what you now consider to be your
hard-bed reality.

Any of those directions, followed, can enrich the existence that you
know, and in turn open up other probabilities that now escape you. The
main image of yourself that you have held has, to a large extent, also
closed your mind to these other probable interests and identifications.
If you think in terms of a multidimensional self, then you will
realize that you have many more avenues open to expression and
fulfillment than you have been using. These probable achievements will
lie latent unless you consciously decide to bring them into being.

Whatever talents you sense you have can be developed only if you
determine to do so. The simple act of decision will then activate the
unconscious mechanisms. You, as a personality, regardless of your
health, wealth, or circumstances, have a rich variety of probable
experience from which to choose. Consciously you must realize this and
seize the direction for your own life. Even if you say, ‘I will go along
with all life offers’, you are making a conscious decision. If you say,
‘I am powerless to direct my life’, you are also making a deliberate
choice — and in that case a limiting one.

The path of experience is nowhere settled. There is no one road that
does not have avenues to another. There are deep veins of probable
actions ever available to you at any given time. Your imagination can be
of great value, allowing you to open yourself to such courses; you can
then use it to help you bring these into being.

If you are poor, you chose that reality from many probable ones that did
not involve poverty — and that are still open. If you chose illness,
again there is a probable reality ready for initiation in which you
choose health. If you are lonely there are probable friends you refused
to meet in the past, but who are readily available.

In your mind, therefore, see those probable abilities or events taking
place. As you do, the intensity of your desire brings them into your
experience. There are no boundaries, again, set about the self. There
are literally many other probable yous. You can draw upon their
abilities, as in their own way they call upon your own, for you are all
intimately connected.

Session 656

You can change the picture of your life at any time if only you realize
that it is simply the one portrait of yourself that you have created
from an unlimited amount of probable ones. The peculiar aspect of your
own probable portraits will still be characteristic of you, and no

The abilities, strengths and variants that you may want to actualize are
already latent, in your terms, and at your disposal. Suppose that you
are unhealthy and desire health. If you understand the nature of
probabilities, you will not need to pretend to ignore your present
situation. You will recognize it instead as a probable reality that you
have physically materialized. Taking that for granted, you will then
begin the process necessary to bring a different probability into
physical experience.

You will do this by concentrating upon what you want, but feeling no
conflict between that and what you have, because one will not contradict
the other; each will be seen as a reflection of belief in daily life.
As it took some time to build up your present image with its unhealthy
aspects, so it may take time to change that picture. But concentration
upon the present unhealthy situation will only prolong it. Period.

Each condition is as real or unreal as the other. Which you? Which
world? You have your choice, broadly, within certain frameworks that you
have chosen as a part of your creaturehood. The past as you think of
it, and the subconscious, again as you think of it, have little to do
with your present experience outside of your beliefs about them. The
past contains for each of you some moments of joy, strength, creativity,
and splendor, as well as episodes of unhappiness, despair perhaps,
turmoil, and cruelty. Your present convictions will act like a magnet,
activating all such past issues, happy or sad. You will choose from your
previous experience all of those events that reinforce your conscious
beliefs, and so ignore those that do not; the latter may even seem to be

As mentioned in this book (in Chapter Four, for instance), the emerging
memories will then turn on the body mechanisms, merging past and present
in some kind of harmonious picture. This means that the pieces will fit
together whether they are joyful or not.

This joining of the past and present, in that context, predisposes you
to similar future events, for you have geared yourself for them. Change
now quite practically alters both the past and the future. For you,
because of your neurological organization, the present is obviously the
only point from which past and future can be changed, or when action
becomes effected.

I am not speaking symbolically. In the most intimate of terms, your past
and future are modified by your present reactions. Alterations occur
within the body. Circuits within the nervous system are changed, and
energies that you do not understand seek out new connections on much
deeper levels far beyond consciousness. Your present beliefs govern the
actualization of events. Creativity and experience are being formed
moment by moment by each individual.

You must understand that your present is the point at which flesh and
matter meet with the spirit. Therefore the present is your point of power
in your current lifetime, as you think of it. If you assign greater
force to the past, then you will feel ineffective and deny yourself your
own energy.

For an exercise, sit with your eyes wide open, looking about you, and
realize that this moment represents the point of your power, through
which you can affect both past and future events.

The present seen before you, with its intimate physical experience, is
the result of action in other such presents. Do not be intimidated
therefore by the past or the future. There is no need at all for
undesirable aspects of your contemporary reality to be projected into
the future, unless you use the power of the present to do so.

If you learn to get hold of this feeling of power now, you can use it
most effectively to alter your life situation in whatever way you choose
— again, within those limitations set by your creaturehood. If you were
born without a limb, for example, your power in the present cannot
automatically regenerate it in this life, although in other systems of
reality you do possess that limb.


The present as you think of it, and in practical working terms, is that
point at which you select your physical experience from all those events
that could be materialized.


It would do you all good — young, middle-aged, and old alike — to forget
the number of your years, because in your culture so many beliefs are
limiting in those ways. Youth is denied its wisdom and old age is denied
its joy. To pretend to ignore your age, to act young because you fear your age, is no answer.


… if you could convince yourself that you were ten years younger, or ten
years older; then it would be faithfully reflected in your personal
environment. If you were twenty, you would be able to draw upon the wisdom you imagine you would have at thirty.

Session 657

Your present beliefs structure the memories which will parade before you now.


I have frequently said that beliefs cause reality, and that no symptom
will simply fade away unless the reason is ascertained — but such
reasons go far beneath your current ideas of cause and effect. They
involve intimate philosophical value judgments on the part of each
individual. Beneath them, the apparent
causes of limitations in personal life, there are other far-reaching
beliefs, and each individual will use those elements in his private
experience to back these up. This applies to any kind of lack or
hindrance severe enough to be a problem.


To rid yourself of annoying restrictions then, my dear friend, you repattern your past from the present.
Whatever your circumstances, you use the past as a rich source, looking
through it for your successes, restructuring it. When you search it
looking for what is wrong, then you become blind to what was right, in
those terms, so that the past only mirrors the shortcomings that now
face you.

Other events literally become invisible to you. Since basically past and
future exist at once, you are at the same time dangerously constructing
your future along the same lines.

Individuals can go from psychologist to psychologist, from self-therapy
to self-therapy, always with the same question: ‘What is wrong?’ The
question itself becomes a format through which experience is seen, and
itself represents one of the main reasons for all limitations, physical,
psychic or spiritual.

At one point or another the individual ceased concentrating upon what
was right in certain personal areas, and began to focus upon and magnify
specific ‘lacks.’ With all good intentions, then, various solutions are
looked for, but all based upon the premise that something is wrong.

If such a practice is continued, the concentration upon negatives can
gradually bleed out into other previously unblemished areas of

You are not at the mercy of past beliefs, therefore. On the other hand,
the sooner you begin to act upon new ones the better. Otherwise you are
not trusting them in the present. If you are poor and want to have more
money, and try to maintain a belief in abundance — while still faced
with the fact of present poverty — you must in your reality make some
symbolic move that shows you are willing to accept a change.

As foolish as it may sound, you should give some money away, or in
whatever manner that suits you act as if you did have more money than
you physically have. You must respond to your new beliefs, so that
neurologically the new message gets across.

You perform habitually in certain manners as a result of your beliefs.
Now if you willfully change some of those habits then you are also
getting the message across. The initiative must come from you, and in
the present. In a very real manner of speaking, this means changing your viewpoint, that particular perspective with which you view your past and present and imagine your future.

You must look within yourself for evidences of what you want in terms of
positive experience. Examine your past with that in mind. Imagine your
future from the power point of the present. In such a way at least you
are not using the past to reinforce your limitations, or projecting them
into the future. It is only natural to contrast what you want with what
you have, and it is very easy to become discouraged in so doing, but
looking for errors in the past will not help you. A correctly utilized
five-minute period of time can be of great benefit, however. In this
period concentrate upon the fact that the point of power is now. Feel
and dwell upon the certainty that your emotional, spiritual and psychic
abilities are focused through the flesh, and for five minutes only
direct all of your attention toward what you want. Use visualization or
verbal thought — whatever comes most naturally to you; but for that
period do not concentrate upon any lacks, just upon your desire.

Use all of your energy and attention. Then forget about it. Do not check
to see how well it is working. Simply make sure that in that period
your intentions are clear. Then in one way or another, according to your
own individual situation, make one physical gesture or act that is in
line with your belief or desire. Behave physically, then, at least once a
day in a way that shows that you have faith in what you are doing. The
act can be a very simple one. If you are lonely and feel unwanted, it
can merely involve your smiling at someone else. If you are poor, it can
involve such a simple thing as buying an item you want that costs two
cents more than the one you would usually buy — acting on the faith,
even that feebly, that the two cents will somehow be given you or come
into your experience; but acting as if you had more than you do.

In health terms, it involves conducting yourself once a day as though
you were not sick in whatever way given you. But the belief in the
present, reinforced for five minutes, plus such a physical action, will
sometimes bring literally awesome results. Such effects will occur
however only if you cease looking into the past ‘for what is wrong,’ and
stop reinforcing your negative experience. These same principles can be
used in any area of your life, and in each you are choosing from a
variety of probable events.

Session 658

Structured hypnosis merely allows the subject to utilize full powers of
concentration, thereby activating unconscious mechanisms.


Your beliefs act like a hypnotist, then. As long as the particular
directions are given, so will your automatic experience conform. The one
suggestion that can break through is this: I create my reality, and the
present is my point of power.

One prerequisite [for hypnosis] is an intense concentration upon a
specific incoming data to the exclusion of everything else. Therefore
the orders given are clear-cut, to the point. No conflicting information
is received, no cross messages. The shutting out of superfluous data
and the narrowing of focus are the two most important ingredients.
Relaxation can help simply because the body messages are also quieted,
and the mind not concerned with them.


Your reality is the result of a hallucination, if by this you mean that
it is only the picture shown by your senses. Physically, of course, your
existence is perceived through the senses. In that context corporeal
life is an entranced one, with the focus of attention largely
concentrated through the senses’ belief in the reality of their
sensations. Yet that experience is the image that
reality takes for you now, and so in other terms earthly life is one
version of reality — not reality in its entirety, but a part of it. It
is in itself an avenue through which you perceive what reality is. In
order to explore that experience, you direct your attention to it and
use all of your other (nonphysical) abilities as corollaries, adjuncts,
additions. You hypnotize your very nerves, and the cells within your
body, for they will react as you expect them to react, and the beliefs
of your conscious mind are followed in degree by all portions of the
self down to the smallest atom and molecule. The large events of your
life, your interactions with others, including the habitual workings of
the most minute physical events within your body — all of this follows
your conscious belief.

Again, if you are ill you may say, ‘I did not want to be sick,’ or if
you are poor, ‘I did not want to be poor,’ or if you are unloved, ‘I did
not want to be lonely.’ Yet for your own reasons you began to believe
in illness more than health, in poverty more than abundance, in
loneliness rather than affection.

You may have accepted some of these ideas from your parents. Their
effects may have surrounded you, or you may have switched beliefs in one
particular area of your life; but each can be changed if you utilize
the power of action in the present. I am not saying that every one of
you must or should be healthy, wealthy, and wise. I am only addressing
those here now who have effects in their lives with which they are
dissatisfied. In one manner of speaking, then, the suggestions you give
yourselves constantly operate overall as beliefs that are reflected in
your experience.

Some of you are simply mentally lazy. You do not consciously examine the
data that you receive. Many who make a practice of ‘denying’ negative
suggestions from others, asserting positive affirmations instead,
actually do so because they are so fully convinced that the power of
negative beliefs is stronger than that of beneficial ones. Each of you
will find habitual thought patterns in your own life backed up by
resulting action — conditioned behavior as it were — by which you
continually reinforce negative aspects, concentrate upon them to the
exclusion of conflicting data, and so bring them into experience through
natural hypnosis.

Many people assign great power to a hypnotist, yet whenever you have the
undivided attention of another, you act as a hypnotist to a large

Whenever you have your own
undivided attention you act as hypnotist and subject simultaneously.
You give yourselves post-hypnotic suggestions all the time, particularly
when you project present conditions into the future. I want to impress
upon you the fact that all of this simply follows the natural function
of the mind, and to dispel any ideas that you have about the ‘magical’
aspects of hypnosis.

For five or ten minutes a day at the most, then, use natural hypnosis as
a method of accepting desired new beliefs. During that period
concentrate your attention as vividly as possible upon one simple
statement. Repeat it over and over while focusing upon it for this time.
Try to feel the statement in whatever way is possible — that is, do not
allow distractions, but if your mind insists upon running about then
channel its images in line with your declaration.

The repetition, verbally or mentally, is important because it activates
biological patterns and reflects them. Do not strain. This exercise
should not be done along with the point of power exercise given earlier.
(See the 657th session in Chapter Fifteen.) One should not run into the
other, but should be carried out on separate occasions during the day.

During the period, however, do remember that you are using the present
as a moment of power to insert new beliefs, and that these will indeed
be materialized. When the exercise is finished do not dwell upon it. Put
it from your mind. You will have utilized natural hypnosis in a
concentrated form. You may have to experiment some for the proper
wording of your message, but three days at the very least are necessary
before you can tell, through results, how effective it has been. A
change of wording may be in order. When you feel right about the
statement, then continue it. Your attention should be completely relaxed
otherwise, for time is needed. You may experience spectacular results
at once. But continue the exercise even if this happens.

Inner channels must become repatterned. There will be a feel
to this that will serve as your own individual guideline. There is no
need to continue the practice over ten minutes. In fact, many will find
that difficult to do. Spending a longer period of time simply reinforces
the idea of problems involved.

In those areas in which you are dissatisfied, you feel that you are powerless, or that your will is paralyzed, or that conditions continue despite what you think of
as your intent. Yet if you pay attention to your own quite conscious
thoughts, you will find that you are concentrating upon precisely those
negative aspects that so appall you. You are hypnotizing yourself quite
effectively and so reinforcing the situation. You may say, horrified,
‘What can I do? I am hypnotizing myself into my overweight condition (or
my loneliness, or my poor health).’ Yet in other facets of your life
you may be hypnotizing yourself into wealth, accomplishment,
satisfaction — and here you do not complain. The same issues are
involved. The same principles are operating. In those positive life
situations you are certain of your initiative. There is no doubt. Your
beliefs become reality.

In the unsatisfactory aspects, you must understand this: there is also no doubt. You are utterly convinced that you are sick, or poor, or lonely, or spiritually opaque, or unhappy.

The results, then, as easily and effortlessly follow. Natural hypnosis,
in the terms given here, operates as well in one case as in the other.

What should you do, then? First of all, you must realize that you
are the hypnotist. You must seize the initiative here as you have in
other positive aspects of your life. Whatever the superficial reasons
for your beliefs, you must say:

For a certain amount of time I will momentarily suspend what I believe
in this area, and willfully accept the belief I want. I will pretend
that I am under hypnosis, with myself as hypnotist and subject. For that
time desire and belief will be one. There will be no conflict because I
do this willingly. For this period I will completely alter my old
beliefs. Even though I sit quietly, in my mind I will act as if the
belief I want were mine completely.

At this point do not think of the future, but only of the present. If
you are overweight, insert the weight that you think is ideal for you
while you are following this exercise. Imagine that you are healthy if
you have the belief that you are not. If you are lonely, believe
that you are filled with the feeling of companionship instead. Realize
that you are exerting your initiative to imagine such situations. Here
there can be no comparison with your normal situation. Use visual data,
or words — whatever is most natural to you. And again, no more than ten
minutes is required.

If you do this faithfully, within a month you will find the new
conditions materializing in your experience. Your neurological structure
will respond automatically. The unconscious will be aroused, bringing
its great powers to bear, bringing you the new results. Do not
try to overdo this, to go through the entire day worrying about
beliefs, for example. This can only cause you to contrast what you have
with what you want. Forget the exercise when it is completed. You will
find yourself with impulses that arrive in line with these newly
inserted beliefs, and then it is up to you to act on these and not
ignore them.

The initiative must be yours. You will never know unless you try the
exercise. Now if you are in poor health, and have a physician, you had
better continue going to him, because you still rely on that system of
belief — but use these exercises as supplements to build up your own
sense of inner health, and to protect you against any negative
suggestions given by your doctor. Utilize the belief in physicians since
you have it.

Session 659

Your beliefs, then, are like hypnotic focuses. You reinforce them
constantly through the normal inner taking in which you all indulge.


In each person�s experience, there are areas with which he or she is
pleased. When you find yourself dissatisfied, however, question the
orders you are giving in that particular arena of experience. The results do not seem, now, to follow your conscious desires. But you will find that they do follow your conscious beliefs, which may be quite different.


The hypnotist then acts as a parent substitute. In cases of therapy, an
individual is already frightened, and because of the beliefs in your
civilization he looks not to himself but to an authority figure for

Session 660

In their own way symptoms frequently operate, actually, as repetitive
neurological ritual, meant to protect the sufferer from something else
that he fears even more.

Session 661

Love, as it is often experienced, allows an individual to take his sense
of self-worth from another for a time, and to at least momentarily let
the other�s belief in his goodness supersede his own belief in lack of


Each individual has what I will call a psychic territory of power. This
represents an inviolate area in which the person insists upon remaining
supreme, aware of his or her uniqueness and abilities. This psychic
region will be protected at all costs, and here there is indeed immunity
from all diseases or lack. Other portions of the psyche may be
battlegrounds from problems, but the individual will not really feel
threatened in a critical way as long as this primary territory is


It seems that you are highly civilized people because you put your ill
into hospitals where they can be cared for. What you do, of course, is
to isolate a group of people who are filled with negative beliefs about
illness. The contagion of beliefs spreads. Patients are obviously in
hospitals because they are ill. The sick and their doctors both work on that principle. Women delivering children are placed in the same environment.
This may seem very humane to you, and yet the entire system is
structured so that childbirth does not seem to be the result of health
but illness.


The individual is made to feel powerless, at the mercy of doctors or
nurses who often do not have the time or energy to be personable, or to
explain his [or her] condition in terms that he can understand. The
patient is therefore forced to transfer his own sense of power to
others, which further deepens his misery; this in turn reinforces the
sense of powerlessness that initiated his condition.

Session 663

Throughout this venture however you are, in the dream state, always kept
in touch with the realities from which your physical experience
springs. As you understand time, you will eventually be able to merge
your inner comprehension with your physical self, and form your world on
a conscious basis. Such manuscripts as mine are meant to help you do
precisely that. The more involved you become with complicated physical
organisms, the more energy you project outward and the more entranced
you become with exterior manifestations.


All of the exercises given earlier in this book are prerequisites, however; they are necessary so that you understand how the point of power is to be used.

Session 664

With the precise night and day schedule that it possesses, your planet
would, in those terms, give birth to a creature consciousness uniquely
suited to fit it.

Your feelings are as natural a part of the environment as trees are.
They have a great effect upon the weather. There are even connections
that can be made, for instance, between epilepsy and earthquakes, where
the greater energy and instability come together, affecting the physical
properties of the earth.


Beliefs direct, generate, focus, and harness feelings. In this context
then feelings are being compared to mountains, lakes, and rivers. Ideas
and beliefs bring about those obviously man-made structures that imply
self-conscious minds and the ocean of interrelated social events.
Feelings are still dependent upon your neurological structure and its
impact with physical reality. An animal feels but it does not believe.


There are what I am going to call here ghost chemicals — aspects of
normal chemicals that you have not perceived so far, where certain
thresholds are approached in which chemicals are changed into purely
electromagnetic properties, and energy released that directly affects
the physical atmosphere.


There are many hints and signs picked up by the body itself —
alterations in air pressure, magnetic orientation in terms of balance,
minute electrical differentiations of which the skin itself is aware.

Session 665

The more civilized man becomes, the more his social structures and
practices separate him from intimate relationship with nature — and the
more natural catastrophes there will be…

Session 666

The fact is that your society often involves you in petty annoyances and
problems that do not bring out your full strengths; disasters often
serve as encounters with nature, in which you can experience the great
power and range of your own identities in a situation in which you are
pushed to the utmost.


Within the bounds of creaturehood certain things are possible and
certain things are not. You cannot re-generate a limb, or grow a new
one. You can cure yourself of an incurable disease if you realize that your point of power is in the present.

Session 667

Ruburt was working with alterations of consciousness this afternoon.
At the same time he had the radio playing softly. The rock music
program was interrupted by an announcement having to do with the
Indianapolis speed-car racing exhibition (the 57th Indianapolis 500 mile
race). One driver had already been severely injured (on Monday); and
the race, put off on that account, and because of inclement weather (on
Tuesday), finally began today.

As it progressed, the radio announcements continued also, and Ruburt
learned that another very severe accident had occurred. Beside this, a
man — not a driver — was killed by an emergency vehicle speeding to the
scene. The victim was connected with the race, however. (As a crewman. A
subsequent note: The driver involved in this accident died a little
over a month later.)

As he resumed “normal” consciousness Ruburt found himself wondering
about the great violence involved, and the entire situation in which
such people placed themselves. (He often has the radio on when he is
working with alternate states of consciousness, by the way, using it as a
point of reference.)

Some of the material in the last chapter should help to explain the
reasons for frameworks in which violence is built-in, so to speak, and
indeed becomes a challenging context through which reality is perceived.
The situation Is one of danger, yet is chosen by those involved, and is
not inflicted upon them. In somewhat the same way, entire life contexts
are selected that might appear to be incomprehensible, foolhardy, or
even insane to an observer.

These lifetime organizations may involve very drastic physical
disabilities from birth. From the outside it seems impossible that
anyone would choose such a background, such a highly restricted or even
painful situation in which to live. From that viewpoint birth defects,
or lifetime diseases of any kind, make no sense.

No one begins a race with a handicap, you may say, but that is obviously not the case.

Individuals have often chosen such situations precisely as incentives, and many great men have done so.

This does not mean that such disabilities are necessary. At any
point that an individual realizes his point of power in the present he
will not need a barrier to test himself against, or to focus him in what
he thinks of as the proper direction.

You live many lives simultaneously. You often think of these as
reincarnational existences, one before the other. If you are severely
ill and believe that the reasons for your symptoms exist in a past life,
that you must “put up with it,” then you will not realize that your
point of power is in the present, and you will not believe in the
possibility of recovery.

Again, even so-called incurable diseases can be healed as long as
this does not involve regenerations not possible within the context of

In your terms, birth defects of whatever kind are chosen before this
life. This is done for many different reasons (just as people choose to
be ill in life, regardless of the duration involved).

That is, a certain psychic framework is set up through which an
individual decides “ahead of time” to experience an entire life
situation. Some information on this has been given in my other writings.

A person with several existences stressing intellectual achievement
might purposely then decide upon a life in which mental abilities are
beyond him, and the emotions allowed a full play that he had denied them

Since all existences are simultaneous, this simply means his
stressing certain aspects in this life — at the expense of others, you
would say — and setting up a frame of reference that may seem to be

On the other hand the personality involved may see this as a most
rewarding and expansive experience, in which the emotions are allowed
freedoms ordinarily denied.

Characteristically, some personalities prefer lifetime experiences
in which accomplishment and development follows an even course. Others
demand great contrast. One of the latter may be miserably poor in one
life, luxuriously rich in another, an intellectual giant in still
another, a great athlete, and then a complete invalid. Individual
differences operate then in the kinds of life situations chosen.

In many cases it is the family, rather than the incapacitated
member, who questions and does not understand — as in cases of severely
mentally retarded children, for example.

Yet in all instances not only do children choose their parents ahead of time, but parents choose their children, of course.

In such a situation, there are fulfillments to be gained from the
parents’ standpoints. There are always opportunities of growth and
unusual creativity possible under those conditions for all involved.

That is why the framework was chosen.

The same applies to seeming tragedies such as accidents, or severe illnesses that come at any time.

On an individual basis a grave
illness, for instance, will represent the adoption of a particular
highly intense focus in which a given aspect of usual experience is
deliberately cut out or denied; the context of life itself must then be
magnified along other lines.

In somewhat the same manner, this also applies to those born in
extreme poverty or in the most seemingly unfortunate of family

The life challenge is inherent within the problem itself and springs
from it. Usually, though not always, a peculiar personal achievement
results precisely because of the given difficulty .

Now this accomplishment need not involve some great artwork or
invention, or political leadership, for example, though it may. Often
the successful activity represents a challenge on the part of the
personality who set it in terms of psychological creativity, and the
overall enrichment of experience.

Those involved, such as family, will have acquiesced to the
situation “earlier”. Often, particularly in the case of mental or
physical birth defects, the incapacitated person will be accepting that
role not only because of personal reasons; he or she will also be
choosing that part for the family as a whole.

Highly intelligent parents, therefore, may find themselves with a
retarded child. If they place a great value upon intellect at the
expense of the emotions, then the child may be acting out for them the
emotional spontaneity of which they are so afraid themselves.

A birth defect is obvious, and sets up certain conditions that cannot be ignored.

Many ordinary illnesses also involve the family group to some
degree. The predominating beliefs of the sick person will always be
paramount, however. The group situation will encompass an acquiescence
on the part of other family members.

Now understand that the same thing applies in the case of unusual
achievements. In those instances the achiever’s beliefs predominate, and
yet apart from this he may also be acting out the unrealized
aspirations of his family members, or of the group in which he is
intimately involved. There will always be reasons for such

Many great contrasts of a social nature have the same kind of inner
meaning; here whole groups of individuals chose particular life
situations in which, for example, poverty and illness predominate, while
other areas of the world (or of any given nation) enjoy the highest
technological advances, wealth, and prosperity. Separately each
personality has a private reason for such an affiliation.

But on other levels, through the contrasting focuses of poverty and
wealth, scientific accomplishments or the lack of them, opposites are
brilliantly apparent. Technological progress, followed as a main focus,
automatically portrays its benefits and its disadvantages.

A nation which pursues this course is like one individual who
primarily follows a strictly “objective, male”, externally oriented path
in terms of your Western understanding.

Certain values have been stressed in your country, particularly in
the recent present. These attributes were pursued at the expense of
others for individual reasons and those en masse. The rest of the world
agreed to such actions, however, and various portions of it took
entirely different courses, so that in your experience global society
would show a kaleidoscope of varying focuses and their results.

On a much smaller scale and to different degrees, any tribe, town,
family, or group will show the same tendencies, and from the shared
experience each individual will learn and grow.

A person may choose a great talent instead, through which he or she
will perceive reality and concentrate all experience. This will serve as
a formidable focus, yet by its nature it may often preclude other
experiences that many individuals find quite normal.

Some artists with great ability may shut out intellectual maturity,
utilizing native emotional qualities to such an extent and with such
intensity that the mental reasoning faculties are largely shunted aside.
Without rational illumination, the emotional elements may be so
unwieldy that the artist, for all of his spontaneous expression, cannot
relate in any kind of permanent situation of an intimate nature. For
reason and emotion are natural counterparts.

Someone else may choose to focus upon intellectual achievement to
such a degree that he shuts out all true closeness, and though he can
accept a permanent relationship, he will not experience the emotional
richness that others may derive from a much briefer encounter.

Therefore each of you choose — ahead of time, in your terms — the
kind of framework through which you will contend with this life
situation. This applies personally and collectively.

Those who believe in reincarnation will ask, “What about past-life
beliefs? And even if I forget the idea of guilt, am I bound to follow
the rules of karma?” [See the 614th session…]

Since all is simultaneous, your present beliefs can alter your past
ones, whether from this life or a “previous” one. Existences are

Now with your ideas of progressive time and the resulting beliefs in
cause and effect, I realize this is difficult for you to understand.
Yet within the abilities of your creaturehood, your current beliefs can
change your experience; you can restructure your “reincarnational past”
in the same way that you can restructure the past in this present life…
[as explained in sessions 657-58]

(With gestures:) In the center of the page:

The Point of Power Is in the Present.

This experienced present also represents your psychic touchstone to
all of your other existences. You are consciously aware of certain
events, and unconsciously aware of much more that in one way or another
you are learning to bring into conscious focus.

The same applies to all of your other “reincarnational selves”. They
are unconsciously aware of your conscious experience, as you are
unconsciously aware of theirs.

The interaction is constant, however, and in all of your presents,
creative. You draw on their knowledge as they draw on yours, and this of
course applies to personalities that you would consider future. You
have a gigantic pool of information and experience to draw upon, but
this will be utilized according to your present conscious beliefs.

If you understand that the point of power is in the present, then
you have an inexhaustible realm of ability and energy at your command.


Often, particularly in the case of mental or physical birth defects,
the incapacitated person will be accepting that role not only because
of personal reasons; he or she will also be choosing that part
for the family as a whole. Highly intelligent parents, therefore, may
find themselves with a retarded child. If they place a great value upon
intellect at the expense of the emotions, then the child may be acting
out for them the emotional spontaneity of which they are so afraid of

Session 668

Actually, I prefer that you think of them [reincarnational selves] as simultaneous selves.

Dreaming does represent
an open channel through which the material environment is transcended.
There are as yet undiscovered, bizarre changes in the brain during certain dream states, an acceleration that quite literally propels the consciousness out of its usual space-time continuum into those other realities from which it comes.


These cycles merge at several points, so that you do have major changes
in all areas in any span of two thousand years. For other reasons and in
a smaller context, the month of August is highly significant in a
twenty-five year sequence. Within this, a seven-year period is important
individually. These are simple rhythms depicting the greatest impact of
spirit as it intersects with flesh and time.


This bouncing back of energy into itself is the meaning of the dream
state, in which experience that is basically nonphysical is embarked
upon, and is then interpreted as a dream through the brain. Your deepest dreams involve nonmaterial comprehensions, however.


Apexes are therefore formed within each self. These apexes serve as attractions,
now opened, through which the magnified potency of the entity can flow.
This may appear as erratic energy, however, an analogy being sunspots.
Psychologically, great ferment occurs, and often the individual
personalities involved organize themselves along new lines. Privately
this is when human beings find themselves aware of greater illumination,
when they make sudden decisions and experience new strengths.

Session 669

In miniature form each day contains, in its own way, clues to all of your own simultaneous existences.


Vague yearnings toward certain accomplishments may be clues that the
necessary characteristics are inherent but untrained in the self that
you know. In its own way, the twenty-four hour period represents both an
entire lifetime and many lives in one. In it, symbolically, you have
death as your physically attuned consciousness comes to the end of the
amount of stimuli it can comfortably handle without rest.

Each day therefore is an incarnation, so to speak, but now only
symbolically — for through soul�s intersection with the flesh, each self
mirrors daily its reincarnational or simultaneous selves.


The adventures of your simultaneous selves, again, appear as traces in
your own consciousness, as ideas or daydreams or disconnected images, or
sometimes even in sudden intuitions.

The physically attuned conscious mind in your now
cannot handle those staggering probabilities while maintaining a sense
of identity, yet there are conscious traces within your daily thoughts
that are the psychological representations of such knowledge.

Often you do not trust your imagination, considering that it deals with
phenomena that cannot be called fact. Therefore you artificially form a
situation in which overall traces must be made. If you are too
imaginative, for example, you may not be able to adequately deal with
physical life. This applies only in the cultural media in which you
presently operate, however. Originally, and in your terms of time, it
was precisely the imagination that in its own way set you apart from
other creatures, enabling you to form realities in your mind that you
could ‘later’ exteriorize.

Because you now distrust
the imagination so, you do not understand the great clues it gives you,
both in terms of problem solving and of creative expression. Many quite
valid reincarnational memories come as imaginings, but you do not trust
them. A good percentage of your problems can be worked out rather
easily through the use of your imagination.

Often you inadvertently use it to prolong ‘negative’ circumstances, as
you think of all the things that you could do wrong. Yet you can employ
it very constructively, altering past, present and future. To do so in
your present, freely imagine a situation in which you are happy. To
begin with your imaginings may seem foolish. If you are elderly, poor
and lonely, it may seem highly ludicrous to think of yourself as twenty,
wealthy, and surrounded by friends and admirers.

Indeed, if after such an enjoyable exercise you look about you and
compare what you have envisioned with what you have, then you may feel
worse than you did before. You are to realize that this imaginative
world does exist — but not in the world of facts that you know. To some extent,
however, according to your freedom within it, such an exercise will
automatically rejuvenate your body, mind and spirit, and begin to draw
to you whatever equivalent is possible for you within the world of facts that you know (emphatically).

Using age as an example now, it may seem to you that you are a given
age, that within your subjective experience it must be paramount, that
regardless of your age you are to some extent closed off from the
experience of being any other age. In some simultaneous existences you
are very young, however, and in others very old. Some of your physical
cells are brand new, so to speak — the regeneration of fresh life is
physically within you; in your terms this is true not only until your
death but even after it, when your hair and nails can still grow.
Identify then with the constantly new energy alive within you in this
now of your being (very intently) and realize that on all levels you are
biologically and psychologically connected with that greater identity
that is your own.

No matter what your current situation, the answers lie within your own
aspirations and abilities. Often you will hold down or inhibit certain
aspects of your experience in order to use others — using those
available will automatically free you from inhibitions in other areas.

There may be physical circumstances involving birth defects that are
beyond alteration, where experience must be focused along other than
usual pathways, yet even here those talents and characteristics that are
available will open up vistas of experience and achievement.

When you are utilizing your imagination in the way I have suggested,
purposefully do so in a playful manner, knowing that in so-called
realistic terms there may be great discrepancies between imagination and
fact. In your reality take that for granted. Yet often your
freewheeling, ‘silly,’ seemingly unrealistic imagination will bring you
quite practical solutions to your problems, for if the exercise is done
properly you will be automatically releasing yourself from restrictions
that you have taken for granted.

Even if a direct solution does not appear, rejuvenation will of itself
begin to point you in the proper direction. If you are a woman in an
unhappy marriage, for example, you may begin by imagining yourself with a
fine suitor. No Sir Galahad may appear, but if the exercise is pursued
properly you will automatically begin to feel loved, and therefore
worthy of love, and lovable, where before you felt rejected, unworthy
and inferior. This feeling of being loved will alter your reality,
drawing love to you. You will act loved. Your spouse may then find you
exhibiting characteristics of a most pleasant nature, and he himself may

On the other hand you may draw another man to you, and end the marriage
that has served its purposes in all ways, finding now the impetus and
the reasons for change. Because your imagination transcends time, it is
one of your greatest touchstones to your own identity.

You must, of course, be able to distinguish between the world of
imagination and the physical world of fact in order to be able to
manipulate effectively. But physical reality springs from the
imagination, which follows the path of your beliefs.

In the exercise just given, you use the belief in effective change in
any given area, and then allow your imagination freedom along those
directed lines. Such an exercise automatically does even more, opening
up the window of perception and letting in the knowledge and experience
of other portions of the self. As this light and energy flows through,
it will be tinted or colored by your own psychological reality, as the
rays of the sun are through colored glass. This simply means that the
other-dimensional information will often appear in ordinary guise,
through an intuitive hunch, a sudden idea, or some solution that has
already occurred to you but has not been acted upon.


Identify then with the constantly new energy alive within you in this
now of your being (very intently) and realize that on all levels you are
biologically and psychologically connected with that greater identity
that is your own.


When you are utilizing your imagination in the way I have suggested,
purposefully do so in a playful manner, knowing that in so-called
realistic terms there may be great discrepancies between imagination and


The older person imagining youth will, during such an exercise,
reactivate certain hormonal and chemical changes, becoming younger…

Session 670

It is quite possible to take your normally conscious I into the dream
state, to your advantage. When you do this you will see that the
dreaming I and the waking I are one, but operating in entirely
different environments. Therefore, you become familiar with depths of
experience and knowledge unknown to you before. You acquire a true
flexibility and expanded awareness of your own being, and open channels
of communication between your waking and dreaming realities. This means
that you are far better able to utilize unconscious knowledge, and also
to acquaint the unconscious with your present physical situation. Such a
procedure can bring you in contact with wisdom you have been denying
yourself, help unify you entire life situation, and release your energy
for practical everyday purposes.

Session 671

That kind of dream awareness can literally regenerate your life, though
the original impact will be forgotten, and the entire event will usually
be translated into images before awakening. Such dream events may be
called experiences of basic being. During them, the self or
consciousness literally travels to the source of its own energy.


In periods of stress, the physically attuned consciousness will often
momentarily forsake its usual orientation and let itself fall back, as
it were, into the source of its own being, where it knows it will be
regenerated and indeed reborn.


A point in space is also a point in what you think of as time, a doorway
that you have not learned to open. In somewhat the same manner, your
physical brain is a doorway that triggers activity in your mind. Your
beliefs then are largely responsible for the areas of the brain that you
activate, and for the resulting nonphysical action of the mind.


To follow yourself into your own dreams is a fascinating endeavor, and
there in the dream context you can become aware of the working of your
own consciousness. To do so you must believe in the integrity of your
own being.


By suggesting before sleep that solutions to problems be given you, you automatically begin to utilize your dream knowledge to a greater extent, and to open the doors to your own greater creativity.


… your mother is experiencing a mental and intuitive acceleration, a
barrage of stimuli hereto withheld. She is perceiving probabilities
quite clearly, but confusing them with the physical world of facts.

Session 672

But every self is also a part of its own greater being, a part of the
energy from which it continually comes. In dreams your energy pulsates
back toward the being that you are. In a manner of speaking, you travel
back and forth each night through atmospheres and entry points of which
you are not aware. In your sleep you do indeed travel, again, those vast

distances between birth and death. Your consciousness as you think of
it transcends these leaps and holds its own sense of continuity. All of
this has to do with the pulsations of energy and consciousness, and in
one way what you think of as your life is the apparent length of a light
ray seen from another perspective.


Request the answer to any problem and it will be given, but you must
trust yourself and learn to interpret your own dreams. There is no other
way to do this except by beginning yourself and working with your own
dreams, for this will awaken your intuitive abilities and give you the
knowledge that you need.


To resist them is futile. They are on of the means by which physically
attuned consciousness knows itself. They are not destructive. One
emotion is not good and another one evil. Emotions simple are. They are
elements of the power of consciousness, filled with energy. They merge
into a powerful sea of being when left alone. You cannot affirm one
emotion and deny another without setting up barriers.

Session 673

Love and hate are both based upon self-identification in your
experience. You do not bother to love or hate persons you cannot
identify with at all. They leave you relatively untouched. They do not
elicit deep emotion.


Dogmas or systems of thought that tell you to rise above your emotions
can be misleading — even, in your terms, somewhat dangerous. Such
theories are based upon the concept that there is something innately
disruptive, base, or wrong in man�s emotional nature, while the soul is
always depicted as being calm, perfect, passive, and unfeeling. Only the
most lofty, blissful awareness is allowed. Yet the soul is above all a
fountain of energy, creativity, and action that shows its
characteristics in life precisely through the ever-changing emotions.
Trusted, your feelings will lead you to psychological and spiritual
states of mystic understanding, calm, and peacefulness. Followed, your
emotions will lead you to deep understandings…


In the same way, it is possible to love your fellow human beings on a
grand scale, while at times hating them precisely because they so often
seem to fall short of that love.


To some extent you want to identify with those you feel deeply about.
You do not love someone simply because you associate portions of
yourself with another. You often do love another individual because such
a person evokes within you glimpses of your own idealized self. The
loved one draws your best from you. In his or her eyes you see what you
can be. In the other�s love you sense your potential.


There are adults who quail when one of their children says, I hate you.
Often children quickly learn not to be so honest. What the child is
really saying is, I love you so. Why are you so mean to me? Or, What
stands between us and the love for you that I feel?


The natural force of LOVE is everywhere within you, and the normal
methods of communication are always meant to bring you in greater
contact with your fellow creatures.

Session 674

You must not expect to be perfect. As mentioned earlier, your ideas of
perfection mean a state of fulfillment beyond which there is no future
growth, and no such state exists.


Genuine self-pride is the loving recognition of your own integrity and
value. True humility is based upon this affectionate regard for
yourself, plus the recognition that you live in a universe in which all
other beings also possess this undeniable individuality and self-worth.
False humility tells you that you are nothing. It often hides a
distorted, puffed-up, denied self-pride, because no man or woman can
really accept a theory that denies personal self-worth.


Regardless of what you have been told, there is no merit in
self-sacrifice. For one thing it is impossible. The self grows and
develops. It cannot be annihilated. Usually, self-sacrifice means
throwing the burden of yourself upon someone else and making it their


Love yourselves and do yourselves just honor, and you will deal fairly
with others. When you say “no,” or deny, you always do so because in
your mind and feelings, a present situation, or a proposed one, falls
far short of some ideal. The refusal is always in response to something
that is considered, at least, to be a greater good. If you do not have
too rigid ideas of perfection, then ordinary denial serves a quite
practical purpose. But never negate the present reality of yourself
because you compare it to some idealized perfection. Perfection is not
being, for all being is in a state of becoming. This does not mean that
all being is in a state of becoming perfect, but in a state of becoming
more itself. All other emotions are based on love, and in one way or
another they all relate to it, and all are methods of returning to it
and expanding its capacities.


When you think you hate the race most, you are actually caught in a
dilemma of love. You are comparing the race to your loving idealized
conception of it. In this case however you are losing sight of the
actual people involved.


There is nothing more pompous than false humility. Many people who
consider themselves truth seekers and spiritual are filled with it.


When Christ spoke he did so in the context of his times, using the
symbolism and vocabulary that made sense to a particular people in a
particular period of history, in your terms. He began with their
beliefs, and using their references tried to lead them into freer realms
of understanding.


Thoughts of peace, particularly in the middle of chaos, take great
energy. People who can ignore the physical evidence of wars and
purposely think thoughts of peace will triumph — but in your terminology
the word meek has come to mean spineless, inadequate, lacking energy.


Session 675

The more a belief encourages you to use your own abilities and vitality, then the more affirmative it is.


You will not use your spacious mind until you affirm its reality within
yourself, and until you are ready to handle the additional data which
will then become consciously available to one extent or another.


There are built-in biological structures that are activated for the
reception of such messages, and they have always been a part of your
physical nature as a species. They will not be triggered on a personal
basis until your own beliefs allow you to perceive the multidimensional
layers of your own experience or at least to accept the possibilities.


Physiologically you carry within yourselves remnants of your evolution,
in your terms — physical vestiges of organs and other attributes long
discarded. In the same way you also carry within you structures not yet
fully used; those organizations point — in your terms now — toward
future evolution. Use of the spacious mind involves these.


An individual can tune into spacious-mind operation two or three times
in a lifetime without realizing it, and have experiences that he finds
difficult to interpret later. The affirmation involved is one of
transcendence, in which for a time a person affirms his reality in flesh
and at the same time states his independence from it.


On a neurological basis there are unreleased, latent triggers that can
be set off, and when they are, your practical experience with time as
you know it will be altered. From your viewpoint the species will then
be so different that it will seem to be another one entirely.


In a very limited and fumbling manner this is hinted at through the use
of computers, where you try to assess future probabilities and act
accordingly in your present. The mind can do this far better than any
computer. If it believed this, then certain portions of the brain would
be activated.


You may think, I am glad I did that, or, Knowing what I know now, how
lucky I am that I made that decision. And in that moment you are the
future self that once spoke encouragingly to the person of the past. The
probable future has caught up with the practical present.


Session 676

Use your conscious mind and its logic. If you discover that you feel
unworthy, then do not simply try to apply a more positive belief over
that one. Instead discover the reasons for your first belief. If you
have not already done so, write down your feelings about yourself. Be
perfectly honest. What would you say if someone else came to you with
the same reasons?

Examine what you have written. Realize that a set of beliefs is
involved. There is a difference between believing that you are unworthy
and being unworthy in fact.

Then write a list of your abilities and accomplishments. These should
include such issues as getting along well with others, being attractive,
being good with plants or animals, being a good carpenter or cook. Any
talent of achievement should be noted as honestly as you recorded the
most minute ‘defects’ earlier.

There is no human being alive who does not have creative abilities in
his or her own way, achievements and excellent characteristics, so if
you follow these instructions you will find out that you are indeed a
worthy individual.

When you catch yourself falling into a mood in which you feel inferior,
look at your second list, of abilities and accomplishments. Then use the
positive suggestion in your own worth, backed up by your own personal
self-examination. You may say, ‘But I know I have great abilities that I
am not using.

When I compare myself to others, then I fall far short. What difference
does it make if I have a few mundane achievements that are shared by
many others, that are in no way unique? Surely my destiny involves more
than that. I have yearnings that I cannot express.

In the first place you must understand that in your own uniqueness it is
futile to compare yourself to others, for in so doing you try to
emulate qualities that are theirs, and to that extent deny your own
miraculous being and vision. Once you begin comparing yourself to others
there is no end to it. You will always find someone more talented than
you are in some way, and so will continue to be dissatisfied. Instead,
through working with your own beliefs, take it for granted that your
life is important; begin with it and where you are. Do not deride
yourself because you have not reached some great ideal, but start to use
those talents that you have to the best of your ability, knowing that
in them lies your own individual fulfillment.

Any help that you give to others will come through the creative
utilization of your own characteristics and no one else’s. Do not get
upset with yourself when you find yourself dwelling on negative issues
in your life. Instead, constructively ask yourself why you are doing so.
The answer will come to you.

Use the knowledge as a bridge. Let whatever emotions are involved
happen. If you do this honestly, feelings of self-worthlessness or
despondency will go through and vanish, changing of their own accord.
You may even find yourself impatient with the feelings themselves, or
even bored, and hence dismiss them. Do not tell yourself automatically
that they are wrong, however, and then try to apply a ‘positive’ belief
like a band-aid.

Have a sense of humor about yourself — not a malicious one but a kindly
humorous regard for yourself. High seriousness is fine when it comes
naturally and is not forced. But it can become pompous if it is

If you allow yourself to be more and more aware of your own beliefs, you
can work with them. It is silly to try to fight what you think of as
negative beliefs, or to be frightened of them. They are not mysterious.
You may find that many served good purposes at one time, and that they
have simply been overemphasized. They may need to be restructured rather
than denied.


Session 677

As soon as you begin to compare what you are with some idealized concept
of yourself, you automatically feel guilty. Until you work with your
beliefs, this guilt can be initiated by the most harmless episodes and
characteristics. It is a good idea to write down a list of specific acts
or incidents that fill you with a sense of guilt. Often you will be
able to trace them to early childhood beliefs quite easily — some
instilled by a well-meaning parent to protect you, or out of an adult�s
ignorance. Brought into the open, however, many of these will dissolve
before your comprehension.


Do not place the words of gurus, ministers, priests, scientists,
psychologists, friends — or my words — higher than the feelings of your
own being.


back to top


The “Unknown” Reality

The “Unknown” Reality. Volume 1. A Seth Book. Prentice-Hall, 1977. (Sessions 679-704, 1974 Feb 4 – 1974 Jun 17)

The “Unknown” Reality. Volume 2. A Seth Book. Prentice-Hall, 1979. (Sessions 705-744, 1974 Jun 24 – 1975 Apr 23)

Session 680

Within the entire identity there may be, for example, several incipient
selves, around whose nuclei the physical personality can form.


When your mother died in her 50�s in one probable system, your mother in
this system was the recipient of energy that then returned.


Session 681

All probable worlds exist now. All probable variations on the most
minute aspect in any reality exist now. You weave in and out of
probabilities constantly, picking and choosing as you go along.


There are, for example, parallel events that are followed as easily as you follow consecutive events.


In practical terms of sense data, those worlds do not meet. In deeper
terms they coincide. Any of the infinite number of events that could
have happened to you and Ruburt do happen.


Statistics provide an artificial, predetermined framework in which your reality is then examined.


…the moment point, the present, is the point of interaction between
all existences and reality. All probabilities flow through it, though
one of your moment points may be experienced as centuries, or as a
breath, in other probable realities of which you are a part.


In no way now can you predict what will happen to you now. You can
choose to accept as your reality any number of given unpredictable
events. In that respect, the choice is yours, but all the events you do
not accept occur nevertheless.


Needless to say, I wanted you to know that there is much more than even
this, complexities that are truly astounding, intelligences that operate
in what I suppose you would call a gestalt fashion, building blocks of
vitalities of truly unbelievable maturity, awareness, and comprehension.
These are the near ultimate as I understand such things.


Session 682

That viewpoint however is highly limited, for above you, using that
scale, there are other more developed organizations of these units; and
so from that more exalted viewpoint, you would seem to be junior souls


There are millions of these units of consciousness in one atom — many millions.


Even your atomic structure, then, is poised between probabilities. If
this is true, then obviously you are aware of only one small probable
portion of yourself — and this portion you protect as your identity. If
you think of it as simply a focus taken by your greater identity, then
you will be able to follow what I am saying without feeling puny by
contrast, or lost. The focus that you have is indeed inviolate.


There is, of course, no single-line kind of development at all. In first place, as you know, your life is at once…


Session 683

At those times that the individual consciousness became so entranced
with its experiences, however, that the clear-cut, steady, and conscious
communication with the mass consciousness went underground, so to


You rarely find a person who is a great intellect, a great athlete, and
also a person of deep emotional and spiritual understanding — an ideal
prototype of what it seems mankind could produce.


Any concepts of god or other beings that are based upon limited ideas of personhood will ultimately be futile.


I do not want to get involved in a discussion of levels, in which
progression is supposed to occur from one to the other. All such
discussions are based upon your idea of one-personhood, consecutive
time, and limited versions of the soul.


The flower — calling back to the bulb urging it ahead and reminding it
of its (probable future) development — is like a future self in your
terms, or a more highly advanced self, who has the answers and can
indeed be quite practically relied upon. The gods can be seen in the
same light, only on a larger scale; and understood in that context, they
can be relied upon.


In your terms, however, it is as if the flower-to-be, from its future
calls back to the bulb and tells it how to make the flower. Memory
operated backward and forward in time.


Reincarnation simply represents probabilities in a time context.


Session 684

These units form what you think of as the mind, around which the
structure of the brain is formulated. The units permeate the brain.


Session 685

The Body is also a pattern. While the material that composes it changes
constantly, the pattern maintains its own integrity. The form is etched
in space and time, and yet the pattern itself exists outside of that
framework also — the body is a projection, therefore, into the
three-dimensional field.


Not only can all cells respond to each other, but their mass activity
triggers even higher centers of consciousness to respond to a given set
of world conditions, rather than to other quite-as-Legitimate world
conditions that do not fit the accepted pattern.


Session 686

These pulses or messages became the only official data that, translated
into sense perception, formed physical reality. This selectivity gave an
understandable line of reference from interior to exterior existence.


The necessity for immediate conscious exterior action at a indefinite
point of intersection with events was left to the emerging ego


The body, as mentioned (in the 685th session) is an electromagnetic
pattern, poised in a web of probabilities, experienced as corporal at an
intersection point in space and time.


The psyche knows itself and is aware of its parts. When ego
consciousness reached a certain point of biological and mental
competence, when experience in the present became extensive enough, then
ego consciousness would be at the stage where it could begin to accept
greater data.


As egotistical consciousness expands to include hereto largely neglected
data, then it will experience, practically speaking, a new kind of
identity; knowing itself differently.


Session 690

I have said that evolution does not exist as you think of it, in any
kind of one line ape-to-man time sequence. No other species developed in
that manner either. Instead there are parallel developments. In
thinking of consecutive time, evolution does not march from the past
into the future. Instead the species is precognitively aware of those
changes it wants to make, and from the `future’ it alters the `present’
state of the chromosomes and genes to bring about the specific changes
it desires. The theory of evolution is as beautiful a tale as the theory
of the Biblical creation… both might seem to exist within their own
systems, and yet, in the larger respects, they cannot be realities.


Session 701

Each physical experience is unique, and while the energy for it and the
creation of it come from within, the pristine, private, and yet shared
quality of that experience could not exist in the same way were it not
so exteriorized.


back to top

Session 710

There are levels within dreams, highly pertinent but mainly personal, in
that they reflect your own private intents and purposes. There are
other levels, further away in your terms, that involve mass behavior on a
PLAN out future events.


Session 729

As soon as you label yourself you are setting limitations, putting up
boundaries and defining the reality of your psyche — usually according
to quite limited beliefs� I have said many times that there are no
limitations to the self.


Session xxx

(session number not given)

The physical body is basically equipped to maintain itself as a healthy
long-living organism far beyond your present understanding, medically
speaking. The cellular comprehension provides all kinds of inner
therapeutics that operate quite naturally. There is a physical
give-and-take between the body and environment beyond that which you
recognize; an inner dynamics here that escapes you, that unites the
health of plants, animals, and men. In the most simple and mundane of
examples, if you are living in a fairly well-balanced, healthy
environment, your houseplants and your animals will also be well.

You form your environment and you are a part of it. You react to it,
often forgetting that relationship. IDEALLY , the body has the capacity
to keep itself in excellent health — but beyond that, to maintain
itself at the highest levels of physical achievement. The exploits of
your greatest athletes give you a hint of the body’s true capacity. In
your system of beliefs, however, those athletes must train and focus all
of their attention in that direction, often at the expense of other
portions of their own experience. But their performances show you what
the body is capable of.

The body is equipped, IDEALLY again now, to rid itself of any diseases,
and to maintain its stability into what you would call advanced old age,
with only a gradual overall change.

Now, certain individuals glimpse this great natural healing ability of
the body, and use it, Doctors sometimes encounter it when a patient with
a so-called incurable disease suddenly recovers. ‘Miraculous’ healings
are simply instances of nature unhampered. Complete physicians, as
mentioned earlier, would be persons who understood the true nature of
the body and its own potentials — persons who would therefore transmit
such ideas to others and encourage them to trust the validity of the
body. Some of the body’s abilities will seem impossible to you, for you
have no evidence to support them. Many organs can completely replace
themselves; diseased portions can be replaced by new tissue.

Many people, without knowing it, have developed cancer and rid
themselves of it. Appendixes removed by operations have grown back.

These powers of the body are biologically quite achievable in practical
terms, but only by a complete change of focus and belief.

[Seth, through Jane Roberts, from the book UNKNOWN REALITY Vol 2]

back to top


The Nature of the Psyche: Its Human Expression

The Nature of the Psyche: Its Human Expression. A Seth Book. Prentice-Hall, 1979. (Sessions 752-800, 1975 Jul 28 – 1977 Apr 4)

Session 758

In dreams you are so ‘dumb’ that you believe there is a commerce between
the living and the dead. You are so ‘irrational’ as to imagine that you
sometimes speak to parents who are dead. You are so ‘unrealistic’ that
it seems to you that you visit old houses, long ago torn down, or that
you travel in exotic foreign cities that you have actually never
In dreams you are so ‘insane’ you do not feel yourself locked in a
closet of time and space, but feel instead as if all infinity but waited
your beckoning.


There is little use in trying to discover other levels of your own
reality if you insist upon applying the laws of physical life to your
own larger experience. Then you will always be in a quandary, and no
live forever in the same physical body, or think that you can levitate
with your body at will. You can indeed levitate, but not with your
physical body, practically speaking in operational terms. You accepted a
body, and that body will die. It has limitations, but these also serve
to highlight certain kinds of experience� The ‘true facts’ are that you
exist in this life and outside it simultaneously. You are ‘between
lives’ and ‘in lives’ at once� Your life is a dreaming experience to
other portions of your greater reality which focus elsewhere� Existence
has a physical version.


Despite many of your cherished, erroneous beliefs, your nations exist as
the result of cooperation, not competition, as do all social groupings.
To be ostracized is no laughing matter. The comfort of social discourse
represents one of the great building blocks of families and


Session 769

I am saying that deeper bonds of biological and spiritual LOVE lie at
the basis of all personal and cultural relationships… Each species is
involved in a cooperative venture, upon which ultimately all earthly
existence rests — This cooperation that I speak of is based on LOVE,
and that LOVE has a biological as well as a spiritual basis — Your
beliefs, for example, cause you to deny the existence of emotions in
animals, and any instances of LOVE among them are assigned to ‘blind’
instinct — The LOVE and cooperation that forms the basis of all life,
however, shows itself in many ways.


Puberty comes at a certain time, triggered by deep mechanisms that are
related to the state of the natural world, the condition of the species,
and those cultural beliefs that in a certain sense you transpose upon
the natural world.


Session 770

You are born knowing that you possess a unique, intimate sense of being
that is itself, and that seeks its own fulfillment, and the fulfillment
of others. You are born seeking the actualization of the ideal. You are
born seeking to add value to the quality of life, to add
characteristics, energies, abilities to a life that only you can
individually contribute to the world, and to attain a state of Being
that is uniquely yours, while adding to the value fulfillment of the
world. All of these qualities and attributes are given you by natural


LOVE is a biological necessity, a force operating to one degree or
another in all biological life. Without LOVE there is no physical
commitment to life — no psychic hold.


Session 774

The emotion of LOVE brings you closest to an understanding of the nature
of All-That-Is. LOVE incites dedication, commitment. It specifies. You
cannot, therefore, honestly insist that you LOVE humanity and all people
equally if you do not LOVE one other person. If you do not LOVE
yourself, it is quite difficult to LOVE another.


Session 799

Subject: Humankind’s Innate Good Intent:

Now: Good evening.

(With elaborate humor:) A dissertation on the nature of man, for your edification.

You realize that a tiger, following its nature, is not evil. Looking at
your own species you are often less kindly, less compassionate, less
understanding. It is easy to condemn your own kind.

It may be difficult for you to understand, but your species means well.
You understand that the tiger exists in a certain environment, and
reacts according to his nature. So does man. Even his atrocities are
committed in a distorted attempt to reach what he considers good goals.
He fails often to achieve the goals, or even to understand how his very
methods prevent their attainment.

He is indeed as blessed as the animals, however, and his failures are
the results of his lack of understanding. He is directly faced with a
far more complex conscious world than the other animals are, dealing
particularly with symbols and ideas that are then projected outward into
reality, WHERE THEY ARE TO BE TESTED. If they could be tested mentally
in your context, there would be no need for physical human existence.

Too many complicated issues are connected here, so that I must at best
simplify. It is as if man said: “Now what about THIS idea? What can we
do with it? What will happen if we toss it out into reality, physically?
How far can we go with ANY of the great social, scientific, religious
ideas that are so peculiarly the offshoots of man’s mind?”

If such issues could all be mentally worked out on some nonphysical
drawing board, again, the great challenge of physical existence would be
neither necessary nor meaningful. How far, say, can nationalism be
carried? To what extent can the world be treated as if it were external
to man, as an object?

What can man learn by treating the body as if it were a machine? As if
it were a mirage? As if it were driven by blind instinct? As if it were
possessed by a soul?

To some extent, these are all unique and creative ponderings that on the
part of the animals alone would be considered the most curious and
enlightening intellectual achievements. The animals must relate to the
earth, and so must man. As the animal must play, mate, hunt his prey or
eat his berries within the physical context of sun, ground, trees, snow,
hail and wind, so in a different way man must pursue his ideas by
clothing them in the elemental realities of earth, by perceiving them as

When he is destructive, man does not seek to be destructive per se; but
in a desire to achieve that which he thinks of as a particular goal that
to him is good, he forgets to examine the goodness of his methods.

One animal chasing and killing its prey serves the greater purpose of
preserving the balance of nature, whether or not the animal is aware of
this – and again, the animal’s intent is not evil. Man consumes ideas.
In so doing he contributes to a different kind of balance, of which he
is usually unaware. But no man truly acts out of the pure intent to do
wrong, or to be vicious. Storms rend the summer sky, sending forth
thunder and lightning.

Earthquakes may ravage the countryside. You may deeply regret the havoc
worked, knowing that neither the storm nor the earthquake is evil. Not
only did they have no wrong intent, but the overall condition corrected
the earth’s balance.

This requires some unique understanding. I am aware of that – and yet
the destructive storms worked by mankind ultimately cannot be said to be
any more evil than the earthquake. While man’s works may often
certainly appear destructive, you must not blame man’s INTENT, nor must
you ever make the error of confusing man with his works. For many
well-intentioned artists, with the best of intentions, produce at times
shoddy works of art, all the more disappointing and deplorable to them
because of the initial goodness of their intent. Their lack of knowledge
and techniques and methods then become quite plain.

By concentrating too deeply upon the world of newspapers and the
negative reports of man’s actions, it is truly easy to lose sight of
what I tell you (louder) IS EACH MAN’S AND EACH WOMAN’S BASIC GOOD

That intent may be confused, poorly executed, tangled amid conflicts of
beliefs, strangled by the bloody hands of murders and wars – and yet no
man or woman ever loses it. That represents the hope of the species, and
it has ever remained lit, like a bright light within each member of the
species; and that good intent is handed down through the generations.
It is far more potent, that illumination, than any hates or national
grudges that may also be passed along.


It is shared by all of the other animals. Each animal knows that under
certain conditions the other may fight or posture aggressively, or
defend its nest. Each animal knows that in time of hunger it might be
hunted by another. Except for those situations, however, the animals are
not afraid of each other. They know that each other animal is of good


Now: Make a distinction in your mind between man and man’s works.

Argue all you want against his works, as you read in your newspapers of
errors, stupidities, treachery, or war. Collect pages and reams of such
material if it suits your fancy – and I am speaking not only to you, or
to Ruburt, but to anyone who hopes to find a hint of truth, peace of
mind, or creativity.

Collect books of man’s failures. I do not personally know why anyone
would collect the worst works of any artist, and get pleasure in ripping
them apart. Man has produced some fine works: The high level of verbal
communication, the multitudinous varieties of emotional interactions and
of cultural exchange, the facility with exteriorization of ideas and
concepts, the reaches of the imagination – all of these, and many
others, are unique in the universe.

To identify man with his poorest works is to purposefully seek out the
mars, the mistakes, of a fine artist, and then to condemn him. To do
this is to condemn yourselves personally. If a scientist says
consciousness is the result of chance, or Darwin’s theories say that
basically man is a triumphant son of murderers, many people object. If
you say, however, that men are idiots, or that they are not worth the
ground they walk upon, you are saying the same thing. For you must be
concerned with this reality as you know it; in those terms, to condemn
man is to condemn the species as you know it, and the practical terms of
your world.

To say that people can escape to another probability is pragmatically a
cop-out – this is apart from the reality of probabilities, for I am
speaking from your emotional viewpoint.

Now: Physically your body has a stance in space and time. I will speak
of primary and secondary experience. Let us call primary experience that
which exists immediately in sense terms in your moment of time – the
contact of body with environment. I am creating certain divisions here
to make our discussion – or (with a smile) monologue – easier.
Therefore, I will call secondary experience that information that comes
to you through, say, reading, television, discussion with others,
letters, and so forth.

The secondary kind of experience is largely symbolic. This should be clear.

Reading about a war in the middle of a quiet sunny afternoon is not the
same thing as being in the war, however vivid the description. Reading
about the energy shortage is not the same as sitting in a cold house.
Reading about the possible annihilation of mankind through nuclear
destruction or other stupidities, while you are sitting calmly enough in
your living room, is obviously far divorced from the actuality
described in an article.

At the levels with which we are concerned, the body must primarily react
to present, immediate, primary existence in space and time. At other
levels it is equipped to handle many kinds of data, in that I have
mentioned before the precognition of cells. But the body depends on the
conscious mind to give it a clear assessment of precise conditions of
the space and time it occupies. It depends upon that knowledge.

If you are safely ensconced in a comfortable room, in no present danger,
your senses should accurately convey that information. Your conscious
mind should assimilate it. It should be an easy enough accomplishment to
look around you and see that you are in no danger.

Your conscious mind is meant to give your body an assessment of what I
will call cultural conditions, for there are sophistications and
specifications that in your terms consciousness alone can assess. If,
under conditions naturally safe in the terms of primary experience, you
become overwhelmed by unsafe signals from secondary experience – that
is, from your reading or whatever – you show a lack of discrimination.
You are not able to differentiate between the physically safe present
situation, and the imagined, which is perhaps unsafe, calling forth the
alarms of danger.

The body mechanisms become highly disoriented. The signals to the body
are very contradictory, so that after a while, if such conditions
continue, you can no longer tell whether you are in actual danger or
imagined danger. Your mind then forces your body to be in a state of
constant alert – but more unfortunately, you train yourself to ignore
your direct, sensual feedback in the present moment.

Your body then might say you are safe, and your senses show you that no
danger is present – yet you have begun to rely so upon secondary
experience that you do not trust your creature reactions.

Because of man’s great gift of imagination, however, the alarm signals
not only invade a safe present moment, but go jangling into the next one
and the one following, and are endlessly projected into the future. To
whatever extent, and in whatever fashion, each individual is therefore
robbed of his or her belief in the personal ability to act meaningfully
or with purpose in the present.

The body cannot act tomorrow, today. Its sense data must be clear. This
resulting feeling of powerlessness to act leads to a state of
hopelessness of varying degrees – and that mood does not tie itself to
specific details, but pervades emotional life if it is allowed to. To
whatever degree, the condemning, critical material too often becomes
self-prophesying – FOR THOSE WHO PUT MERIT ON IT allow it to cloud their

In your terms, while you live, and in the most pertinent terms of
intimate sensation, your reality must be what you perceive in the
framework of your time, and what you create within that framework as it
is experienced.

Therefore, I entreat you not to behave as if man will destroy himself in
some future – not to behave as if man is an imbecile, doomed to
extinction, a dimwitted, half-crazy animal with a brain gone amuck.

None of the prophesied destruction man so fears is a reality in your
time; nor, for all of the critical prophets through the ages, and the
forerunners of doom, has the creativity of man destroyed itself in those

(Loudly:) There are those who make careers of condemning the faults and
failings of others, or of the species itself, and because of that
attitude man’s great energy and good intent remain invisible. Man is in
the process of becoming. His works are flawed – but they are the flawed
apprentice works of a genius artist in the making, whose failures are
indeed momentous and grotesque ONLY in the light of his sensed genius,
which ever leads him and directs him onward.

When you are considering the future in your terms, constructive
achievements are as REALISTIC as destructive ones. In THOSE terms, each
year of man’s existence in fact justifies a more optimistic rather than
pessimistic view.

You cannot place man’s good intent OUTSIDE of the physical context, for
outside of that context you do not have the creature that you know. You
cannot say that nature is good, but spawned man, which is a cancer upon
it, for nature would have better sense. You cannot say, either, that
Nature – with a capital N – will destroy man if he offends her, or that
Nature – with a capital N – has little use for its own species, but only
wants to promote Life – with a capital L – for Nature is within each
member of each species; and without each member of each species, Nature –
with a capital or a small N – would be nonexistent.

Because you are natural creatures, within you there is a natural state
of being. That state can be an ever-present reservoir of peace,
vitality, and understanding.

Whatever your scientists think, your body and your consciousness and
your universe spring constantly into actualization. Therefore, through
cultivating the dear experience of your own consciousness and being with
time and with the moment as you feel it, you can draw upon the greater
vitality and power that is available.

To do this, rely upon your immediate sense data, not secondary
experience as described. That primary sense data, while pinpointed in
the present, providing you with the necessary stance in time, still can
open up to you the timelessness from which all time emerges, can bring
you intuitive intimations, hinting at the true nature of the
ever-present coming-to-be of the universe.

That kind of experience will let you glimpse the larger patterns of
man’s creativity, and your part in it. You have been taught to
concentrate upon criticisms and faults in your society; and in your
times it seems that everything will work out wrong – that left alone the
world will run down, the universe will die, man will destroy himself;
and these beliefs so infiltrate your behavior that they organize much of
your experience and rob you of the benefits nature itself everywhere
provides in direct primary experience.

Often then you ignore your senses’ reality in the world – the luxurious
vitality and comfort of the daily moment – by exaggerating the
importance of secondary experience as defined for this discussion.

The most negative projection or prophecy seems to be the most practical
one; when you are reading of the world’s ills, you say in all honesty,
and with no humor: “How can I ignore the reality, the destructive
reality, of the present?” In the most PRACTICAL, immediate, mundane
terms, however, you and your world are in that moment naturally and
physically safe, as your bodily senses immediately perceive. In the most
basic of bodily terms you are not reacting to present conditions.

This would be only too clear if you WERE physically experiencing the
conditions about which you might be reading. If the world WERE falling
down about your shoulders, you would only too clearly understand that
“earlier” you were reacting to an imagined and not a real situation.

I am afraid that I think some of this will still escape you – meaning
Ruburt, yourself, and others. But while disasters, imagined or
encountered second-handedly, may in fact later occur, they are far
different from physically encountered ones. You only add to their
unfortunate nature by negatively brooding upon what might happen in the
future, and you destroy your own stance. Your stance in time is highly
important, for it is your practical base of operations.

You must trust your sense data in that regard. Otherwise you confuse
your psychological and corporal stance, for the body cannot be in a
situation of safety and danger at the same time. It wastes its resources
fighting imaginary battles.

To some people wars, poverty, murder, treachery, corruption, ARE primary
experience, and must be dealt with – AS requiring immediate action.

The body must react. Such persons are beaten up, or robbed. Those are
immediate sense data, and in one way or another they do react. However
feebly, their point of power corresponds immediately with the point of

You cannot react physically in the same way to projected or imagined
dangers. There seems to be no possible reaction. You are frustrated. You
are meant to deal with your immediate, primary experience, and in so
doing you take care of YOUR responsibility. You are able to take action
in your own experience, and therefore affect others. You do not have to
be ignorant of wars in other corners of the world, or close your eyes.
But if you allow those experiences to overcloud your present, valid
intersection with reality, then you speak and act from a position not
your own, and deny the world whatever benefits your own present version
of reality might allow you to give.

The natural creature-validity of your senses must remain dear, and only
then can you take full advantage of those intuitions and visions that
must come through your own private intersection with space and time.

In those terms, the ever-actual integrity of nature everywhere surrounds
you. It represents your direct experience. It offers comfort,
creativity, and inspiration that you only impede if you allow secondary
experience to supersede your daily moment-to-moment encounter with the
physical earth.

[From: The Nature of the Psyche: Its Human Expression – A Seth book (p.209). Session 799, 1977 March 28]

Session 800

The greater sweep of the seasons represents the reaches of your soul.

You will not attain spirituality by turning your eyes away from nature, or by trying to disentangle yourself from it.

You will not “glimpse eternal life” by attempting to deny the life that
you have now – for that life is your own unique path, and provides its
own clues for you to follow.

All That Is vibrates with desire.

The denial of desire will bring you only listlessness.

Those who deny desire are the most smitten by it.

Each of your lives are miniature and yet gigantic episodes, mortal and
immortal at once, providing experiences that you form meaningfully,
opening up dimensions of reality available to no one else, for no one
can view existence from your standpoint.

No one can be you but you.

There are communications at other levels, but your experience of existence is completely original, to be treasured.

[Session 800]

Session xxx

Seth (Nature of Psyche, Ch. 6):

Basically, LOVE and creativity are synonymous. LOVE exists without an
object. It is the impetus by which all being becomes manifest… I said
that the language of LOVE was the one basic language, and I mean that
quite literally. Man LOVEd nature, identified with its many parts, and
added to his own sense of being by joining into its power and
identifying with its force. It is not so much that he personified the
elements of nature as that he threw his personality into its elements
and rode them, so to speak. As mentioned LOVE incites the desire to
know, explore, and communicate with the beLOVEd; so language began as
man tried to express his LOVE for the natural world.


back to top


The Individual and the Nature of Mass Events

The Individual and the Nature of Mass Events. A Seth Book. Prentice-Hall, 1981. (Sessions 801-873, 1977 Apr 18 – 1979 Aug 15)

Session 812

Each person forms his or her own reality, and yet that personal reality
must also be SHARED with others, and must be affected by the reality of


You must, of course, interpret events in a personal manner. You create
them. Yet, there is also a meeting ground of more or less shared
physical encounters, a sense plateau that offers firm-enough footing for
the agreement of a mass-shared world. With most mental aberrations, you
are dealing with people whose private symbols are so heavily thrust
over prime sense data that even those data sometime become almost
invisible. These individuals often use THE PHYSICAL WORLD in the way
that most people use the dream world, so that for them it is difficult
to distinguish between a private and a publicly-shared realty.

Many such people are highly creative and imaginative. Often, however,
they have less of a solid foundation than others in dealing with a
mass-shared reality, and so they attempt to impose their own private
symbols UPON THE WORLD, or to form a completely private world. I am
speaking in general terms now, and in those terms such people are leery
of human relationships. Each person forms his or her own reality, and
yet that personal reality must also be shared with others, and must be
affected by the reality of others.

As creatures dwelling in time and space, your senses provide you with
highly specific data, and with a cohesive-enough physical reality. Each
person may react to the seasons in a very personalize manner and yet YOU
ALL SHARE THOSE NATURAL EVENTS. They provide a framework of experience.
It is up to the conscious mind to interpret sense events as clearly and
concisely as possible. This allows for the necessary freedom of action
for psychological and physical mobility. You are an imaginative species,
and so the physical world is colored, charged, by your own imaginative
projections, and powered by the great sweep of the emotions. But when
you are confused or upset, it is an excellent idea to return your
attention to the natural world as it appears at any given moment — to
sense its effect upon you AS SEPARATE FROM YOUR OWN PROJECTIONS. You
form your own reality. Yet, if you are in the Northeast in the
wintertime, you had better be experiencing a physical winter, or you are
far divorced from primary sense data.


Session 822

The word ‘ego’ is much bandied about, and in many circles it has a poor
reputation. It is, however, as I use it, a term meant to express the
ordinary conscious directive portion of
the self. It is your conscious version of what you are — an excellent
description, if I do say so myself. It is directed outward into the
physical world. It is also aware, however, of some of your ‘unconscious’
activities. It is the you you identify with, so it is aware of your
dreams, for example, as you are, and it is quite conscious of the fact
that its existence rests upon knowledge that is does not itself possess.
As you have an ego, fully conscious, directed toward the physical
world, you also have what I call an inner ego, directed toward inner
reality. You have, in other words, a portion of yourself that is fully
conscious in Framework 2.


Session 824

Whenever possible, minimize the importance of a problem. Forget a
problem and it will go away. Dumb advice, surely, or so it seems. Yet
children know the truth of it. Minimize impediments in your mind and
they do become minimized. Exaggerate impediments in your mind and in
reality they will quickly adopt giant size.

[note #3, pp.119-20 AE]

Session 827

Consciousness forms the genes and not the other way around.

Session 850

So let us say in a new commandment: ‘Thou shalt not kill even in the
pursuit of your ideals.’ What does that mean? In practical terms it
would mean that you would not wage war for the sake of peace. It would
mean that you did not kill animals in experiments, taking their lives in
order to protect the sacredness of human life. That would be a prime
directive: ‘Thou shalt not kill even in the pursuit of your ideals’ —
for man has killed for the sake of his ideals at least as much as he has
ever killed for greed, or lust, or even the pursuit of power on its own


Session 862

You were born with an in-built recognition of your own goodness. You
were born with an inner recognition of your rightness in the universe…
These assumptions are the basis of what I call natural law. You are
born LOVING. You are born compassionate… Those attributes also belong
to natural law.


Session 872

(? selection credited as “The God of Jane”)

No methods will work if you are afraid of your own impulses or the
nature of your own being. Most of you understand that All That Is is
within you; that ‘God’ is within creation, within physical matter, and
that ‘he’ does not simply operate as some cosmic director on the outside
of reality. You must understand that the spiritual life also exists
within the physical self in the same fashion.


Session xxx

(selection not credited)

On a conscious level, and with your conscious reserves alone, you could
not keep your body alive an hour. You would not know how to do it, for
your life flows through you automatically and spontaneously. You take
the details for granted — the breathing, the inner mechanisms of
nourishment and elimination, the circulation, and the maintenance of
your psychological continuity. All of that is taken care of for you in
what I have termed as Framework 2.

In that regard, certainly, everything works to your advantage. Indeed,
often the more concerned you become with your body the less smoothly it
functions. In the spontaneity of your body’s operation there is
obviously a fine sense of order.


back to top


Dreams, “Evolution,” and Value Fulfillment

Dreams, “Evolution,” and Value Fulfillment.
A Seth Book. Prentice-Hall, 1986 (Volume 1: Sessions 882-909, 1979 Sep
26 – 1980 Apr 21; Volume 2: Sessions 909-941, 1980 Apr 21 – 1982 Feb 8)

Session 888

In the beginning, physical space had the qualities that dream space has
to you now. It seemed to have a more private nature, and only gradually,
in those terms, did it become publicly shared.


The physical world as you know it is unique, vital to the importance of
the universe itself. It is an integral part of that universe, and yet it
is also quite its own reality. That reality is dependent upon the
perceptions of each kind of life that composes it.


Session 891

The important lessons have never really appeared in your societies: the
most beneficial use of the directed will, with great expectations, and
that coupled with the knowledge of Framework 1 and 2 activities. Very
simply: You want something, you dwell upon it consciously for a while,
you consciously imagine it coming to the forefront of probabilities,
closer to your actuality. Then you drop it like a pebble into Framework
2, forget about it as much as possible for a fortnight, and do this in a
certain rhythm.


Session 899

Many people ask, for example: What is the purpose of my life? Meaning:
What am I meant to do? but the purpose of your life, and each life, is in its being.
That being may include certain actions, but the acts themselves are
only important in that they spring out of the essence of your life, which simply by being is bound to fulfill its purposes.

Session 910

The genetic systems is not closed, therefore. The genes do not simply
hold information without any reference to the body’s living system. It
does not exist, then — the genetic structure — like some highly
complicated mechanism already programmed, started and functioning
blindly so that once it is set into operation there is no chance for


Session 919

In the terms of evolution as you like to think of it, ideas are more important than genes.


Session 937

The people of a nation can at any given moment decide to activate or
experience a particular event almost entirely in the physical realm, or
to separate its elements in such a way that half of it is experienced
physically and the other half in dream reality.


back to top


Seth, Dreams, and Projections of Consciousness

Seth, Dreams, and Projections of consciousness. Stillpoint Publishing, 1987.

Session xxx



back to top


The Magical Approach

The Magical Approach: Seth Speaks About the Art of Creative Living. Amber-Allen/New World Library, 1995. (Unnumbered sessions, 1980 Aug 6 – 1980 Oct 15)

Session 03

The rational approach, as it is now used, carries a basic assumption
that anything that is wrong will get worse. That belief of course is
highly detrimental because it runs against
the basic principles of life. Were this the case in your terms of
history, the world would never have lasted a century. It is interesting
to note that even before medical science, there were a goodly number of
healthy populations. No disease rubbed out the entire species.


back to top


The Way Toward Health

The Way Toward Health. Amber-Allen, 1997. (Unnumbered sessions, 1984 Jan 03 – 1984 Aug 30)

1984 January 09

One of the greatest detriments to mental and physical well-being is
the unfortunate belief than any unfavorable situation is bound to
get worse instead of better. That concept holds that any illness
will worsen, any war will lead to destruction, that any and all
known dangers will be encountered, and basically that the end result
of mankind’s existence is extinction. All of those beliefs impede
mental and physical health, erode the individual’s sense of joy and
natural safety, and force the individual to feel like an unfortunate
victim of exterior events that seem to happen despite his own will
or intent.

These ideas I have just mentioned are all prominent in your
society, and now and then they return to darken your senses of joy
and expectation.


1984 xxx

I am not saying that anyone should pretend that unfavorable
circumstances do not sometimes exist, or that they may not be
encountered in the past, present, or future. It is also true, however,
that *advantageous* events occur with a far greater frequency than do
negative ones — otherwise the world that you know simply would not
exist. It would have disappeared in the throes of destruction or

In a basic way, *it is against nature’s purposes* to contemplate a dire
future, for all of nature operates on the premise that the future is
assured. Nature is everywhere filled with promise — not only the promise
of mere survival, but the promise of beauty and fulfillment. Once
again, the keen sense of promise is innate within each portion of the
body. It triggers the genes and chromosomes into their proper activity,
and it promotes feelings of optimism, exuberance, and strength…

…Live each day as fully and joyfully as possible. Imagine the best
possible results of any plans or projects. Above all, do not concentrate
upon past unfavorable events, or imagined future ones.

[chap.2, p.81]

1984 May xx

I am not saying that the events in one life cause the events in another,
but that there is an overall pattern – a bank of probable events — and
that in each life each individual chooses those that suit his or her
overall private purposes. Yet those lives will be connected. An
individual may have a serious illness in one life. That event may turn
up as one uncomfortable nightmare in another existence. In still another
life, the individual might have a dear friend who suffers from the same
disease. In still another existence the individual might decide to be a
doctor, to seek a cause and a cure for the same disease…

[Way Toward Health]

1984 May 31

… remind yourself that any situation can be changed for the better.
Remind yourselves constantly that the most favorable solution to a
problem is at least as probable as the most
unfortunate “solution”. Remind yourselves also that despite all of your
worrying, the spirit of life is continually within your experience, and
forms your physical body.


1984 June 09

… do remind yourself that it is far more natural and probable for any
problem to be solved, and that every problem has a solution…


1984 June 09

The point is that all of the world’s problems also represent great
challenges. Young people in particular are needed to take up the tasks
of deregulating and redistributing food sources, and of encouraging
nations to join in such a creative venture. Those are worthy and
stirring causes, as noble as any that graced any generation in the past.
The world needs every hand and eye, and cries out for expression of
LOVE and caring.


1984 xxx

(not properly credited)

Inner Leanings Or Attitudes:

1. I am an excellent creature, a valuable part of the universe in which I exist.

2. My existence enhances all other portions of life, even as my own being is enhanced by the rest of creation.

3. It is good, natural, and safe for me to grow and develop and use my
abilities, and by so doing I also enrich all other portions of life.

4. I am eternally couched and supported by the universe of which I am a
part, and I exist whether or not that existence is physically expressed.

5. By nature I am a good deserving creature, and all of life’s elements and parts are also of good intent.

6. All of my imperfections, and all of the imperfections of other
creatures, are redeemed in the greater scheme of the universe in which I
have my being.

[Way Toward Health]

1984 xxx

(not properly credited)

When you are born you possess a group of attitudes toward yourself and
toward life. These allow you to grow with the greatest possible impetus
into childhood. They are also important in every period of your life.
You can see the results in life all about you, though in animals or
plants these are experienced as a matter of feelings rather than say, as
thoughts or attitudes.

It may sound very simplistic to tell you that you must have sunny
thoughts as well as rays of the physical sun in order to be healthy —
but sunny thoughts are as biologically necessary to your well-being as
are the rays of the sun that shines in the sky. Even as infants, then
you are predisposed naturally toward certain feelings, thoughts and
attitudes that are meant to insure your healthy survival and emergence
into adulthood. These are actually composed of inbred psychological
information as necessary and vital to your life as the data transmitted
by your genes and chromosomes. Indeed, these inbred, inner psychological
predispositions are all-important if the information carried by your
genes and chromosomes is to be faithfully followed.

[Way Toward Health, Chap.2]

1984 xxx

(not properly credited)

It may be far more pleasant to be good-humored all of the time – but in
Ruburt’s situation the fairly infrequent periods of blueness do indeed
operate therapeutically, so that he is able to express those feelings
through tears, and therefore relieve the body of expressing the same
feelings through additional symptoms.

[The Way Toward Health]

1984 xxx

(not properly credited)

In a basic way, IT IS AGAINST NATURE’S PURPOSES to contemplate a dire
future, for all of nature operates on the premise that the future is
assured. Nature is everywhere filled with promise — not only the
promise of mere survival, but the promise of beauty and fulfillment.
Once again, that keen sense of promise is innate within each portion of
the body. It triggers the genes and chromosomes into their proper
activity, and it promotes feelings of optimism, exuberance, and
strength. Again, sometime later we will discuss those conditions that
can undermine such fine creativity. In the meantime, however, live each
day as fully and joyfully as possible. Imagine the best possible results
of any plan or projects. Above all, do not concentrate upon past
unfavorable events, or imagined future ones. You can, AND MUST, trust
the body’s activity. It naturally seeks fulfillment, vitality, and the
fullest possible expression.

[The Way Toward Health]

back to top


ESP Classes 1968

1968 February 29 – ESP Class

Seth: According to what you have been taught, you are composed of
physical matter and cannot escape it, and this is not so. The physical
matter will disintegrate, but you will not. Though you cannot find me,
know that I am here. Your own parents seem to disappear before your eyes
and vanish into nothingness forever. I can assure you that they will
continue to live. I can assure you that death is another beginning, and
that when you are dead, you are not silenced. For is this voice that you
hear now, silence? Is this presence that you sense within this room,

I am here to tell you that your joy is not dependent upon your youth,
for I am hardly young. I am here to tell you that your joy is not
dependent upon your physical body, for in your terms I have none. I
have what I have always had, the identity that is mine. It is never
diminished. It grows and develops.

You are what you are, and you will be more. Do not be afraid of change,
for you are change, and you change as you sit before me. All action is
change, for otherwise there would be a static universe, and then indeed
death would be the end. What I am is also what you are: individual

Change with the seasons, for you are more than the seasons. You form
the season. They are the reflections of your inner psychic climate. I
came for one purpose this evening: so that you could sense my vitality,
and sensing it, know that I speak to you from dimensions beyond those
with which you are acquainted. The grave is not the end, for such a
noisy one as I never spoke with the lips of death.

I am in this room, although there is no object within which you can
place me. You are as disembodied as I. You have a vehicle to use, a
body that you call your own, and that is all. I borrow Ruburt’s with
his consent, but what I am is not dependent upon atoms and molecules and
what you are is not dependent upon physical matter. You have lived
before and will live again, and when you are done with physical
existence, you will still live.

I come here as though I appeared through a hole in space and time.
There are walks in space and time through which you can travel, and in
dreams you have been where I am. I want you to feel your own vitality.
Feel it travel through the universe and know that it is not dependent
upon your physical image. In reality you project your own energy out to
form the physical world. Therefore, to change your world, it is
yourself you must change. You must change what you project.

You always were, and you always will be. This is the meaning of
existence and joy. The God that is, is within you, for you are a part
of all that is.

[The Seth Material, pp.001-003]

back to top


ESP Classes 1969

1969 January 27 – ESP Class

Seth: It is wrong to curse a flower and wrong to curse a man. It is
wrong not to hold any man in honor, and it is wrong to ridicule any man.
You must honor yourselves and see within yourselves the spirit of
eternal validity. You must honor all other individuals, because within
each is the spark of this validity. When you curse another, you curse
yourselves, and the curse returns to you. When you are violent, the
violence returns. I speak to you because yours is the opportunity to
better world conditions and yours is the time.


1969 September 02 – ESP Class

Seth: You are meant to look at your physical condition — to compare it
against what you want and what is good — and change the inner self
accordingly. Any evils in the world are symptoms of you own inner
disorders and are meant to lead you to cure them.

back to top


ESP Classes 1970

1970 January 13 – ESP Class

SETH: Now, when I speak of joy, I do not mean happiness. I would like
some of you to awaken in the middle of the night when the world is
quiet, and go to the window and open it. Look out — do not think of your
problems — think of what you are experiencing at the time.

Imagine, as a simple technique, that you are what you are: A
consciousness with all the potentials of development — even those
potentials that you do not understand. For it is only YOU that sets up
limitations. Your SELF is infinite — if you would but realize this fact,
then you could begin to experience joy and your true identity. And it
is not difficult — if you ask yourself — `Who am I?’ — and listen for
the answer. Then, the answer will come in terms of subjective

You will realize that you are not a physical self standing at the window
in the middle of the night looking out upon a sleeping world — but

And you will realize that there are no limitations to the self except
those that you insist upon — because of your own limited conceptions —
and that joy is still yours — it has always been yours, and after more
lives that I should tell you, THAT JOY IS STILL MINE.

And it sings now through each of you — as it sings through me �- and as it sings through the plants�”

[Seth/Jane Roberts, ESP Class Jan. 13, 1970, Published in Reality Change, First Quarter 1996
Copyright 1995/2006 Robert F. Butts]

1970 February 03 – ESP Class

Seth: You’ve been given the gift to create from your own thoughts and
desires… Now. If you realize that you create your physical reality
through your own thoughts and desires, then you have learned the most
important aspects of reality. This is what you have been setting out to
do in your other lives, in your past existences. The realization of
these truths nullifies any so-called debts from other lives. When you
realize this and act upon it, there is no reason for you to come back
here again unless you want to. Any of your difficulties in past lives
were caused because you did not realize these basic truths. Your
reincarnational pasts can help you if you know of them — ONLY if they
make these truths evident to you, only if you learn from them.
Otherwise, they exist within you subconsciously and unconsciously in any


Seth: All you have to do is realize that you are free; that you form
reality as you know it through your most intimate desires and thoughts
and fears. You change the exterior circumstances by changing your
thoughts and your desires and by forgetting your fears. There is no
other way. There has never been another way.

Unless you realize you are free, you cannot use your freedom! Unless you
realize that the life force is manifest now in every atom of your
being, then you cannot form the physical reality that you want to form.
For instead, you form physical pictures that are replicas of your fears.
I have said this often in class: You have been given the most
awesome gift of all — the gift to create from your own thoughts and

[Published in Reality Change — The Global Seth Journal. Excerpted from “You Have The Ability To Solve Your Own Problems.”]

back to top


ESP Classes 1971

1971 Jan 05

Seth: Realize you do not form events alone. You are involved in a
co-operative venture. You are not, therefore, alone responsible for an
event in that usually others participate in its creation and for their
own reasons� You cooperate together to form the physical reality that
you know, telepathically, through ways and means that are unknown to
you. You weave these webs of psychic reality that then coalesce into
physical reality. You do not weave them, necessarily alone. You weave
them together. Your thoughts intertwine with the thoughts of others.

1971 February 09

Now I do have something to say to this one (Sue W.), and that one (Jim
H.), and to some extent to all of you. There is no need to justify your
existence. You do not need to write or preach to justify yourselves,
for instance. Being is its own justification. Only when you realize
this can you begin to utilize your freedom. Otherwise you try too hard.

This also applies to our friend Ruburt. If you become too determined to
justify your existence then you will begin to close out areas of your
life. Only those areas that mean safe justification to you will have
meaning, and the others will begin to disappear. You do not have to
justify in any terms.

Now if you would each, for ten minutes a day, open yourselves to your
own reality there would be no question of self-justification, for you
would realize the miraculous nature of your own identity. I have said
this before in class; you are as dead now, and as alive, as you will
ever be. In life you can be as dead as you think any corpse is—even, by
contrast, far deader.

When I come here to speak I focus my energy, but not toward this room as
a destination, for in your terms this room does not exist to me. In
your terms, this room does not even exist to you. You pretend to agree that it does; we meet in no place
of space or time. The true meetings that take place here have nothing
to do with the room or the people that you think you are. You know that
you hallucinate the room, that you are as much in trance here as you
ever are when you are in psychological time. I simply want you to
realize that if this life is a trance, then you can turn the direction
of your consciousness to perceive greater realities that presently
exist. You can be aware of your own greater identity, even as I am.
You sit within the miracle of yourselves and ask for signs. It is your
inner eyes I would open.

As you know yourselves, you only accept those suggestions, ideas and
hang-ups that suit your purposes at this time. You are not, therefore,
at the mercy of any neurosis from a past life, nor are there any fears
from your present lives that you cannot conquer. I have not said that
you will necessarily conquer them, but it is within your ability to do

The decision is your own according to your understanding. You cannot be
hounded from one level of reality to another by a fear that you do not
understand. You cannot be threatened in this life by fears from your
early childhood, or by so-called past existences, unless you so
thoroughly believe in the nature of fear that you allow yourselves to be
conquered by it. Each of your personalities are free to accept and
develop, from the miraculous banks of reality, those experiences and
emotions that you want, and to reject those you do not want.

Let me give you a more concrete example that each of you can use in your
own way. Suppose the worst, that in this life you have the following
background: you are poor, you are of a minority race, you are not
intellectual, you are a woman, you have a severe physical defect, and
you are no beauty. Now you set these challenges for yourself in a
so-called past life. This does not mean that you cannot use all of your
courage and resolution to solve these problems. You set them in the
hope that you will solve them. You did not set them like millstones about your neck, hoping ahead of time that you would drown.

All you have to do is realize your own freedom. You form the reality
that you know, not esoterically, not symbolically, not philosophically.
Some great oversoul doesn’t form it for you—you cannot put the burden
there, either. You have in the past, collectively and individually,
blamed a god or a fate for the nature of your personal realities—those
aspects, indeed, that you did not like.

The personality is given the greatest gift of all; you get exactly what
you want to get. You create from nothing the experience that is your
own. If you do not like your experience, then look within yourself and
change it. But realize also that you are responsible for your joys and
triumphs, and that the energy to create any of these realities comes
from the inner self. What you do with it is up to the individual

[Seth Speaks, pp. 500-502]

1971 April 13

Seth: The innate LOVE within you, that you are often too embarrassed to
express� forms the planet that you know, the physical bodies that you
inhabit, the seasons and the reality in which you presently have your
existence� LOVE — is the basis for any reality that any consciousness
knows. If it would not for LOVE, then I would not be here and if it were
not for LOVE, you would not have the planet that you know…All
consciousness of whatever extent feels LOVE though it may not know the
verbal designation� for that is the basis of all existence.

back to top


ESP Classes 1972

1972 Jan 11 – ESP Class

Seth: En masse and individually, as you know, you form the room, the
furniture, the time, the setting in which it now seems to you, you


1972 Nov 21 – ESP Class

Seth: And many off you still think that peace must be quiet and
dignified, and excitement is to be found only where there is not peace.
But that is only because you have not pursued peace in all of its
creative endeavors.

Barrie: Why don’t they (people) just stop (killing each other)?

Seth: Ask them. As long as you believe in aggression and in force, in
this country, you elect persons who believe in aggression and in force
and who react to it, and so do the people in all the other nations.
Unfortunately, you equate aggression with strength, so you are afraid to
elect a peaceful man. And all the other countries feel the same, so
they are afraid to put into power, by whatever means, peaceful men.

So your world situation is the result of your individual beliefs, en
masse. Now, when individually you believe in peace, and when you no
longer believe that good is weak and evil is powerful, then on
countrywide basis, you will put people into power who believe in the
active nature of peace.


1972 Dec 12

Seth: The answers are within yourself — you simply have not believed it.
You have an ego because you are conscious. The ego is a responsive part
of yourself. It is not a stupid relative to be shunted out of the way.
And yet you look at it constantly and you say, “You stupid thing, you
know nothing — out you go! Let my pure unconscious well up and give me
the answers.”


1972 Dec 19 – ESP Class

Seth on Christmas:

Do not think that Christmas is too camp. In your civilization, when you
allow it to, it speaks to the child in you. Accept the child and enjoy
the myth, for behind the myth there is truth, and the truth is that you
are reborn. And the truth is that the inner self does have the wonder of
a child.

Other stories have been wound about those truths, but the truths remain.
The god Pan has as great a validity as Christ has. The names change;
the stories change to fit your ideas and your civilization. Now, I
prefer Pan piping his magic flutes over the countryside and drinking
wine, to a Christ born to be crucified. But that is my idea; you pick
your own.

Behind all the myths is the reality. You are born with the wonder of a
child again to remake the world in a new image. Christmas should
represent the rebirth of the self. Seth Speaks should be called You
Speak. So listen to yourselves.

It is fashionable to think in terms of Buddha and Eastern religions. And
it is not fashionable to think of the infant Christ, for example. So
you are ‘in’ if you think of Buddha, and ‘out’ if you dare to let a tear
show when they play a Christmas carol. The same thing is involved. You
are still dealing with systems of beliefs and myths that have grown
through the ages. And each of them has their degree of validity and
their degree of distortion.

Santa Claus — Ho Ho — is relatively harmless considering what your
religions have done. If you are bad you get a hunk of coal, and if you
are good you get a goody. But what about a god who says if you are good
you will go to heaven and if you are bad you burn through all eternity?
Place your indignation where it belongs!

All of the gods in your myths die and are rewarded from the time of your
ancient memory, and through the ages of the memory of your race. So it
is simply said again and again, in terms that you understand, according
to the time in which you think you live: That you are born again and
again, and the trials of the gods are your own, and so are their
triumphs and their joys.

The symbols used are also colored by the times, and they are
personified, so winter and the cold that sweeps across the earth are
used to symbolize the death of the soul. Not a death, however, but
transformation. If you understood your myths, you could use them
effectively. When you think that they are reality, however, they can
entrap you.

You are the stories that the Soul tells. You are your own stories, and
you create your ideas of God according to your interpretation of greater
realities that you understand and do not understand. You are catching
up with your own understanding, but, as soon as you understand, there is
more to learn because creativity is never still and never done and
never finished.

In other worlds there are other Christmas tales, each with their own
story and rhyme. But none of them denies the intense and eternal NOW
which is being forever created and in which you have your quite natural
existence. And none of it denies the joyful vitality that is your own,
neither the bewilderment in your eye, nor the pleasure in yours. All of
this is meant to illuminate the joy and ease of your own being, and
meant to generate within you, if you will forgive me,
that old Ho-Ho-Ho — the vitality and the laughter and the joy that is
your being. If you understood thoroughly what I am trying to say to you,
you would be laughing with me and enjoying your own grizzly beard and
hair, and, as you looked around at each other, you would see yourselves
as all ages, reborn time and time again and with your identity alive
within you now.

The truth is not something apart from you. You each are truth, speaking
and living in physical form. Seth Speaks is within you and not in a
book. You are the book. Then joyfully listen to what your feelings tell
you. Your thoughts and your feelings are both natural and both yours.
And your joy is within you, Christmas or non-Christmas, Santa Claus or
no Santa Claus, December 25 or the 4th of July. Your atoms and molecules
shout with the joy of their own being; listen to them. Feel within
their fleshy substance your own spirituality.

Look at the Christmas tree; your cells and molecules shine a million
times more brightly. Your eyes glitter with far greater light. You are
love in corporeal form. You do not have to look for it or wonder where
to find it or give it in packages with bright ribbon. You are packages
with bright ribbon.

Christmas is now and was yesterday and will be tomorrow. It is in you,
in Buddha, in Pan, in Christ, in Mohammed, in an ant and in a frog, and
in your eyes and with you, each of you. You are each, then, Christmas.
You shine and glitter whether or not you know it. You shout `Merry
Christmas’ even when you cry. You cannot deny your own vitality or

Let the vitality and energy, therefore, ring out through your own
knowledge. Let it awaken within you the knowledge of your being. Dance
through your own molecules and scatter your own petals! And I bid you
all a merry Christmas!


back to top


ESP Classes 1973

1973 Feb 06 – ESP Class


If the responsibility for your being had nothing to do with your
conscious mind, again, you would not need one. Your trouble has been,
however, that you have not known how to use your conscious mind. You
believe that it must be analytical in a negative way; that it cannot
assimilate in a positive way and that it is cut off from your being. And
when you use the term ego because, of course, or any term, you think of
a permanent portion of your being, something sits in your head that you
cannot see, but it is ‘ego’. And it must be annihilated or it must be

The ego is a living portion of the entire self. And when in your terms
you annihilate it, for whatever reasons, symbolically or otherwise, for
that time and to that degree you are annihilating a portion of the
entire self. It is not a growth like a cancer on the top of the inner
self to be shot off, or to take potshots at, or to be removed. It is a
living psychological portion of your being, as real, for example, in
physical terms as an appendix — all a part of your being. But it is not a
thing, as your appendix may be thought of. It is a living psychological
structure that is a part of you.…

But, while you think that the ego is a step-child of the self- — while
you think of it as an outsider who must be swept aside so that this
great energy and knowledge can flow through — then you set up a
situation of opposites that need not apply — for the ego can learn far
more than you give it credit for — and it can assimilate that kind of
experience when the individual realizes that he is able to. There is no
need for what you think of as the ego to be swept aside and
annihilated, even in a symbolic death.

1973 Mar xx – ESP Class

Seth: The ends do not justify the means� and mud is holier than philosophies that teach killing and death to uphold truth!

1973 Sep 04 – ESP Class

Seth: What is the difference between the now that you know, and the now
that Don knows or that Pam knows? What correlations are there in this
moment that you all share — and this moment IS shared. How alike it is
for you, and yet how different! What privacy and significance is there
within you that you do not not share, and what leaping over, cascading vitality is there that is shared? Let your feelings answer that question for you.


1973 Nov 06 – ESP Class

Seth: When you decide to enter into physical existence, in your mind and
in your consciousness, you form the frame within which you will
operate. You are not alone in the painting, for you have not formed a
reality in which yours is the� isolate. You are in a reality WITH OTHERS
because you have chosen it. So, ALL of you together choose the frame
about the painting… You have chosen a particular mass painting, a
particular portrait of a century in which you play your part…


back to top


ESP Classes 1974

1974 Jan 22 – ESP Class

Seth: God must love individuals since he made so many of them!

Class member: Where did that quote come from?

Seth: That is a bastard quote! It is part from me and part from someone
else! But in the glorification and realization of your own
individuality, do you therefore know what God is. For God manifests
himself through what you are. And if he wanted always to be one, and not
individualistic, then he would have remained latent and never
materialized in individual form.

In certain terms, these glasses are a manifestation of what God is, as
you are a manifestation of what God is. And through understanding the
infinite validity of your own individuality, do you therefore glorify
All That Is, and to the extent that you deny your individuality, do you
deny what God is. If God wanted to be a nebulous, psychological cloud of
non-being, so would he be. You cannot find God by denying the vitality
of your being. You cannot find Him by trying to hide in a Nirvana, by
trying to bury your individuality in a non-being.

Class member: What do you call a ‘non-being’?

Seth: When you try to hide your individuality, you are trying not to be. I did not call God a ‘not-being’.

Class member: On that concept that is.

Seth: Indeed. Your eyes and your eyelashes, being individual, express
the individuality of All That Is. No snowflake is alike. No person is
alike. Through the manifestation of individuality does All That Is
express its being. To be yourself you are, in your terms, what God is.
And in your way, you become a conscious co-creator. You are co-creators
whether you know it or not. You are creators whether you know it or not.
You are created and you create whether you know it or not. You can
learn to be conscious co-creators. You form your reality. You can do
this consciously. Even when you choose to think in terms of a nebulous,
beneficial, divine oneness in which you hope to hide your being, and
lose it�

But do not put your ideas of God, even though those ideas may now be
fashionable, or liberal, in a package that is made half of Oriental
philosophy and half of old Christian concepts that all result in the
idea that you must lose your individuality in a Nirvana of spirit. For
you find All That Is through the understanding, the joy, the compassion
and the experience of your own individuality.

You are a portion of what God is, and that God wants you to be you. So
why, therefore, try to deny your you-ness and escape it? It can be — it
can be — and I am not saying it is, but it can be a fashionable,
spiritual cop-out that prevents you from denying certain portions of
reality and allows you the luxury of denying your individuality by
trying to find a ‘one-ness’ that would annihilate the sacredness within
you that is individual, and that is your contact with a God-


1974 Feb 12 – ESP Class

Seth: You are, whether you know it or not, and you KNOW it, training
yourself. I am not training you, you are training yourself. So that when
we deal with reincarnation� you will use some common sense. Common
sense is esoteric! But when we deal with reincarnation you will
automatically throw upon it old dogmas and old beliefs and find excuses
for the guilt that you have been taught to feel. It does you little good
if you throw the concept of original sin out the window; if you
recognize that much of Freud’s theories were nonsense; if you recognize
that you are not at the mercy of the past in this life, and consider
yourself emancipated and free and
hip and in; and instead throw upon yourselves the idea of karma, as it
is interpreted and believe instead that you are at the mercy – at the
mercy of – thirty centuries of a past instead of thirty years! Where are
you ahead? You have dug a grave of theories!


1974 Jun 11 – ESP Class

Seth: If you allow your spontaneity its own freedom, then you can quite
happily have whatever you want! But spontaneity will also lead you to
thoughts of love for others; it will lead you to realize that you cannot
plunder your planet; and it will lead you to realize that as long as
one person is starving, then you are starving in ways that you are too
ignorant to realize!


1974 Dec 17 – ESP Class

Seth: This world is the result of your jointly accepted imaginative and
creative activity made physical. But you also jointly and privately make
other do-it-yourself kits of reality, and all you need to do is open
those packages.


ESP Classes 1978

1978 Dec 02 – ESP Class

Seth: You are alone and not alone. Now, that statement is far more
important than it sounds. For in your aloneness, and in your
togetherness, and between the two, there is the meaning of your
humanity. And there is the meaning of your life and your death. You
cannot be completely together. You cannot be completely alone. Yet
always must your existence flit between the two. Between the desire and
the ideal, between the dream and its execution, between your love and
your expression of it. There dwells your reality and your meaning, and
therein lies the validity of your soul.



Leave a Comment

You must be logged in to post a comment.